Principles of Insurance PDF

Principles of Insurance
Second Edition Online Course

Portal with
Course Enrollment.
See inside for details.
Second Edition
ONLINE COURSE PORTAL

The LOMA 280 Course Portal, available online at learning.loma.org via your
“Upcoming Learning” page, includes numerous multi-media features designed to
reinforce and enhance your learning experience and help you prepare for the exam.
Among these features are numerous “Learning Aids” that illustrate key concepts
presented in the assigned course materials, the Test Preparation Guide’s popular
interactive Practice Questions and Sample Exam with answer feedback, and the
“Top 10 Tough Topics” review of the most challenging topics in this course. If you
are not already using the online Course Portal but would like access to the many
additional study resources for this course, please follow the log-in instructions
provided in your Enrollment Confirmation e-mail, or call 1-800-ASK-LOMA or e-mail
education@loma.org for assistance.
Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

LOMA (Life Office Management Association, Inc.) is an international
association founded in 1924. LOMA is committed to a business partnership
with the worldwide members in the insurance and financial services industry to
improve their management and operations through quality employee development,
research, information sharing, and related products and services. Among LOMA’s
activities is the sponsorship of several self-study education programs leading
to professional designations, including the Fellow, Life Management Institute
(FLMI) program. For more information on all of LOMA’s education programs,
please visit www.loma.org.
Statement of Purpose: LOMA Educational Programs Testing and Designations
Examinations described in the LOMA Education and Training Catalog are

designed solely to measure whether students have successfully completed the rel-
evant assigned curriculum, and the attainment of the FLMI and other LOMA des-
ignations indicates only that all examinations in the given curriculum have been
successfully completed. In no way shall a student’s completion of a given LOMA
course or attainment of the FLMI or other LOMA designation be construed to
mean that LOMA in any way certifies that student’s competence, training, or abil-
ity to perform any given task. LOMA’s examinations are to be used solely for
general educational purposes, and no other use of the examinations or programs
is authorized or intended by LOMA. Furthermore, it is in no way the intention of
the LOMA staff to describe the standard of appropriate conduct in any field of the
insurance and financial services industry, and LOMA expressly repudiates any
attempt to so use the curriculum and examinations. Any such assessment of stu-
dent competence or industry standards of conduct should instead be based on inde-
pendent professional inquiry and the advice of competent professional c ounsel.
www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

Second Edition
LOMA Education and Training

Atlanta, Georgia
www.loma.org
Information in this text may have changed or been updated since its publication date.
For current updates visit www.loma.org.

LOMA 280 Course Project Team
The LOMA 280 Principles of Insurance course is the result of the dedicated efforts of a project
team of LOMA staff members and consultants who were responsible for writing and editing
the text’s content, developing learning aids and study materials to accompany the textbook, and
overseeing the production of the text and the Course Portal.
Project Managers: Jennifer W. Herrod, FLMI, PCS, AIAA, PAHM, ARA, AIRC
Gene Stone, FLMI, ACS, CLU
Workflow Coordinator: Shawn Cuthbert
Text Authors: Lisa M. Kozlowski, FLMI, ASRI, CLU, ChFC, RICP, AIRC, ARA
Ethan Skemp, FLMI, ACS
Manuscript Editor: Mary B. Naismith, J.D., FLMI, FFSI, CLU, AIRC, ACS, AIAA,
PAHM, AAPA, ARA
Examinations Editor: Martha Parker, FLMI, ACS, ALHC, AIAA
Permissions: Carol Wiessner, ALMI, AIRC, AIAA, ACS
Citations Editor: Sandra C. Fowler, FLMI, ACS
Copy Editor: Robert D. Land, FLMI, ACS
Production Proofreader: Natalie K. Cape Sanders, ALMI, ACS
Indexer: Robert D. Land, FLMI, ACS
Lead Graphic Designer: Marlene McAuley
Text Designer: Amy Stailey, ACS, ALMI
Production Coordinator: Amy Stailey, ACS, ALMI
Cover Design: Amy Stailey, ACS, ALMI
Portal Design: Jack Coram
Amy Stailey, ACS, ALMI
Learning Aids: Sean Schaeffer Gilley, FLMI, ACS, AIAA, AIRC, FLHC, AAPA,
ARA, CEBS, HIA, MHP, PAHM
Top Ten Tough Topics: Lisa M. Kozlowski, FLMI, ASRI, CLU, ChFC, RICP, AIRC, ARA
Publication Distribution: Carol Wiessner, ALMI, AIRC, AIAA, ACS

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
This text, or any part thereof, may not be reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, storage in an information retrieval system, or otherwise, without
the prior written permission of the publisher.
While a great deal of care has been taken to provide accurate, current, and
authoritative information in regard to the subject matter covered in this book,
the ideas, suggestions, general principles, conclusions, and any other informa-
tion presented here are for general educational purposes only. This text is sold
with the understanding that it is neither designed nor intended to provide the
reader with legal, accounting, investment, marketing, or any other types of
professional business management advice. If legal advice or other expert assis-
tance is required, the services of a competent professional should be sought.
This text contains a number of examples and hypothetical scenarios. The
names, characters, organizations, and events in these examples and scenarios
are fictional. Any resemblance to any actual persons, living or dead, or actual
organizations or events is entirely coincidental.
ISBN 978-1-57974-455-7

Principles of Insurance Table of Contents CONT.1
Contents
Preface.................................................................................................PREF.1
Acknowledgments................................................................................ PREF.1
LOMA 280 Text Review Panel.........................................................PREF.1
LOMA 280 Course Project Team......................................................PREF.3
Introduction.................................................................. INTRO.1
Using the Test Preparation Guide................................................... INTRO.2
Module 1: Basic Principles of Insurance

(Chapters 1–4)
Chapter 1: Introduction to Risk and Insurance.................. 1.1
The Concept of Risk.................................................................................... 1.2
Risk Management........................................................................................ 1.2
Avoiding Risk......................................................................................... 1.3
Controlling Risk...................................................................................... 1.3
Transferring Risk.................................................................................... 1.3
Accepting Risk........................................................................................ 1.3
Insurance...................................................................................................... 1.4
Managing Risks through Insurance.......................................................... 1.7
Characteristics of Insurable Risks........................................................... 1.7
Insurance Underwriting........................................................................ 1.10
Insurable Interest Requirement............................................................. 1.13
Chapter 2: The Life and Health Insurance Industry........... 2.1

Insurance Company Organization............................................................. 2.2
Types of Business Organizations............................................................ 2.2
Types of Insurance Company Organizations.......................................... 2.3
Insurance Companies as Financial Institutions........................................ 2.4
Financial Intermediaries......................................................................... 2.6
Evolution of the Financial Services Industry.......................................... 2.6
Role of Government in Insurance.............................................................. 2.8
Social Insurance Programs...................................................................... 2.8
Regulation of Insurance.......................................................................... 2.9
Taxation................................................................................................ 2.13

CONT.2 Table of Contents Principles of Insurance
Chapter 3: The Insurance Contract...................................... 3.1

Fundamentals of Contract Law................................................................. 3.2
Types of Contracts.................................................................................. 3.2
General Requirements for a Contract..................................................... 3.6
The Policy as Property.............................................................................. 3.11
Right to Use and Enjoy Property.......................................................... 3.12
Right to Dispose of Property................................................................ 3.12
Chapter 4: Life Insurance Premiums................................... 4.1

The Legal Reserve System.......................................................................... 4.2
Establishing Premium Rates...................................................................... 4.3
Cost of Benefits....................................................................................... 4.4
Operating Expenses................................................................................ 4.6
Investment Earnings............................................................................... 4.8
Financial Models................................................................................... 4.11
The Level Premium System...................................................................... 4.12
Module 2: Individual Life Insurance (Chapters 5–7)

Chapter 5: Term Life Insurance............................................ 5.1
Needs Met by Life Insurance...................................................................... 5.2
Personal Needs........................................................................................ 5.2
Business Needs....................................................................................... 5.4
Term Life Insurance.................................................................................... 5.7
Characteristics of Term Life Insurance Products.................................... 5.7
Plans of Term Life Insurance Coverage.................................................. 5.8
Features of Term Life Insurance Policies............................................. 5.13
Chapter 6: Cash Value Life Insurance and

Endowment Insurance.......................................................... 6.1
Whole Life Insurance.................................................................................. 6.3
Premium Payment Periods...................................................................... 6.4
Modified Whole Life Insurance.............................................................. 6.6
Whole Life Insurance Covering More Than One Insured...................... 6.8
Universal Life Insurance........................................................................... 6.10
Separation of Policy Elements.............................................................. 6.10
Operation of a Universal Life Insurance Policy................................... 6.11
Flexibility Features............................................................................... 6.12
Periodic Statements............................................................................... 6.15
Indexed Universal Life Insurance......................................................... 6.15
Variable Life Insurance............................................................................ 6.17
Variable Universal Life Insurance........................................................... 6.18
Endowment Insurance.............................................................................. 6.18

Chapter 7: Supplemental Benefits....................................... 7.1

Supplemental Disability Benefits............................................................... 7.2
Waiver of Premium for Disability Benefit.............................................. 7.3
Waiver of Premium for Payor Benefit.................................................... 7.4
Disability Income Benefit....................................................................... 7.4
Accident Benefits......................................................................................... 7.6
Accidental Death Benefit........................................................................ 7.6
Accidental Death and Dismemberment Benefit...................................... 7.7
Accelerated Death Benefits......................................................................... 7.7
Terminal Illness Benefit.......................................................................... 7.8
Dread Disease Benefit............................................................................. 7.8
Long-Term Care Insurance Benefit......................................................... 7.9
Benefits for Additional Insureds............................................................... 7.10
Spouse Insurance Rider........................................................................ 7.10
Children’s Insurance Rider................................................................... 7.10
Second Insured Rider............................................................................ 7.10
Insurability Benefits.................................................................................. 7.11
Guaranteed Insurability Benefit............................................................ 7.11
Paid-Up Additions Option Benefit........................................................ 7.12
Module 3: Individual Life Insurance Policy Provisions

and Ownership Rights (Chapters 8–9)
Chapter 8: Individual Life Insurance Policy Provisions..... 8.1
Standard Policy Provisions......................................................................... 8.2
Free-Look Provision............................................................................... 8.2
Entire Contract Provision........................................................................ 8.3
Incontestability Provision....................................................................... 8.4
Grace Period Provision........................................................................... 8.6
Reinstatement Provision......................................................................... 8.8
Misstatement of Age or Sex Provision................................................... 8.9
Provisions Unique to Cash Value Policies............................................... 8.10
Policy Loans and Policy Withdrawals.................................................. 8.10
Nonforfeiture Provision........................................................................ 8.11
Life Insurance Policy Exclusions............................................................. 8.14

Chapter 9: Life Insurance Policy Ownership Rights........... 9.1

Naming the Beneficiary............................................................................... 9.2
Primary and Contingent Beneficiaries.................................................... 9.2
Changing the Beneficiary........................................................................ 9.4
Mode of Premium Payment........................................................................ 9.5
Policy Dividends.......................................................................................... 9.6
Cash Dividend Option............................................................................ 9.7
Premium Reduction Dividend Option.................................................... 9.7
Policy Loan Repayment Dividend Option.............................................. 9.7
Accumulation at Interest Dividend Option............................................. 9.7
Paid-Up Additional Insurance Dividend Option..................................... 9.8
Additional Term Insurance Dividend Option......................................... 9.8
Transfer of Policy Ownership..................................................................... 9.8
Transfer of Ownership by Assignment................................................... 9.9
Transfer of Ownership by Endorsement............................................... 9.12
Death of the Policyowner.......................................................................... 9.12
Right to Receive Policy Proceeds............................................................. 9.13
Identifying Who Is Entitled to Policy Proceeds.................................... 9.13
Calculating the Amount of the Policy Proceeds................................... 9.15
Paying Policy Proceeds under a Settlement Option.............................. 9.16
Module 4: Annuities, Individual Retirement

Arrangements, and Health Insurance (Chapters 10–12)
Chapter 10: Introduction to Annuities.............................. 10.1
Important Annuity Terms............................................................................ 10.2
Types of Annuity Contracts.......................................................................... 10.4
Immediate and Deferred Annuities....................................................... 10.4
Single-Premium and Flexible-Premium Annuities............................... 10.6
Fixed and Variable Annuities................................................................ 10.7
Other Types of Fixed Annuities.......................................................... 10.11
Annuity Contract Provisions.................................................................. 10.12
Standard Annuity Contract Provisions................................................ 10.12
Standard Deferred Annuity Contract Provisions................................ 10.13
Chapter 11: Annuities and Individual
Retirement Arrangements................................................. 11.1
Annuity Features....................................................................................... 11.2
Annuity Options.................................................................................... 11.2
Annuity Guarantee Riders.................................................................... 11.6
Financial Aspects of Annuities......................................................................11.7
Determining Annuity Payment Amounts.............................................. 11.7
Fees and Charges for Annuities.......................................................... 11.11
Taxation of Annuities...................................................................................11.12
Individual Retirement Arrangements.................................................... 11.13

Chapter 12: Health Insurance Products............................ 12.1

Medical Expense Coverage....................................................................... 12.2
Traditional Medical Expense Insurance................................................ 12.3
Government-Sponsored Medical Expense Coverage........................... 12.7
Managed Care Plans............................................................................. 12.8
Consumer-Driven Health Plans............................................................ 12.9
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act................................. 12.13
Disability Income Coverage.................................................................... 12.15
Types of Disability Income Insurance................................................ 12.15
Definitions of Total Disability............................................................ 12.16
Elimination Period.............................................................................. 12.17
Benefit Amounts................................................................................. 12.18
Supplemental Disability Benefits........................................................ 12.19
Exclusions........................................................................................... 12.20
Specialized Types of Disability Coverage.......................................... 12.20
Long-Term Care Coverage..................................................................... 12.20
Important Features of LTCI Policies................................................... 12.21
Benefits of LTCI Policies.................................................................... 12.22
Module 5: Group Life Insurance and

Group Retirement Plans (Chapters 13–14)
Chapter 13: Principles of Group Insurance...................... 13.1
Group Insurance Contracts...................................................................... 13.2
Certificates of Insurance....................................................................... 13.4
Eligibility Provisions............................................................................ 13.4
Group Insurance Underwriting................................................................... 13.6
Reason for the Group’s Existence......................................................... 13.7
Size of the Group.................................................................................. 13.8
Flow of New Members into the Group................................................. 13.9
Stability of the Group........................................................................... 13.9
Participation Levels.............................................................................. 13.9
Determination of Benefit Levels......................................................... 13.10
Nature of the Business........................................................................ 13.11
Group Insurance Premiums................................................................... 13.12
Premium Amounts.............................................................................. 13.13
Premium Refunds............................................................................... 13.14
Group Plan Administration.................................................................... 13.15

Chapter 14: Group Life Insurance and

Group Retirement Plans..................................................... 14.1
Group Life Insurance................................................................................ 14.2
Group Life Insurance Policy Provisions............................................... 14.2
Group Life Insurance Plans.................................................................. 14.5
Group Retirement Plans........................................................................... 14.8
Components of a Retirement Plan........................................................ 14.8
Types of Qualified Retirement Plans.................................................. 14.11
Other Types of Retirement Plans........................................................ 14.13
Government-Sponsored Retirement Plans.......................................... 14.13
Glossary......................................................................... GLOSS.1
Index.............................................................................. INDEX.1

Principles of Insurance Preface PREF.1
Preface
Principles of Insurance, Second Edition is designed to give readers an understand-
ing of the basic principles that underlie the operation of life and health insurance
companies throughout the world. The text describes the products that are most
widely marketed by life and health insurance companies, and it explains the fea-
tures of those products. The text is divided into five modules:

Module 1: Basic Principles of Insurance (Chapters 1–4)

Module 2: Individual Life Insurance (Chapters 5–7)

Module 3: Individual Life Insurance Policy Provisions and Ownership Rights
(Chapters 8–9)

Module 4: Annuities, Individual Retirement Arrangements, and Health
Insurance (Chapters 10–12)

Module 5: Group Life Insurance and Group Retirement Plans (Chapters 13–14)
Acknowledgments
Principles of Insurance, Second Edition is the result of the combined efforts of
industry experts who served on a text development panel and LOMA staff and
consultants. The LOMA 280 authors wish to express gratitude for the dedication,
knowledge, expertise, and guidance provided by all of these individuals through-
out the writing of this text.
LOMA 280 Text Review Panel

On behalf of LOMA and its membership, we would like to thank all of the LOMA
280 text reviewers and the companies that supported their efforts. Text review-
ers are busy industry professionals who actively support the educational needs of
current and future industry employees and generously volunteer their time and
expertise to review a text’s content. The LOMA 280 text development panel made
many substantive contributions, commented on the developing chapters, provided
suggestions for additional content, and answered numerous questions posed by
LOMA staff.
The following individuals participated in every aspect of this text development

project, from reviewing the course outline to reviewing all chapters:
Carole M. Bellm, BA, HIA, FLMI, GBA

Assistant Vice President, Group Underwriting, Group Reinsurance
RGA Life Reinsurance Company of Canada
Philip Fernandez, FLMI

Senior Business Consultant
Manulife Bank of Canada

PREF.2 Preface Principles of Insurance
Barbara N. Fields, CLU, ChFC, CFP, CRPC,

FLMI, ACS, AIAA, AIRC
Senior Consultant, Advanced Marketing Group
Retirement Solutions Division
Pacific Life Insurance Company
Laura Gillenwater, FLMI, ACS

Senior Learning and Development Consultant
Sun Life Financial
Matthew Hughes, FLMI

Manager, Reporting & Analytics
SCOR Global Life
Andrew J. Langemeier, FLMI, FALU, PCS, ARA, AIRC

Underwriter
Assurity Life Insurance Company
Barbara Quello, PMP, FLMI

Manager, Product Strategy and Content
Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America
Tanya Tranchenko, MD, FALU, FLMI, PCS

Chief Underwriter and Supervisor
Wawanesa Life Insurance Company
Steve Ward, FALU, FLMI, LTCP

Underwriting Director
AIG
The following individuals provided expert guidance or other substantive assis-

tance with this textbook development project:
Greg Kratz, ASA, CFA, MAAA

Senior Vice President and Actuary, Product and Market Development
Security Benefit
Travis Barnes, ChFC, QKA, QPFC, FLMI

Director, Relationship Management
Retirement & Income Solutions
Principal

Principles of Insurance Preface PREF.3
LOMA 280 Course Project Team

The authors wish to thank the LOMA 280 project team members for all of their
hard work. The LOMA 280 course is the result of the collaborative efforts of a
dedicated project team of LOMA staff members.
Finally, we extend a very special thank you to Jennifer W. Herrod, FLMI,
PCS, AIAA, PAHM, ARA, AIRC, Director, Learning Content, who served as
project manager and provided guidance and support throughout the project; and
Katherine C. Milligan, FLMI, ACS, ALHC, Senior Vice President, Education and
Training Division, who provided leadership, guidance, resources, and support for
this project.
Lisa M. Kozlowski, FLMI, ASRI, CLU, ChFC, RICP, AIRC, ARA
Ethan Skemp, FLMI, ACS
Atlanta, Georgia
2017

Principles of Insurance Introduction INTRO.1
Introduction
The purpose of Principles of Insurance, Second Edition is to provide an overview
of the basic products and principles of life insurance, annuities, and health insur-
ance. Enrollment in the course includes access to an online Course Portal via
LOMA’s learning system. The Course Portal gives learners access to everything
they need to study and prepare for the course examination. The Course Portal
organizes the assigned text material into convenient Modules—chapter clusters
that help to focus the learning process by breaking up the course content into
meaningful sections. In addition to the assigned study materials, the Course Portal
provides access to an array of blended learning resources, including multimedia
features designed to enhance the learning experience. The Course Portal provides
access to

PDFs of the assigned text and Test Preparation Guide, which can be printed
or read online

An interactive version of the Test Preparation Guide’s Practice Questions and
Sample Exam

Review tools, including Learning Aids—animations of important concepts—
and a “Top Ten Tough Topics” tutorial

Recommended study plans to help you set goals and manage your learning
experience

Related links which help you apply the course instruction to the real world
Students preparing to take the examination for this course will find that the
assigned study materials include many features designed to help learners more
easily understand the course content, organize their study, and prepare for the
examination. As we describe each of these features, we give you suggestions for
studying the material.

Learning Objectives. Each chapter lists the chapter’s learning objectives to
help you focus your studies. Before reading each chapter, review these learn-
ing objectives. Then, as you read the chapter, look for material that will help
you meet the learning objectives. The interactive version of the Test Prepara-
tion Guide’s Practice Questions and Sample Exam questions (accessible from
the Course Portal) is linked to the learning objectives to give you an idea of
how each learning objective might be measured on an examination, as well as
to help you assess your mastery of the learning objectives.

Chapter Outline. Each chapter contains an outline of the chapter. Review this
outline to gain an overview of the major topics that will be covered; then scan
through the chapter to become familiar with how the information is presented.
By looking at the headings, you can gain a preview of how various subjects in
each chapter relate to each other.

Figures. We include figures throughout the text to illustrate and bring a real
world perspective to the text’s discussion of selected topics. Information con-
tained in figures may be tested on the examination for the course.

INTRO.2 Introduction Principles of Insurance

Learning Aids. Learning Aids enhance your learning experience by helping
you to visualize concepts described in the text and allowing you to see those
concepts in action. This icon in the margin of the text indicates that there is a
Learning Aid on the Course Portal that relates to the topic in the text. If you
are reading the text in PDF format, click on the Learning Aid icon to go to that
LEARNING AID Module’s Learning Aid collection. If you are reading a printed copy of the text,
use the Learning Aid icon as a visual cue that the Course Portal holds more in-
formation on the topic. Information contained in Learning Aids may be tested
on the examination for the course.

Glossary and Key Terms. This text explains key terms that apply to the text
material and, where appropriate, reviews key terms previously presented in
LOMA courses. Each key term is highlighted with bold italic type when the
term is defined and is included in a list of key terms at the end of each chapter.
All key terms also appear in a comprehensive glossary at the end of the PDF
of the text. As you read each chapter, pay special attention to the key terms.

Top Ten Tough Topics. The Top Ten Tough Topics tutorial, found on the
Course Portal, contains animations and study tips for topics that learners of-
ten find difficult when answering questions on the examination. This tutorial
enhances the learning experience, appeals to a variety of learning styles, and
offers a great way for learners to advance their understanding and retention of
course content.
LOMA may periodically revise the assigned study materials for this course.
To ensure that you are studying from the correct materials, check the current
LOMA Education and Training Catalog available at www.loma.org. Also be sure
to visit the Announcements page on the Course Portal to learn about important
updates or corrections to the assigned study materials.
Using the Test Preparation Guide

LOMA’s Test Preparation Guide for LOMA 280 (TPG) is assigned reading for
students preparing for the LOMA 280 examination. It contains Practice Ques-
tions organized by chapter and a full-scale Sample Exam. The TPG is available
in two versions, both accessible from the Course Portal: (1) a printable PDF that
includes answer keys for all questions, and (2) an interactive version that can be
used online or downloaded for offline use. The interactive version has the added
advantage of answer-choice explanations for all Practice Questions and Sample
Exam questions. The TPG is designed to help you learn the course content and
prepare for the examination. Used along with the assigned text, the TPG will help
you master the course material. Studies indicate that students who use LOMA
TPGs consistently perform significantly better on LOMA examinations than
students who do not use TPGs.

Principles of Insurance Chapter 1: Introduction to Risk and Insurance 1.1
Chapter 1
Introduction to
Risk and Insurance
Objectives
After studying this chapter, you should be able to
1A Distinguish between speculative risk and pure risk
1B Describe four methods used to manage financial risk
1C Identify the five characteristics of insurable risks
1D Define antiselection and give examples of two factors that can increase
or decrease the likelihood that an individual will suffer a loss
1E Identify four risk classes for proposed insureds
1F Define insurable interest and determine in a given situation whether the
insurable interest requirement is met

1.2 Chapter 1: Introduction to Risk and Insurance Principles of Insurance
Outline
The Concept of Risk Insurance
Risk Management Managing Risks through Insurance
 Avoiding Risk  Characteristics of Insurable Risks
 Controlling Risk  Insurance Underwriting
 Transferring Risk  Insurable Interest Requirement
 Accepting Risk
L
ife is full of risk. You take risks when you travel, when you engage in recre-
ational activities, even when you breathe. Some risks are significant; others
are not. When you decide to leave your umbrella at home, you are taking
the risk that you might get wet in a rain shower. Such a risk is insignificant and
will probably not cause you a financial loss. Other risks, however, such as the risk
of a severe illness or the destruction of your home, may result in substantial—even
ruinous—financial loss. Risk is the chance or possibility of an unexpected result,
either a gain or a loss. To understand insurance and how it works, you first need to
understand the concept of risk.
The Concept of Risk

Risk exists whenever there is uncertainty about the future. Individuals and busi-
nesses experience two kinds of risk—speculative risk and pure risk. Speculative
risk involves three possible outcomes: loss, gain, or no change. For example, when
you purchase shares of stock, you are speculating that the value of the stock will
rise and that you will earn a profit on your investment. At the same time, you
know that the value of the stock could fall and you could lose some or all of the
money you invested. Finally, you know that the value of the stock could remain the
same—you might not lose money, but you might not make a profit.
Pure risk involves no possibility of gain; either a loss occurs or no loss occurs.
An example of pure risk is the possibility that you may become disabled. If you do
become disabled, you are likely to experience a financial loss due to lost income
and the costs incurred for your medical care. If, on the other hand, you never
become disabled, then you will incur no loss from that risk. This possibility of
financial loss without the possibility of gain—pure risk—is the only kind of risk
that can be insured. The purpose of insurance is to compensate for financial loss,
not to provide an opportunity for financial gain.
Risk Management
Because the effects of an unexpected financial loss can be severe, individuals and
businesses usually seek to minimize their exposure to risk whenever possible.
LEARNING AID
Risk management is the process in which individuals and businesses identify and
assess the risks they face and determine how to deal with their exposure to these
risks. Four general methods can be used to manage risk: (1) avoiding the risk,
(2) controlling the risk, (3) transferring the risk, and (4) accepting the risk.

Avoiding Risk
The first, and perhaps most obvious, method of managing risk is simply to avoid it
altogether. We can avoid the risk of personal injury that may result from a motor-
cycle accident by not riding a motorcycle, and we can avoid the risk of financial
loss in the stock market by not investing in stocks. Sometimes, however, avoiding
risk is not practical.
Controlling Risk
We can try to control risk by taking steps to prevent or reduce potential losses. For
example, people can reduce the likelihood of contracting certain diseases by exer-
cising regularly, eating a healthy diet, and not smoking. People who become ill can
often reduce the severity of the illness by taking proper medication or following
a prescribed course of medical treatment. Similarly, a business can install smoke
detectors and sprinkler systems in its office buildings to reduce the likelihood of
fire damage and lessen the severity of any damage that might occur.
Transferring Risk
Another method of managing risk is to transfer it. When you transfer risk to
another party, you are shifting the liability associated with that risk to the other
party, usually through financial products that involve a fee for the transfer. As we
shall see, the most common way for individuals, families, and businesses to trans-
fer risk is to purchase insurance coverage.
Accepting Risk
The final method of managing risk is to accept, or retain, risk. Simply stated, to
accept a risk is to assume all financial responsibility for that risk. Sometimes, as
in the case of an insignificant risk—such as losing an umbrella—the financial loss
is not great enough to warrant much concern. We assume the cost of replacing the
umbrella ourselves.
Some people consciously choose to accept more significant risks. For example,
a couple may decide not to purchase disability income insurance because they
believe they can reduce their standard of living if one of them becomes disabled.
Alternatively, accepting a risk can be an unconscious decision. Any risk you
face that is not managed by other methods is always accepted, whether you are
aware of it or not. For example, for a number of years, many people and busi-
nesses were unaware that hackers could gain access to the data on their computers.
Because they were unaware of this risk and therefore took no steps to manage it,
they often suffered significant financial losses if their information systems were
hacked. People and businesses can prevent the inadvertent acceptance of poten-
tially disastrous risks through risk management, which requires identifying all sig-
nificant potential risks and then determining the methods to use to manage them.

Note that individuals and businesses often use several risk management meth-
ods in combination. For example, to reduce the risk of an accidental injury, many
people avoid certain hazardous activities, such as sky diving. People also use
safety devices, such as automobile seat belts, to help control the risk of accidental
injuries. Finally, people purchase insurance to transfer the risk of financial loss
resulting from any injuries they do receive. Figure 1.1 illustrates the four methods
of risk management.
Insurance
In simple terms, insurance is a method in which an individual or entity transfers to
another party the risk of financial loss from events such as accident, illness, prop-
erty damage, or death. A company that accepts risk and makes a promise to pay
a policy benefit if a covered loss occurs is an insurer or an insurance company.
A policy benefit is a specific amount of money the insurer agrees to pay under an
insurance policy when a covered loss occurs. An insurance policy, also known as
a policy or insurance contract, is a written document that contains the terms of the
agreement between the insurer and the owner of the policy. The premium is the
specified amount of money an insurer charges in exchange for agreeing to pay a
policy benefit when a covered loss occurs.
Figure 1.1 Risk Management Techniques
Avoid Control
the risk the risk
Transfer
the risk
If you do not Avoid, Control, or Transfer the risk, then you:
Accept
the risk

In general, individuals and businesses can purchase insurance policies to cover

three types of risk:
Personal risk is the risk of economic loss associated with death, poor health,
injury, and outliving one’s economic resources. Life and health insurance
companies issue and sell products that insure against the financial losses that
result from personal risks. Figure 1.2 presents some of the products that life
and health insurers issue and sell and that we describe in the text.
Property damage risk is the risk of economic loss resulting from damage
to or loss of a person’s property. Property insurance provides a benefit if
insured items are damaged, destroyed, or lost because of various specific risks
described in the policy, such as fire, theft, or accident.
Liability risk is the risk of economic loss that results when a person is held
legally responsible for harming others or their property. For example, you
can be held liable for damage you cause to another person’s vehicle in an
automobile accident. A business can be held liable for injury to an individual
who slips and falls while walking through the building. Liability insurance
provides a benefit payable on behalf of a covered party who is legally respon-
sible for unintentionally harming others or their property. Property insurance
and liability insurance (also referred to as property and casualty insurance)
are commonly marketed together in one policy. In the United States, insurers
that issue and sell insurance policies to provide financial security from prop-
erty damage risk and liability risk are known as property/casualty (P&C)
insurance companies or property and liability insurers.
A number of terms are commonly used to describe the people who are involved
in the creation and operation of an insurance policy. The applicant is the person or
business that applies for an insurance policy. Once an insurer issues a policy, the
person or business that owns the insurance policy is known as the policyowner.
In most cases, the applicant is also the policyowner. The insured is the person
whose life, health, or property is insured under the policy. In some countries, the
term assured is used to refer to the person insured.
The policyowner and the insured of a particular policy are often the same per-
son. If, for example, you purchase an insurance policy on your life, you are both
the policyowner and the insured (sometimes called the policyowner-insured).
In contrast, if your spouse purchases a policy on your life, then she is the
policyowner and you are the insured. A third-party policy is a policy purchased
by one person or business on the life of another person.
If the person insured by a life insurance policy dies while the policy
is in force, the insurer usually pays the policy benefit to the beneficiary.
The beneficiary is the person or party the policyowner names to receive the life
insurance policy benefit. A request for payment under the terms of an insurance
policy is called a claim.

Figure 1.2 Types of Life and Health Insurance Products
The focus of this text is on the following life and health insurance products:
Life insurance: Insurance that provides protection against the e

conomic
loss caused by the death of the person whose life is insured.
Important forms of life insurance are as follows:
•• Term life insurance provides a policy benefit only if the
insured dies during the period specified in the policy.
•• Cash value life insurance, also known as permanent life insurance, provides life insurance
coverage throughout the insured’s lifetime and also provides a savings element.
As premiums are paid for these policies, an accumulated s avings amount—known as the
policy’s cash value—gradually builds. A policy’s cash v alue is a valuable asset that the
policyowner can use in a number of ways.
•• Endowment insurance provides a policy benefit that is paid either when the
insured dies or on a stated date if the insured is still alive on that date.
Annuity contract: A contract under which an insurer promises

to make a series of periodic payments to a named individual in
exchange for a premium or series of premiums.
Health insurance: Insurance that provides protection against the

risk of financial loss resulting from illness, injury, or disability.
Three important forms of health insurance coverage are as follows:

•• Medical expense insurance provides benefits to pay for the treatment
of an insured person’s illnesses and injuries and some preventive care.
•• Disability income coverage provides income replacement benefits if an insured is
unable to work because of illness or injury.
•• Long-term care insurance (LTCI) pays benefits for medical or other health-related
services needed by an individual who, because of his advanced age or the effects of a
serious illness or injury, needs care in his own home or a qualified facility.
All of the above products can be issued as either an individual insurance

policy or a group insurance policy:
•• An individual insurance policy is a policy that insures the life or

health of a named person. Some individual policies also insure the
named person’s immediate family or a second named person.
•• A group insurance policy is a policy that insures the lives or health of a specific group
of people, such as a group of employees.

Example:
Matthew Byrne applied to the Reliable Insurance Company for a $100,000
life insurance policy covering his wife, Nancy. Reliable issued the policy
as applied for. If Nancy dies while the policy is in force, Reliable will pay
$100,000 to the Byrnes’ son, Stephen.
Analysis:
In this situation, Matthew is the applicant and policyowner of this policy,
Reliable is the insurer, Nancy is the insured, and Stephen is the beneficiary.
The policy is a third-party policy, because the policyowner, Matthew, and
the insured, Nancy, are two different people. After Nancy’s death, Stephen
can file a claim with Reliable for the policy benefit of $100,000.
Managing Risks through Insurance

You may wonder how an insurance company can afford to be financially respon-
sible for the economic risks of its insureds. Insurers use a concept known as risk
pooling. With risk pooling, individuals who face the uncertainty of a particular
loss—for example, the loss of income due to a disability—transfer this risk to an
insurance company. Insurance companies know that not everyone who is issued a
disability income policy will suffer a disability. In reality, only a small percentage
of the individuals insured by this type of policy will actually become disabled.
By collecting premiums from all individuals and businesses that wish to transfer
the risk of disability, insurers spread the cost of the relatively few losses that are
expected to occur among all the insured persons.
Insurance thus protects against the risk of economic loss by applying a simple
principle:
If the economic losses that actually result from a given peril, such as
disability, can be spread across a large pool (or number) of people who
are all subject to the risk of such losses and the probability of loss is
relatively small for each person, then the cost to each person will be
relatively small.
Characteristics of Insurable Risks

Insurance products are designed in accordance with some basic principles that
define which risks are insurable. In general, for a risk—a potential loss—to be LEARNING AID
considered insurable, it must have the following characteristics:
The loss must occur by chance.
The loss must be definite.
The loss must be significant.
The loss rate must be predictable.
The loss must not be catastrophic to the insurer.
A loss without these characteristics generally is not considered an insurable risk.

The Loss Must Occur by Chance

For a potential loss to be insurable, the element of chance must be present. The
loss must result either from an unexpected event or from an event that the insured
person did not intentionally cause. For example, people generally cannot control
whether they become seriously ill. As a result, insurers can offer medical expense
insurance policies to protect against the financial losses caused by the chance
event that an insured person will become ill and incur medical expenses.
When this principle of loss is applied in its strictest sense to life insurance, an
apparent problem arises: death is certain to occur. The timing of an individual’s
death, however, is usually out of the individual’s control. Therefore, although the
event being insured against—death—is a certain event rather than a chance event,
the timing of that event usually occurs by chance.
The Loss Must Be Definite

For most types of insurance, an insurable loss must be definite in terms of time and
amount. In other words, the insurer must be able to determine when to pay policy
benefits and how much these benefits should be. Death, illness, disability, and old
age are generally identifiable conditions. The amount of the financial loss resulting
from these conditions, however, can be subject to interpretation.
One of the important terms of the contractual agreement between an insur-
ance company and the policyowner is the amount of the policy benefit that will
be payable if a covered loss occurs while the policy is in force. Depending on the
way in which a policy states the amount of the policy benefit, every insurance pol-
icy can be classified as being either a contract of indemnity or a valued contract.
A contract of indemnity is an insurance policy under which the amount of the
policy benefit payable for a covered loss is based on the actual amount of the
financial loss that results from the covered event, as determined at the time of the
event. For example, some types of health insurance policies pay benefits based on
the amount of the insured’s covered financial loss or a maximum amount stated in
the contract, whichever is less.
A valued contract specifies the amount of the policy benefit that will be pay-
able when a covered loss occurs, regardless of the actual amount of the loss that
was incurred. Life insurance policies are valued contracts because they specify the
benefit that the insurer will pay when the insured dies while the policy is in force.
Some life insurance policies, such as decreasing term life insurance policies, pro-
vide that the amount of the benefit may change over the life of the policy. These
policies are still considered valued contracts because the changes in the amount
of the benefit are based on factors that are not directly related to the amount of the
actual loss that will result from the insured’s death.
The Loss Must Be Significant

As described earlier, insignificant losses, such as the loss of an umbrella, are not
normally insured. The administrative expenses of paying benefits when a very
small loss occurs would drive the cost for such insurance protection so high in
relation to the amount of the potential loss that most people would find the protec-
tion unaffordable.

On the other hand, some losses would cause financial hardship to most people
and are considered to be insurable. For example, a person injured in an accident
may lose a significant amount of income if she is unable to work. Disability income
insurance coverage is available to protect against such a potential loss.
The Loss Rate Must Be Predictable

No one can predict the losses that a specific person will experience. We do not
know when a specific person will die or whether a person will become disabled or
need hospitalization, let alone how much these events may cost. However, insur-
ers must have some way of predicting future losses so that they can determine the
proper premium amounts to charge policyowners.
Although individual losses cannot be predicted, insurers can provide a specific
type of insurance coverage if they can predict the loss rate—the frequency of
losses—that the insureds are likely to experience. To predict the loss rate for a
given group of insureds, the insurer must be able to predict the number and timing
of covered losses that will occur in that group of insureds.
Insurers can predict with a fairly high degree of accuracy the number of people
in a given large group who will die, become disabled, or require hospitalization
during a given period of time. These predictions are based on observations of past
events and a concept known as the law of large numbers.
The law of large numbers states that, typically, the more times we
observe a particular event, the more likely that our observed results will
approximate the true probability—or likelihood—that the event will
occur in the future.
A classic example of the law of large numbers is the coin toss. If you toss a
“fair” coin—one that has not been altered to influence outcomes—there is a 50-50
probability that the coin will land with the head side up. If you toss the coin 10
times, you might not get an equal number of heads and tails. However, if you toss
the coin 10,000 times, in approximately 50 percent of the tosses, the coin will land
with the head side up and the other 50 percent of the tosses will land on tails. The
more often you toss the coin, the more likely you will observe an approximately
equal proportion of heads and tails.
Insurance companies rely on the law of large numbers when they make predic-
tions about the covered losses that a given group of insureds is likely to experi-
ence during a given time period. Insurers collect specific information about large
numbers of people so that they can identify the pattern of losses that those people
experienced. For many years, for example, U.S. life insurance companies have
recorded how many of their insureds of each sex have died and how old they were
when they died.
Using these statistical records, insurance companies have been able to develop
charts—called mortality tables—that indicate with great accuracy the number
of people in a large group (100,000 people or more) who are likely to die at each
age. A mortality rate is the rate at which death occurs among a specified group
of people during a specified period, typically one year. Mortality tables show the
mortality rates that are expected to occur in a group of people at a given age.

Insurance companies have developed similar charts, called morbidity tables,

which display morbidity rates, or the incidence of sickness and accidents, by age,
occurring among a given group of people. By using accurate mortality and mor-
bidity tables, life and health insurers can predict the probable loss rates for given
groups of insureds. Insurers use those predicted loss rates to establish premium
rates that will be adequate to pay claims.
The Loss Must Not Be Catastrophic to the Insurer

A potential loss is not considered insurable if its occurrence is likely to cause or
contribute to catastrophic financial damage to the insurer. Such a loss is not insur-
able because the insurer could not responsibly promise to pay benefits for the loss
and still meet its other obligations.
To prevent the possibility of catastrophic loss and ensure that losses occur
independently of each other, insurers spread the risks they choose to insure. For
example, major natural disasters such as hurricanes or earthquakes can damage
or destroy a large number of properties in a concentrated area. In the past, some
insurers failed because they were unable to pay claims following a disaster. For
this reason, property insurance companies today usually limit the number of prop-
erties they will insure in any particular geographic area.
Alternatively, by purchasing reinsurance, an insurer can reduce the possibility
that it will suffer catastrophic losses. Reinsurance is insurance that one insur-
ance company—known as the direct writer or ceding company—purchases from
another insurance company—known as the reinsurer or assuming company—
to transfer all or part of the risk on insurance policies that the direct writer issued.
For example, if Alpha Life Insurance Company (the direct writer) purchases rein-
surance from Celtic Reinsurance Company (the reinsurer), then Celtic accepts
some or all of the risk on the insurance policies Alpha has issued. By entering into
a reinsurance agreement with a reinsurer, an insurer can provide relatively large
amounts of coverage without exposing itself to an excessive amount of risk.
Figure 1.3 summarizes the characteristics of insurable risks.
Insurance Underwriting
Mortality and morbidity tables provide insurers with broad general statistics to
help them estimate how many people of a certain age and sex will die or become
ill in the future. However, not all individuals of the same sex and age have an equal
likelihood of suffering a loss. Individual insurance is sold on a case-by-case basis,
and insurers cannot presume that each proposed insured represents an average
likelihood of loss.
When an insurer receives an application for insurance, the company must
assess the degree of risk it will be accepting if it issues the policy. The process
of assessing and classifying the degree of risk represented by a proposed insured
and making a decision to accept or decline that risk is called underwriting or risk
selection. Insurance company employees who are responsible for evaluating pro-
posed risks are called underwriters.
Proper underwriting is vital for an insurer’s success and even its survival. The
premium rates that an insurance company establishes are based in large part on the
amount of risk the company is assuming for the policies it issues. The greater the

risk an insured represents, the higher the premium rate the insurer must charge. If
the insurer consistently underestimates the risks that it assumes, its premium rates
will be inadequate to provide the benefits promised to all its policyowners. On the
other hand, if the insurer overestimates the risks it will be assuming, its premium
rates may be considerably higher than those of its competitors, and potential cus-
tomers will purchase insurance elsewhere.
Underwriting becomes more difficult because of antiselection, also known as
adverse selection or selection against the insurer. Antiselection is the tendency of
individuals who believe they have a greater-than-average likelihood of loss to seek
insurance protection to a greater extent than do other individuals. For example,
people who believe they are in poor health are more likely to apply for life and
health insurance—and also to apply for larger amounts of coverage—than people
who believe they are in average or good health. The possibility of antiselection
requires an insurer to carefully review each application to assess the degree of risk
the company will be assuming if it issues the requested policy.
Underwriting consists of two primary stages: (1) identifying the risks that a
proposed insured presents and (2) placing the proposed insured into an appropri-
ate risk class.
Figure 1.3 Characteristics of Insurable Risks
For a risk to be insurable:
The loss must The loss must The loss must

occur by chance be definite be significant
The loss rate must The loss must not be catastrophic

be predictable to the insurer

Identifying Risks
Although predicting when a specific individual will die, become injured, or suffer
from an illness is impossible, insurers have identified a number of factors that can
increase or decrease the likelihood that an individual will incur a loss. The most
important of these factors are physical hazards and moral hazards. A physical
hazard is a physical characteristic that may increase the likelihood of loss.
For example, a person with a history of heart disease possesses a physical haz-
ard that increases the likelihood that the person will die sooner than a person of
the same age and sex who does not have a similar medical history. A person’s
activities or lifestyle can also present a physical hazard. Tobacco use and alcohol
or substance abuse are known to contribute to health problems, and those health
problems may result in higher-than-average medical expenses and a lower-than-
average life expectancy. Similarly, an occupation such as coal mining, which
exposes a person to a significantly greater-than-average risk of health problems
or accidental injury, can present a physical hazard. Underwriters must carefully
evaluate proposed insureds to detect the presence of such physical hazards.
Moral hazard is a characteristic that exists when the reputation, financial posi-
tion, or criminal record of an applicant or a proposed insured indicates that the
person may act dishonestly in the insurance transaction. For example, an individ-
ual who has a confirmed record of illegal or unethical behavior is more likely than
an individual without this type of background to act dishonestly in an insurance
transaction. The person may be seeking insurance for financial gain rather than as
protection against a financial loss. Therefore, an insurer must carefully consider
that fact when evaluating the individual’s application for insurance. Underwriters
also evaluate the moral hazards presented by individuals who provide false infor-
mation on their applications for insurance. In these cases, the applicants may be
trying to obtain coverage that they might not otherwise be able to obtain. When
underwriters evaluate applications, they take a variety of steps to identify pro-
posed insureds who present moral hazards.1
Classifying Risks
After identifying the risks that a proposed insured presents, the underwriter places
the proposed insured into an appropriate risk class. A risk class is a grouping of
insureds who represent a similar level of risk to the insurer. Assigning proposed
insureds to risk classes enables the insurer to establish equitable premium rates
to charge for the requested coverage. People in different risk classes are charged
different premium rates, much the same as people of different ages are charged
different rates. Without these premium rate variations, some policyowners would
be charged too much for their coverage, while others would be paying less than the
actual cost of their coverage.
Each insurer has its own underwriting guidelines, which are the general rules
it uses when assigning proposed insureds to an appropriate risk class. Individual
life insurers’ underwriting guidelines usually identify at least four risk classes for
proposed insureds: standard risks, preferred risks, substandard risks, and declined
risks.
Proposed insureds who have a likelihood of loss that is not significantly greater
than average are classified as standard risks, and the premium rates they are
charged are called standard premium rates. Traditionally, most individual
life and health insurance policies have been issued at standard premium rates.
Proposed insureds who present a significantly lower-than-average likelihood

of loss are classified as preferred risks and are charged lower-than-standard
premium rates known as preferred premium rates. Insurance company prac-
tices vary widely as to what qualifies a proposed insured as a preferred risk or
a standard risk.
Proposed insureds who have a significantly greater-than-average likelihood of
loss but are still found to be insurable are classified as substandard risks or
special class risks. For example, a proposed insured may have been diagnosed
with a disease such as diabetes, which can lead to a shorter life expectancy.
For individual life insurance, insurers typically charge substandard risks a
higher-than-standard premium rate, called a substandard premium rate or
special class rate.
The declined risk category consists of those proposed insureds who present a
risk that is too great for the insurer to cover. In addition to proposed insureds
with a poor health history, those who engage in exceptionally risky activities,
such as sky diving or mountain climbing, are sometimes classified as declined
risks.
Because tobacco use represents a major health hazard, almost all insurers today
take a proposed insured’s tobacco use into account in their underwriting guide-
lines. Some insurers have established separate rate classes for tobacco users and
tobacco nonusers, such as “standard tobacco user” and “standard tobacco non-
user.” Other insurers place proposed insureds who use tobacco in a less favorable
risk class than tobacco nonusers. For example, a tobacco user who might other-
wise be classified as a preferred risk is instead classified as a standard risk.
Insurable Interest Requirement

As noted earlier, insurance is intended to compensate an individual or a business
for a financial loss, not to provide an opportunity for gain. At one time, however,
LEARNING AID
people used insurance policies as a means of wagering. In eighteenth-century
England, for example, people frequently purchased life insurance on the lives of
famous people, especially those who were reportedly ill, hoping to make a profit
if the insured person died.
The practice of purchasing insurance as a wager is now considered against pub-
lic policy. As a result, laws in the United States and many other countries require
that a policyowner have an insurable interest in the risk that is insured at the time
the policy is issued. An insurable interest means that the policyowner must be
likely to suffer a genuine loss or detriment should the event insured against occur.
To understand how insurable interest requirements are met, we need to con-
sider two possible situations: (1) an individual purchases insurance on her own
life and (2) an individual purchases insurance on another’s life. In both cases, the
applicant for life insurance must name a beneficiary.
All persons are considered to have an insurable interest in their own lives.
A person is always considered to have more to gain by living than by dying. There-
fore, an insurable interest between the policyowner and the insured is presumed
when a person seeks to purchase insurance on her own life.

Insurable interest laws do not require that the beneficiary have an insur-
able interest in the policyowner-insured’s life. In other words, the laws allow a
policyowner-insured to name anyone as beneficiary. Most insurance company
underwriting guidelines, however, require that the beneficiary also have an insur-
able interest in the life of the insured when a policy is issued. As a result, life insur-
ers typically inquire into the beneficiary’s relationship to the proposed insured and
may refuse to issue the coverage if the beneficiary does not possess an insurable
interest in the proposed insured’s life.
In the case of a third-party policy, laws in many countries and in most states in
the United States require only that the policyowner have an insurable interest in
the insured’s life when the policy is issued. Most insurance company underwriting
guidelines and the laws in some states, however, require both the policyowner and
the beneficiary of a third-party policy to have an insurable interest in the insured’s
life when the policy is issued.
Certain family relationships are assumed by law to create an insurable interest
between an insured and a policyowner or beneficiary. In these cases, even if the
policyowner or beneficiary has no financial interest in the insured’s life, the bonds
of love and affection alone are sufficient to create an insurable interest. According
to the laws in most jurisdictions, the insured’s spouse, mother, father, child, grand-
parent, grandchild, brother, and sister are deemed to have an insurable interest in
the life of the insured. Figure 1.4 illustrates the family relationships that create an
insurable interest.
An insurable interest is not presumed when the policyowner or beneficiary is
more distantly related to the insured than the relatives previously described. In
these cases, a financial interest in the continued life of the insured must be demon-
strated to satisfy the insurable interest requirement.
Example:
Mary Mulhouse obtained a $50,000 personal loan from the Lone Star
Bank.
Analysis:
If Mary dies before repaying the loan, Lone Star could lose some or all
of the money it lent her. Therefore, Lone Star has a financial interest and,
consequently, an insurable interest in Mary’s life, in the amount of the
outstanding loan.
Similar examples of financial interest can be found in other business relationships.

The insurable interest requirement must be met before a life insurance policy
will be issued. After the life insurance policy is in force, the presence or absence of
insurable interest is no longer relevant. Therefore, a beneficiary need not provide
evidence of insurable interest to receive the benefits of a life insurance policy.
The insurable interest requirement also must be met when a health insurance
policy is issued. For a health insurance policy, the insurable interest requirement
is met if the applicant can demonstrate a genuine risk of economic loss should the
proposed insured require medical care or become disabled. Typically, people seek
health insurance for themselves and for their dependents. In both of these cases,

the applicant has an insurable interest in the continued health of the proposed
insured. Additionally, for disability income insurance purposes, businesses have
an insurable interest in the health of their key employees.
Example:
Didactic Training is a small company that contracts with other companies
to conduct seminars for their management staffs. Shilpa Gouda works
for Didactic as its primary seminar leader. Because Shilpa’s expertise and
teaching skills are essential to the success of the business, Didactic has
applied for disability income coverage on Shilpa and has named itself as
the beneficiary of this coverage.
Analysis:
Didactic would be unable to meet its scheduled seminar commitments if
Shilpa were ill or injured and, thus, unable to conduct seminars. Therefore,
Didactic has a financial interest in Shilpa’s continued good health. This
financial interest creates the necessary insurable interest for Didactic to
purchase disability income coverage on Shilpa.
Figure 1.4 Family Relationships that Create an Insurable Interest
Grandfather Grandmother
Uncle Aunt Father Mother Uncle
Cousin
Sister-in-Law Brother INSURED Spouse Sister
Child’s
Niece Nephew Child Child Spouse
Grandchild

Key Terms
risk beneficiary
speculative risk claim
pure risk contract of indemnity
risk management valued contract
insurer law of large numbers
policy benefit probability
insurance policy mortality tables
premium mortality rate
personal risk morbidity tables
life and health insurance company morbidity rate
life insurance reinsurance
term life insurance direct writer
cash value life insurance reinsurer
cash value underwriting
endowment insurance underwriter
annuity contract antiselection
health insurance physical hazard
medical expense insurance moral hazard
disability income coverage risk class
long-term care insurance (LTCI) underwriting guidelines
individual insurance policy standard risk
group insurance policy standard premium rate
property/casualty (P&C) preferred risk
insurance company preferred premium rate
applicant substandard risk
policyowner substandard premium rate
insured declined risk
third-party policy insurable interest
Endnote
1. The term moral hazard is also used in the insurance industry to refer to the tendency of individuals
to alter their behavior because they have insurance. This tendency is typically of more concern with
health insurance than life insurance. For example, an injured person who has a disability income
policy with generous benefits may feel disinclined to follow a prescribed rehabilitation regime and get
back to work, and an individual in poor health who has medical expense insurance may be more likely
to pursue treatment for her medical conditions than if she had no medical expense insurance.

Principles of Insurance Chapter 2: The Life and Health Insurance Industry 2.1
Chapter 2
The Life and Health Insurance

Industry
Objectives
2A Distinguish among the three types of business organizations and
explain why insurance companies must be organized as corporations
2B Distinguish among stock insurers, mutual insurers, and fraternal benefit
societies
2C Describe the financial services industry and explain how insurance
companies function within that industry
2D Describe the roles that the federal and state governments play in
U.S. insurance regulation
2E Identify the two primary types of insurance regulation in most
countries

2.2 Chapter 2: The Life and Health Insurance Industry Principles of Insurance
Outline
Insurance Company Organization Role of Government in Insurance
 Types of Business Organizations  Social Insurance Programs
 Types of Insurance Company  Regulation of Insurance
Organizations  Taxation
Insurance Companies as
Financial Institutions
 Financial Intermediaries
 Evolution of the Financial Services
Industry
I
n some ways, a life insurance company functions just like any other busi-
ness. The company determines the needs of its customers, creates products
that meet those needs, and pursues profits to ensure its survival. Profit is the
money, or revenue, that a business receives for its products minus the expenses it
incurs to create and support the products.
What sets insurance companies apart, however, is the nature of the products
that they sell. The products of a typical life insurance company represent promises
of future payments, which may not be called upon for 20, 30, or even 50 or more
years into the future. This characteristic of a life insurance company greatly influ-
ences the way that the company is organized.
Insurance Company Organization

In many countries, including the United States, three primary types of business
organizations are sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Insurers
are organized as corporations. Let’s explore each type to find out why.
Types of Business Organizations

A sole proprietorship is owned and operated by one person. The owner receives
all the profits and is personally responsible for all the debts of the business. If the
business fails, the owner’s personal property may be used to pay the debts of the
business. If the owner becomes disabled or dies, the business often cannot con-
tinue to operate.
A partnership is a business that is owned by two or more people, who are
known as the partners. The partners divide the profits, and generally each of them
is personally responsible for all the debts of the business.
Example:
George Everett and Andrew Carter formed an equal partnership. At first,
the business was successful, and George and Andrew each received one-
half of the profits. However, the business eventually failed, and George
was unable to pay his share of the losses.
Analysis:
Because George and Andrew formed their business as an equal partner-
ship, Andrew was personally responsible for all the partnership’s debts.

If one of the partners dies or withdraws from the business, the partnership gener-
ally dissolves, although the remaining partners may form a new partnership and
continue to operate the business.
In most countries, insurance companies and most other major businesses are
organized as corporations. A corporation is a legal entity that is created by the
authority of a governmental unit (through a process known as incorporation) and
that is separate and distinct from its owners. LEARNING AID
A corporation has two major characteristics that set it apart from a sole propri-
etorship and a partnership:
As a legal entity that is separate from its owners, a corporation can sue or be
sued, enter into contracts, and own property. In addition, the corporation’s
debts belong to the corporation itself and not to its owners. The owners are not
personally responsible for the corporation’s debts.
The corporation continues beyond the death of any or all of its owners. This
characteristic of the corporation provides an element of stability and perma-
nence that a sole proprietorship and partnership cannot guarantee. Because
an insurer’s contractual obligations extend many years into the future, the
corporation is the ideal form of business organization for an insurance com-
pany. Recognizing the importance of such stability and permanence, laws in
the United States and many other countries require insurance companies to
operate as corporations.
Types of Insurance Company Organizations

Even though they must be corporations, life and health insurance companies have
some flexibility in how they are organized to do business. Typically, an insurer is
LEARNING AID
organized as a stock insurance company, a mutual insurance company, or a frater-
nal benefit society.
Stock Insurance Companies

Most corporations, including most life and health insurers, are stock corporations.
A stock corporation is a corporation whose ownership is divided into units known
as shares or shares of stock. A stockholder, or shareholder, is a person or organi-
zation that owns shares of stock in a corporation. The corporation’s stockholders
collectively are its owners. Insurers organized as stock corporations are known as
stock insurance companies.
If a stock insurance company has profits, the stockholders may receive a
stockholder dividend, which is a portion of the corporation’s earnings paid to the
owners of its stock. Many companies pay dividends quarterly or annually.
Mutual Insurance Companies

A mutual insurance company is an insurance company that is owned by its poli-
cyowners. Because a mutual insurance company does not have stockholders, it
does not pay stockholder dividends. Instead, a portion of the company’s operat-
ing profits may be distributed to its policyowners in the form of policy dividends.
We discuss policy dividends in more detail in Chapter 9.

Although stock insurers greatly outnumber mutual insurers in the United

States, mutual insurers historically have been older and larger than stock insurers
and thus provide a significant amount of the life insurance in force.
Fraternal Benefit Societies

A fraternal benefit society, also known as a fraternal insurer, is a nonprofit orga-
nization that is operated solely for the benefit of its members and that provides
social, as well as insurance, benefits to its members. The members of such societies
often share a common ethnic, religious, or vocational background, although mem-
bership in some societies is open to the general public. One of the legal require-
ments of being a fraternal benefit society is that the fraternal society must have a
representative form of government—that is, the members must elect the officers of
the fraternal society. In addition, fraternal societies must operate through a lodge
system, in which only lodge members and their families are permitted to own
the fraternal society’s insurance. Applicants for insurance automatically become
members once the society issues them a policy.
Figure 2.1 depicts the total number of stock insurers, mutual insurers, and fra-
ternal benefit societies operating in the United States in 2014, as well as the life
insurance in force for each type of insurance company.
Insurance Companies as
Financial Institutions
Insurance companies are financial institutions that function in the economy as
part of the financial services industry. A financial institution is a business that
owns primarily financial assets, such as stocks and bonds, rather than fixed assets,
such as equipment and raw materials. The financial services industry is an indus-
try that offers financial products and services to help individuals, businesses, and
governments meet their financial goals of protecting against financial losses, accu-
mulating and investing money and other assets, and managing debt and payments.
In addition to insurance companies, financial institutions include
Depository institutions, which specialize in accepting deposits from and
making loans to people, businesses, and government agencies. Commercial
banks, savings and loan associations, and credit unions are examples of depos-
itory institutions.
Finance companies, which specialize in making short- and medium-term
loans to people and businesses.
Securities firms, which specialize in the purchase and sale of securities.
A security is a financial asset that represents either (1) an obligation of indebt-
edness owed by a business, a government, or an agency, which is known as
a debt security, or (2) an ownership interest, which is known as an equity
security.
Mutual fund companies, which operate mutual funds. A mutual fund is an
investment vehicle that pools the funds of investors and uses the funds to buy
a variety of stocks, bonds, and other securities.

Figure 2.1 Comparison of Stock Insurers, Mutual Insurers, and Fraternal

Benefit Societies in the United States, 2014

Number of Life Insurers
Fraternal
Benefit Societies Other
81 7
Mutual
Stock
Insurers
Insurers
106
636
Life Insurance in Force (in millions)
Fraternal
Benefit Societies Other
$333,579 $165,617
Stock
Mutual Insurers
Insurers $13,774,670
$5,840,741
Source: Adapted from ACLI, Life Insurers Fact Book 2015, Copyright © 2015 American Council of Life Insurers, Washington, DC,
(November 2015, 19,) 2–3 https://www.acli.com/Tools/Industry%20Facts/Life%20Insurers%20Fact%20Book/Documents/FB15_All.pdf
(15 February 2016). Used with permission.

Financial Intermediaries
Financial institutions, including insurance companies, serve as financial interme-
diaries. A financial intermediary is an organization that collects funds from one
group of people, businesses, and governments, known as suppliers, and channels
them to another group, known as users. Insurers, for example, collect premiums
from policyowners and pay claims to beneficiaries. In the process of moving funds
from suppliers to users, financial intermediaries generate income for themselves.
As financial intermediaries, insurance companies take a substantial portion of
the money that their customers pay for insurance and invest that money in other
businesses and industries, primarily through the purchase of bonds issued by cor-
porations. The investments that insurers make provide funds that these businesses
need to operate and expand. For example, life insurance companies in the United
States have been the largest institutional holders of corporate bond financing since
the 1930s.1
Evolution of the Financial Services Industry

The financial services industry has undergone profound changes in the past few
decades. The evolution of the financial services industry is characterized by con-
vergence, consolidation, and globalization.
Convergence
Historically, the financial services industry was divided into distinct sectors, often
as a result of regulatory requirements in various countries. Banks provided bank-
ing services such as checking accounts, savings accounts, and loans. Securities
firms and mutual fund companies handled investments. Insurance companies
issued and sold insurance products.
Today, however, the financial services industry is characterized by convergence,
which is a movement toward a single financial institution being able to serve a cus-
tomer’s banking, insurance, and securities needs. Financial services companies
have entered into each other’s traditional businesses, either through expansion of
operations or affiliations. Thus, the distinctions among financial institutions based
on the products they offer have blurred.
In the United States, financial services companies may affiliate by means of a
financial holding company. A holding company, also known as a parent company,
is a company that owns and controls another company or companies, which are
referred to as subsidiaries or operating units. The various subsidiaries that are
under the common control of the holding company are known as affiliates of each
other because they are affiliated within a holding company system, often operat-
ing under a single brand name. A financial holding company is a holding company
that conducts activities that are financial in nature or incidental to financial activi-
ties, such as insurance activities, securities activities, banking, and investment and
advisory services. Figure 2.2 illustrates a financial holding company structure.
Affiliation in a financial holding company system allows companies to sell one
another’s products. For example, although banks in the United States still cannot
issue—that is, accept the risk on—insurance products, an insurance company can
design a product according to a bank’s specifications and issue a product that the
bank can sell. Such affiliations also increase the ability of insurance companies to
offer a wider variety of noninsurance products, such as mutual funds.

Figure 2.2 Financial Holding Company
Azalea Financial Services Holding Company

} PARENT COMPANY
} Tulip Life
Insurance
Company
Blueberry
National
Bank
Oleander
Securities } SUBSIDIARIES OF
PARENT COMPANY
AFFILIATES OF EACH OTHER
Consolidation
In the financial services industry, the term consolidation typically refers to the
combination of financial institutions within or across sectors. This consolidation
occurs primarily through mergers and acquisitions:
A merger is a transaction in which the assets and liabilities of two companies
are combined into one company. One of the companies survives as a legal
entity, and the other company ceases to exist.
An acquisition is a transaction in which one corporation purchases a control-
ling interest in another corporation, resulting in an ownership link between
two formerly independent corporations. After the transaction, both corpora-
tions survive as separate legal entities.
Consolidation has decreased the number of traditional financial institutions
within each sector of the financial services industry. As the number of financial
institutions has decreased, many of the remaining institutions have grown in size.
Figure 2.3 illustrates how the number of life insurance companies in the United
States has decreased steadily since 1989.
Globalization
Financial institutions operate in a global environment. Large financial services
enterprises, particularly those from Western Europe and North America, increas-
ingly are expanding their customer bases worldwide. For example, Canadian
life and health insurers generated 41 percent of their premiums abroad in 2014.2
In addition, the proportion of life insurance companies operating in the United
States that are foreign-owned was 11 percent in 2014.3

Figure 2.3 Number of U.S. Life Insurance Companies 1989–2014
2,500
Number of Companies
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
0
1989 1994 1999 2004 2009 2014
Year
(November 2015, 19,) 5 https://www.acli.com/Tools/Industry%20Facts/Life%20Insurers%20Fact%20Book/Documents/FB15_All.pdf
Role of Government in Insurance

Governments around the world perform a variety of functions, such as provid-
ing social insurance programs, acting as regulators, and influencing spending and
saving through taxation. In performing these functions, governments affect the
supply and demand for insurance in the private sector.
Social Insurance Programs

A social insurance program is a welfare plan that is established by law and
administered by a government and that provides assistance to specified groups of
the population, such as the elderly, disabled, and unemployed. Social insurance
may provide cash payments to replace income lost because of old age, disability,
death, occupational injuries, and unemployment. Social insurance also may pro-
vide services such as medical care.
In most countries, insurance companies cannot provide products that duplicate
the coverage of social insurance programs. Instead, insurers create and sell prod-
ucts that fill in the gaps not covered by social insurance and that supplement the
coverage that social insurance provides.
Example:
In the United States, one important social insurance program is Medicare,
which pays certain health care expenses for the elderly and people with
qualifying disabilities. Most Americans age 65 and older receive Medicare
coverage. Medicare doesn’t cover all of an individual’s medical expenses,
however. To complement Medicare coverage, private insurance companies
created Medigap policies, also known as Medicare supplement insurance
policies, which pay for many medical expenses not covered by Medicare.

Regulation of Insurance
Insurance companies protect millions of individuals against economic loss and
offer them opportunities to save and invest money. Because the financial health of
insurance providers is of such importance to so many people, insurers occupy a
special position of public trust. As a result, the insurance industry is subject to reg-
ulation designed specifically to safeguard the public trust in insurance companies.
Although insurance laws vary from one country to another, many insurance
laws are similar in principle throughout the world. For example, to operate as an
insurer, a company must incorporate in one particular jurisdiction. The jurisdic-
tion in which a company incorporates becomes the company’s domicile. The com-
pany must then obtain a certificate of authority from each jurisdiction in which it
plans to conduct business. A certificate of authority, or license, grants an insurer
the right to conduct an insurance business and sell insurance products in the juris-
diction that grants the certificate. An insurer must comply with all applicable laws
in each jurisdiction in which it is licensed.
Example:
The New Englander Insurance Company, a U.S. insurer, is incorporated in
the state of Connecticut. New Englander conducts business in Connecticut,
Massachusetts, and New Hampshire.
Analysis:
Connecticut is New Englander’s domicile. New Englander must have a
certificate of authority from each state in which it conducts business—
Connecticut, Massachusetts, and New Hampshire. New Englander must
also comply with all applicable laws in each of these three states.
Insurance regulatory systems also vary from country to country. In many coun-
tries, insurance regulation is centralized and under the supervision of the national
government. For example, in India, authority over insurance regulation rests solely
with the national Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority (IRDA). Some
countries, including the United States and Canada, have federal systems of gov-
ernment, in which a federal government and a number of lower-level governments,
known as state governments in the United States and provincial governments in
Canada, share governmental powers, including the power to regulate insurance.
Insurance Regulation in the United States

Although the power to regulate insurance in the United States is shared by the
state governments and the federal government, the states have the primary author-
ity to regulate the business of insurance. This authority was established through
the McCarran-Ferguson Act, a federal law in which the U.S. Congress agreed to
leave insurance regulation to the states, as long as Congress considers this regula-
tion to be adequate.
Each state has its own laws, usually referred to as the state insurance code,
which regulate insurance in that state. Each state also has an administrative
agency, typically known as the state insurance department, which is responsi-
ble for making sure that companies operating in the state comply with applicable

regulatory requirements. Each state insurance department is under the direction

of an insurance commissioner, known in some states as the superintendent of
insurance or director of insurance.
Although each state has its own set of laws and regulations governing insur-
ance, these laws and regulations are often similar across the various states because
they are based on models developed by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC)
is a nongovernmental association of the insurance commissioners of all the states.
The NAIC’s primary function is to promote uniformity of state insurance regula-
tion by developing model laws and regulations as guidelines for the states. States
are not required to adopt model laws and regulations as written; instead, states
may either modify the models or choose not to adopt them at all.
In the United States, the federal government has long regulated certain aspects
of the insurance industry. For example, certain investment-linked insurance
products, such as variable life insurance and variable annuities, are considered
securities. Therefore, these products are subject to oversight by the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC), a federal agency that administers federal laws
governing securities. In addition, individuals who sell variable products or pro-
vide investment advice to owners of variable products must be registered with the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), a nongovernmental organiza-
tion authorized by the SEC to regulate all securities firms doing business in the
United States.
Figure 2.4 describes the growing role of the federal government in insurance
regulation since the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act in 2010.
In some countries, insurance companies may also be regulated by self-
regulatory organizations (SROs), which are nongovernmental organizations that
exercise regulatory authority over an industry or profession. In the United States,
FINRA is an influential SRO for the life insurance industry. In Canada, an impor-
tant SRO for life insurance companies is the Canadian Life and Health Insurance
Association (CLHIA), which is a voluntary association whose member companies
include 99 percent of Canada’s life and health insurance business. Among other
directives, the CLHIA establishes guidelines for member companies that apply to
a broad range of business activities.
Two Primary Goals of Insurance Regulation

Throughout the world, insurance regulation has two primary goals:
To ensure that insurers remain solvent—that is, able to meet their debts and
pay policy benefits when they come due. Solvency regulation is known as
prudential regulation in many countries.
To ensure that insurance companies conduct their businesses fairly and ethi-
cally. Such regulation is referred to as market conduct regulation.
Solvency Regulation
To ensure the solvency of insurance companies, most countries impose minimum
financial requirements that an insurance company must meet before it obtains a
license to transact insurance; a company that is financially unsound cannot obtain
a license. In addition, governments have the authority to act to protect the public
interest if an insurance company becomes financially unsound.

Figure 2.4 The Dodd-Frank Act
As a result of the financial crisis of 2007–2010, the

Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street
U.S.
Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank),
which is designed to (1) promote the financial stability
of the United States by improving accountability and
transparency in the financial system and (2) protect con-
sumers from abusive financial services practices.
Dodd-Frank created several agencies, including the
•• Federal Insurance Office (FIO), which is a federal
agency authorized to monitor the insurance industry,
identify areas with inadequate state regulation, and
handle international insurance issues.
•• Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC), which is an independent agency responsible
for monitoring the safety and stability of the nation’s financial system, identifying threats to the
system, and coordinating regulatory responses to any such threats. The FSOC is empowered to
identify systemically important financial institutions (SIFIs), which are institutions—includ-
ing insurance companies—whose failure could potentially pose a risk to the financial system.
Financial institutions that are identified as SIFIs will be subject to more stringent regulatory
standards than other institutions.
A company’s solvency is evaluated by applying the basic accounting equation,

which states:
Assets = Liabilities + Owners’ Equity LEARNING AID
In the basic accounting equation,

Assets, such as cash and investments, are all items of value owned by a
c ompany.
Liabilities are the company’s debts and future obligations. A large portion of
an insurer’s liabilities consist of the company’s policy reserves, which repre-
sent the amount the insurer estimates it will need to pay policy benefits as they
come due.
Owners’ equity, which represents the owners’ financial interest in the com-
pany, is the difference between the amount of the company’s assets (what it
owns) and its liabilities (what it owes). For a stock insurer, owners’ equity has
two components: capital and surplus. Capital is the amount of money that
the company’s owners have invested in the insurer, usually through the pur-
chase of company stock. Surplus is the amount by which the company’s assets
exceed its liabilities and capital.
Because a mutual insurer does not issue stock, it has no capital. Therefore,
owners’ equity for a mutual insurer consists entirely of the company’s
surplus. Figure 2.5 illustrates the calculation of owners’ equity for stock and
mutual insurers.

Figure 2.5 Calculations of Owners’ Equity
Stock Insurance Company

Friendly Insurance Company has assets of $12 million and liabilities of $8 million.
The stockholders of Friendly have invested $3 million in the company.
Basic Accounting Equation:

$12 million (Assets) = $8 million (Liabilities) + Owners’ Equity (Capital + Surplus)
Owners’ Equity = $12 million (Assets) – $8 million (Liabilities)

= $4 million
$4 million (Owners’ Equity) = $3 million (Capital) + Surplus
Surplus = $4 million (Owners’ Equity) – $3 million (Capital)

= $1 million
Therefore, owners’ equity is $4 million, consisting of $3 million in capital and

$1 million in surplus.
Mutual Insurance Company
Pleasant Mutual Insurance Company has assets of $10 million and liabilities of
$4 million.
Basic Accounting Equation:

$10 million (Assets) = $4 million (Liabilities) + Owners’ Equity (Surplus)
Owners’ Equity = $10 million (Assets) – $4 million (Liabilities)

= $6 million
Therefore, owners’ equity is $6 million, all of which is surplus.
Governments have established methods to oversee the financial condition of

insurance companies operating within their jurisdiction. In the United States, the
states oversee the financial condition of insurance companies by reviewing an
accounting report, known as the Annual Statement, which every insurer prepares
each calendar year and files with the insurance department in each state in which
it operates. The NAIC has developed an Annual Statement form that all states
accept, so an insurer can file the same Annual Statement form in all the states in
which it operates. In addition, state regulators conduct an on-site financial condi-
tion examination of each insurance company every three to five years. In this
examination, state regulators physically check the insurer’s business records. State
regulators may conduct more frequent examinations of companies that appear
most likely to have financial difficulties.
As a general rule, when an insurer is experiencing financial difficulties, regula-
tors are authorized to intervene in the insurer’s operations to protect policyowner

interests. The specific actions that regulators are permitted to take when an insur-
er’s solvency is in question vary from country to country. In extreme cases where
an insurer’s solvency cannot be restored, countries typically have established
procedures to liquidate the company. In each case, the protection of policyowner
interests is the primary regulatory goal.
Market Conduct Regulation

Market conduct laws are designed to make sure that insurance companies conduct
their businesses fairly and ethically. These laws regulate most of the nonfinancial
operations of insurers, including sales practices, advertising, underwriting, poli-
cyowner service, complaint handling, and claims.
In the United States, each state regulates the market conduct of insurers operat-
ing in the state. Many market conduct laws are designed to ensure that customers
are presented with fair and accurate information before they buy insurance. For
example, laws require insurers to disclose specific information about a policy to
a potential customer before selling the policy. Other laws regulate the form and
content of insurance advertisements to make sure that consumers are not misled
about the features or limitations in advertised insurance policies.
In the United States, the state insurance departments perform periodic market
conduct examinations of insurers to ensure that the companies are complying with
the state’s market conduct laws. If the department determines that an insurer has
violated market conduct laws, it may impose sanctions against the insurer, includ-
ing fines and, in severe cases, suspending or revoking the insurer’s certificate of
authority.
In addition to regulating insurance companies, the states regulate the conduct
of the individuals who market and sell insurance. These individuals, typically
known as insurance producers or insurance agents, must be licensed by each state
in which they conduct business. The licensing process helps ensure that insurance
producers are reputable and knowledgeable about the insurance products they sell.
In conducting business, insurance producers must comply with all applicable state
and federal laws. A state insurance department may revoke or suspend the license
of a producer who engages in behavior that violates the state’s laws.
Taxation
Many governments use taxation as a mechanism for accomplishing social, in addi-
tion to economic, goals. Through taxation, governments can influence people to
act or refrain from acting in certain ways. For example, some governments tax
tobacco heavily not only to raise revenue, but to discourage tobacco use. Govern-
ments also offer taxpayers reductions in taxable income for contributions made to
qualified charities to encourage charitable giving.
Many governments also use tax policies to encourage people to purchase vari-
ous types of private insurance and financial products. Governments, for example,
provide tax incentives to encourage people to contribute to, and employers to pro-
vide, group retirement plans. Such tax incentives can be quite effective, and they
have benefitted insurers and other financial institutions by increasing the demand
for their products.

Key Terms
profit McCarran-Ferguson Act
sole proprietorship state insurance code
partnership state insurance department
corporation insurance commissioner
stock corporation National Association of Insurance
share Commissioners (NAIC)
stockholder Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
stock insurance company Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-
stockholder dividend Frank)
mutual insurance company Federal Insurance Office (FIO)
fraternal benefit society Financial Stability Oversight Council
financial institution (FSOC)
financial services industry systemically important financial
security institution (SIFI)
financial intermediary solvent
convergence assets
consolidation liabilities
social insurance program owners’ equity
domicile capital
certificate of authority surplus
federal system Annual Statement
market conduct law
Endnotes
1. ACLI, Life Insurers Fact Book 2015 (Washington, DC: American Council of Life Insurers, 2015), 8,
https://www.acli.com/Tools/Industry%20Facts/Life%20Insurers%20Fact%20Book/Pages/RP15-010.
aspx (27 January 2016).
2. CLHIA, Canadian Life and Health Insurance Facts, 2015 ed. (Toronto: Canadian Life and Health
Insurance Association Inc., 2015), 5, http://clhia.uberflip.com/i/563156-canadian-life-and-health-
insurance-facts (26 January 2016).
3. ACLI, Life Insurers Fact Book 2015 (Washington, DC: American Council of Life Insurers, 2015), 2,
aspx (26 January 2016).

Principles of Insurance Chapter 3: The Insurance Contract 3.1
Chapter 3
The Insurance Contract
Objectives
3A Distinguish between formal and informal contracts, bilateral and
unilateral contracts, commutative and aleatory contracts, and contracts
of adhesion and bargaining contracts, and identify which types
characterize an insurance contract
3B Explain the difference between a valid contract, a void contract, and a
voidable contract
3C Identify the four general requirements for the creation of a valid
informal contract and describe how each of these requirements can be
met in the formation of an insurance contract
3D Identify the property rights that a policyowner has in the insurance
policy he owns

3.2 Chapter 3: The Insurance Contract Principles of Insurance
Outline
Fundamentals of Contract Law The Policy as Property
 Types of Contracts  Right to Use and Enjoy Property
 General Requirements for  Right to Dispose of Property
a Contract
R
emember our point that life and health insurance products represent
promises—promises that, in some cases, could extend over decades?
This characteristic influences the form that such a product takes: in return
for an initial payment, an applicant typically receives an insurance policy, which
is a written record of the promise that the insurance company is making.
Recall that an individual insurance policy is an insurance policy that insures the
life or health of a named person. Some individual policies also insure the person’s
immediate family or a second named person. A group insurance policy insures the
lives or health of a specific group of people. For example, most group insurance
policies are purchased by employers to provide life or health insurance coverage to
their employees and, sometimes, to the dependents of covered employees.
Unless otherwise noted, the information presented in this chapter applies to
both individual and group insurance policies.
Fundamentals of Contract Law

Before an insurance policy is purchased, the applicant for insurance and the
insurance company must reach an agreement: the applicant must agree to buy
the insurance coverage from the company at the stipulated rate, and the company
must agree to issue that coverage under the offered terms. The insurance policy
describes the terms of their agreement.
An insurance policy represents a special kind of agreement known as a con-
tract. A contract is a legally enforceable agreement between two or more parties.
The two parties to an individual life or health insurance contract are the insurance
company that issued the policy and the individual who owns the policy, known
as the policyowner. The parties to a group insurance contract are the insurer that
issued the policy and the group policyholder, which refers to the person or orga-
nization that decides what types of group insurance coverage to purchase for the
group members, negotiates the terms of the insurance contract, and purchases the
group insurance coverage.
The fact that a contract is legally enforceable means that the parties are bound
to carry out the promises they made when entering into the contract. If a party
does not carry out its promise, then that party has breached the contract. Laws
provide innocent parties with remedies they can pursue to recoup losses resulting
from a breach of contract.
Types of Contracts
In Chapter 1, we described contracts of indemnity and valued contracts. As noted
LEARNING AID
in that chapter, health insurance policies typically are contracts of indemnity,

and life insurance policies are valued contracts. Contracts may be categorized in
other ways—for example as either
Formal or informal contracts
Bilateral or unilateral contracts
Commutative or aleatory contracts
Bargaining contracts or contracts of adhesion
Formal and Informal Contracts

Contracts are either formal or informal. A formal contract is a written contract
that is enforceable because the parties met certain formalities concerning the form
of the agreement. Historically, a formal contract had to be stamped with a seal, but
that is no longer a requirement.
Life and health insurance contracts are informal contracts. An informal
contract is an oral or a written contract that is enforceable because the parties met
requirements concerning the substance of the agreement rather than requirements
concerning the form of the agreement.
As informal contracts, life and health insurance contracts could theoretically
be made in either written or oral form. However, laws in some jurisdictions require
insurance contracts to be in writing. Life and health insurance contracts typically
are expressed in written form—whether required by law or not—for practical rea-
sons. For example, a written contract provides a permanent record of the agree-
ment. Life insurance policies often remain in effect for many years. The memory
of someone’s oral promises made many years in the past may not be reliable, even
under the best circumstances. Putting the contract in writing helps prevent misun-
derstandings between the parties as to the terms and conditions of their agreement.
Bilateral and Unilateral Contracts

A contract between two parties may be either bilateral or unilateral. A bilateral
contract is one in which both parties make legally enforceable promises when
they enter into the contract.
Example:
Shi-Fay Cheng contracts with the Dependable Heating Company to have
the company install a heating system in her home for a mutually agreed-
upon price. Dependable promises to perform the work, and Shi-Fay
promises to pay a stated amount in exchange for the work.
Analysis:
This contract is bilateral—both Shi-Fay and Dependable have made legally
enforceable promises. If either Shi-Fay or Dependable fails to perform its
promise, the other party can take legal action to enforce the contract.

In contrast to a bilateral contract, a unilateral contract is one in which only one

of the parties makes a legally enforceable promise when entering into the contract.
Life and health insurance policies are unilateral contracts. The insurer promises
to pay a policy benefit if the insured dies, gets sick, or is injured. As long as the
premiums are paid, the insurer is legally bound by its contractual promises. The
purchaser of the policy, on the other hand, does not promise to pay the premiums
and cannot be compelled by law to pay them. In fact, the policyowner has the right
to stop paying premiums and cancel the policy at any time. Figure 3.1 illustrates
the difference between a bilateral and a unilateral contract.
Figure 3.1 Bilateral vs. Unilateral Contracts
Promise: Pay for Heating System
Promise: Install System
BOTH PARTIES HAVE MADE ENFORCEABLE PROMISES
Promise: Provide Insurance Coverage
ONLY THE INSURER MADE AN ENFORCEABLE PROMISE

Commutative and Aleatory Contracts

Contracts may also be classified as either commutative or aleatory. A commutative
contract is an agreement in which the parties specify in advance the values that
they will exchange. Moreover, the parties generally exchange items or services
that they think are of relatively equal value. In the case of Shi-Fay Cheng and the
Dependable Heating Company, both parties essentially agreed that the installation
of the heating system and the price to be paid were of equal value. Contracts for
the sale of goods or services usually are commutative contracts.
In an aleatory contract, one party provides something of value to another party
in exchange for a conditional promise. A conditional promise is a promise to
perform a stated act if a specified, uncertain event occurs. If the event does not
occur, the promise will not be performed. Also, under an aleatory contract, if the
specified event occurs, one party may receive something of greater value than that
party gave.
Life and health insurance policies are aleatory contracts. A life insurance pol-
icy is an aleatory contract because the insurer’s promise to pay the policy benefit is
contingent upon the death of the insured while the policy is in force. The insured’s
death is an uncertain event because no one can say with certainty when the insured
will die.
A life insurance policy is also an aleatory contract because one of the parties
may receive something of greater value than that party gave. For example, a policy
may terminate prior to the death of the insured, and the insurer’s promise to pay
the policy benefit will never be performed—even if the insurer has received a
number of premiums. Conversely, death may occur soon after an insurer issues a
life insurance policy. In this case, the insurer must pay the policy benefit, which
will be more than the premiums the insurer received for the policy.
Bargaining Contracts and Contracts of Adhesion

Contracts may be further classified as either bargaining contracts or contracts of
adhesion. Suppose two individuals, Jean and Dylan, had the following conversation:
Jean: I will sell you my car for $3,000.

Dylan: I would like to buy your car but not for $3,000. How about $2,000?
Jean: I can’t sell you the car for $2,000; how about $2,500?
Dylan: Okay, I will buy your car for $2,500.
Jean and Dylan have entered into a bargaining contract, one in which both par-
ties, as equals, set the terms and conditions of the contract.
In contrast, life and health insurance policies are contracts of adhesion. A
contract of adhesion is a contract that one party prepares and that the other party
must accept or reject as a whole, generally without any bargaining between the
parties to the agreement. Although the applicant for individual life or health insur-
ance has choices about some of the contract provisions, generally he must accept
or reject the contract as the insurance company has written it. As a result, if any
policy provision is ambiguous, the courts usually interpret the provision in what-
ever manner would be more favorable to the policyowner or beneficiary. In contrast
to individual insurance policies, group insurance agreements often are subject to

some negotiation between the parties. Nevertheless, group insurance contracts are
contracts of adhesion. Figure 3.2 lists the various types of contracts and identifies
which types characterize life and health insurance contracts.
General Requirements for a Contract

According to the laws in most states in the United States and many other coun-
tries, an agreement must meet the following four general requirements to be a
LEARNING AID
valid informal contract:
1. The parties to the contract must express mutual assent, or agreement, to the
terms of the contract.
2. The parties to the contract must have contractual capacity.
3. The parties to the contract must exchange legally adequate consideration.

4. The contract must be for a lawful purpose.
Figure 3.2 Types of Contracts
Characterizes
Type of Contract Life and
Health
Insurance
Contracts
Contract is based on the form of the agreement No

(Formal contract)
Contract is based on the substance of the agreement Yes

(Informal contract)
Both parties make legally enforceable promises No

(Bilateral contract)
Only one party makes a legally enforceable promise Yes

(Unilateral contract)
The parties exchange things of equal value No

(Commutative contract)
One party provides something of value in exchange for a conditional promise Yes
(Aleatory contract)
Both parties set the terms No

(Bargaining contract)
One party sets the terms that the other party accepts or rejects Yes
(Contract of adhesion)

In describing the legal status of a contract, the words valid, void, and voidable
are often used:
Valid. A valid contract is one that is enforceable by law. Valid contracts sat-
isfy all legal requirements.
Void. The term void is used in law to describe something that was never valid.
A void contract is one that does not satisfy one or more of the legal require-
ments to create a valid contract and, thus, is never enforceable.
Voidable. At times, one of the parties to an otherwise valid contract may have
grounds to reject, or avoid, it. A voidable contract is one in which a party has
the right to avoid her obligations under the contract.
Let’s look at the four requirements in more detail.
Mutual Assent
Whether a contract is made when the parties sign a written agreement or shake
hands, the parties involved have agreed to do something. The requirement of
mutual assent is met when the parties reach a meeting of the minds about the
terms of their agreement.
For life and health insurance policies, as well as for other contracts, mutual
assent is expressed through a process of offer and acceptance. An offer is a pro-
posal to enter into a binding contract with another party. The party that makes
the offer is the offeror, and the party to whom the offer is made is the offeree.
An acceptance of the offer is the offeree’s unqualified agreement to be bound to
the terms of the offer. If an offer is accepted according to its terms, mutual assent
has occurred.
Example:
Denise Chung said to her neighbor, Graham Spader, “I will sell you my old
lawn mower for $100.” Graham replied, “I like your lawn mower, so I will
buy it for $100.”
Analysis:
Denise’s statement to Graham was an offer, and Denise was the offeror.
Graham was the offeree. Graham’s reply was an acceptance of the offer.
Through their offer and acceptance, Denise and Graham expressed their
mutual assent to the terms of the contract.
Contractual Capacity
For an informal contract to be binding on the parties, the parties must have
contractual capacity—that is, they each must have the legal capacity to make a
contract. Individuals and insurance companies can enter into binding contracts,
but the criteria for determining contractual capacity are somewhat different for
individuals than for insurers and other corporations.

Contractual Capacity of Individuals

Every individual is presumed to have the legal capacity to enter into a valid con-
tract. The law, however, has established some exceptions to this general rule to
protect certain individuals who may not understand the consequences of their
actions. In most jurisdictions, these individuals include (1) minors and (2) people
with diminished mental capacity.
Minors. The laws in nearly all jurisdictions establish a particular age, referred
to as the age of majority or age of maturity, at which people are considered adults
who are capable of managing their own affairs and accepting the legal obligations
created by their actions. A minor is a person who has not attained the age of major-
ity. In most countries and most states in the United States, the age of majority is 18.
Generally, a contract entered into by a minor is voidable by the minor.1 A minor
is usually permitted to reject a contract before reaching the age of majority or
within a reasonable time afterward.
Many jurisdictions have, by law, lowered the age of majority for the purpose of
entering into life insurance contracts. These laws permit younger people—gener-
ally those who are at least age 15 or 16—to purchase life insurance and to exercise
some of a policy’s ownership rights as though they were adults. In most such situ-
ations, the beneficiary of the life insurance policy must be a member of the minor’s
immediate family.
If an insurance company sells an insurance policy to a person who is younger
than the permissible age to purchase insurance, then the company is required
to provide the promised insurance protection as long as the premiums are paid.
The minor, however, could sue to avoid the policy, and the insurance company
would have to return the premiums the minor paid for the policy.
Example:
Caridad Mendoza, age 17, purchased a life insurance policy from Totem
Life Insurance Company and paid the initial premium. The minimum
permissible age to purchase life insurance in the jurisdiction in which
Caridad lives is 18 years.
Analysis:
Because Caridad is younger than the permissible age, this life insurance
policy is voidable by Caridad. She can reject the contract before she turns
18 or within a reasonable time afterward, and Totem must refund any
premiums she has paid. In contrast, as long as Caridad pays the premiums
for the policy, Totem is bound by the contract.
Mental Capacity. Two situations arise in which a person’s lack of mental

capacity affects her contractual capacity:
A court declares the person to be insane or mentally incompetent. A contract
entered into by such a person is usually void.

The person’s mental competence is impaired, but a court has not declared her
to be insane or mentally incompetent. For example, the person can be mentally
impaired as a result of being intoxicated or mentally ill. Contracts entered
into by such a person are generally voidable by that person. If the person later
regains mental competence, she may either reject the contract or require that
it be carried out. In contrast, the other party to the contract does not have the
right to reject the contract and must carry out its terms if required to do so.
Contractual Capacity of Organizations

Corporations are generally presumed to have the contractual capacity of a men-
tally competent adult. Therefore, a corporation that was created in accordance
with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction has the contractual capacity to enter
into a contract, including a contract to purchase insurance.
An insurer acquires the legal capacity to issue an insurance contract by being
licensed or authorized to do business as an insurer by the proper regulatory author-
ity. A company that is neither licensed nor authorized as an insurance company
does not have the legal capacity to issue an insurance contract. Should an unau-
thorized insurer issue a policy to a person who is unaware of the insurer’s lack of
legal capacity, the policy may be enforceable against the insurer. The legal effect
of such a contract depends on the laws of the particular jurisdiction. In some juris-
dictions, the contract is void; in others, the contract is voidable by the policyowner.
Legally Adequate Consideration

For an informal contract to be valid, the parties to the contract must exchange
consideration, which means that each party must give or promise something that
is of value to the other party. In addition, the consideration exchanged must be
legally adequate. In general, consideration is legally adequate as long as it has
some value to the parties.
An applicant submits the application and the initial premium—the first pre-
mium paid for an insurance policy—as consideration for a life or health insurance
policy. The applicant gives this consideration in return for the insurer’s promise to
pay the policy benefit if the conditions stated in the policy occur. If the applicant
does not pay the initial premium, then no contract is formed, because the appli-
cant has not provided the required consideration. Renewal premiums, which are
premiums payable after the initial premium, are a condition for continuance of the
policy and are not consideration for the policy.
Figure 3.3 illustrates legally adequate consideration for an insurance policy.
Lawful Purpose
No contract can be made for a purpose that is illegal or against the public inter-
est—a contract is valid only if it is made for a lawful purpose. For example, all
jurisdictions have laws that make certain acts punishable as crimes. An agreement
between two parties to commit a criminal act, such as an agreement to kill an
individual in exchange for money, is not legally enforceable.
As we mentioned in Chapter 1, early life insurance policies were sometimes
used to gamble on an individual’s life. As a result, many jurisdictions enacted

Figure 3.3 Legally Adequate Consideration for Insurance
Completed insurance application

Initial premium
Promise to pay policy

benefits if conditions
stated in policy occur
insurable interest laws as a matter of public policy to prevent such wagering.

The requirement that an insurable interest be present when a policy is issued pro-
vides assurance that a life insurance contract is being made for the lawful purpose
of providing protection against financial loss rather than for an unlawful purpose,
such as speculating on another person’s life in hopes of making a profit.
The requirement of lawful purpose in making an individual life insurance con-
tract is met if an insurable interest is present when the policy is issued. After
issuance, a continuing insurable interest is not required for the contract to remain
valid.
Example:
Harvey Atkinson purchased a life insurance policy insuring his wife, Lily.
Harvey and Lily divorced several years later.
Analysis:
As Lily’s spouse, Harvey had an insurable interest in her life when the
policy was issued. Therefore, the policy remains valid and in effect as
long as premiums continue to be paid even if Harvey no longer has an
insurable interest in Lily’s life.
An insurable interest usually is not required in a group insurance contract

because the group policyholder’s interest in the contract does not encourage
wagering as does a policyowner’s interest in an individual insurance contract.
For a group insurance contract, the lawful purpose requirement is met when the
group policyholder enters into the contract to provide benefits to covered group
members.
Figure 3.4 summarizes the requirements for a valid informal contract.

Figure 3.4 Requirements for a Valid Informal Contract
Mutual Assent
Contractual Capacity
Legally Adequate Consideration
Lawful Purpose
The Policy as Property

In addition to being governed by contract law, insurance policies are a type of
property and, thus, are also subject to the principles of property law. In legal ter-
minology, property is defined as a bundle of rights a person has with respect to
something. In most countries including the United States, property is character-
ized as either real property or personal property. Real property is land and what-
ever is growing on or attached to the land. All property other than real property is
characterized as personal property and includes tangible goods such as clothing,
furniture, and automobiles, as well as intangible goods such as contractual rights.
An insurance policy is intangible personal property—it represents intangible legal
rights that have value and that can be enforced by the courts. The owner of an
insurance policy—rather than the insured or beneficiary—holds these ownership
rights in an insurance policy.
Ownership of property is the sum of all the legal rights that exist in that prop-
erty. The legal rights an owner has in property include the right to use and enjoy
the property and the right to dispose of the property.

Right to Use and Enjoy Property

The right to use and enjoy property that one owns is an inherent feature of prop-
erty ownership. The owner of an insurance policy has the right to deal with the
policy in a number of ways. For example, the owner of an individual life insurance
policy has the right to name the policy beneficiary. The policyowner also usually
has the right to change the beneficiary designation at any time while the policy is
in force. We describe naming and changing the beneficiary of an individual life
insurance policy in Chapter 9. We describe the right to name the beneficiary of a
group life insurance policy in Chapter 13.
Right to Dispose of Property

The owner of property generally has the right to dispose of the property. For
example, if you own an automobile, you have the right to give it away or sell it.
Similarly, the owner of an insurance policy can dispose of it. The policyowner
may transfer ownership of the policy by making a gift of the policy to someone
else. We describe some of these aspects of policy ownership in later chapters. For
now, just remember that, as property, an insurance policy consists of a bundle of
ownership rights.
Key Terms
contract voidable contract
group policyholder mutual assent
formal contract offer
informal contract acceptance
bilateral contract contractual capacity
unilateral contract minor
commutative contract consideration
aleatory contract initial premium
conditional promise renewal premium
bargaining contract property
contract of adhesion real property
valid contract personal property
void contract ownership of property
Endnote
1. The general rule that a minor’s contract is voidable by the minor has some exceptions. One important
exception is that a minor’s contract for necessaries, which are goods and services that a minor requires
for her well-being, is valid and binding on both parties.

Principles of Insurance Chapter 4: Life Insurance Premiums 4.1
Chapter 4
Life Insurance Premiums
Objectives
4A Define policy reserves and explain the premises of the legal reserve
system
4B Define premium rate and calculate the annual premium amount for a
given life insurance policy
4C Explain how actuaries account for the cost of benefits, operating
expenses, and investment earnings in developing premium rates
4D Explain how insurers use mortality tables in pricing products and
describe the effect that mortality rates have on the cost of benefits and
the premium rate for a block of policies
4E Describe the effect of compound interest on investment earnings and
calculate the amount of interest earned on a given sum of money
4F Explain the purpose of using conservative values in financial models
4G Explain how the level premium system operates

4.2 Chapter 4: Life Insurance Premiums Principles of Insurance
Outline
The Legal Reserve System The Level Premium System
Establishing Premium Rates
 Cost of Benefits
 Operating Expenses
 Investment Earnings
 Financial Models
S
uppose you have just purchased a life insurance policy and made your ini-
tial premium payment. How did the insurance company decide what the
policy’s premium would be? And assuming that your policy has renewal
premiums, how did the company come up with an amount for those as well?
To determine the proper premiums to charge, insurers employ specialists
known as actuaries. An actuary is an expert in financial risk management and
the mathematics and modeling of insurance, annuities, and financial instruments.
In insurance companies, actuaries are responsible for ensuring that products are
financially sound and profitable. Actuaries accomplish this dual objective by
establishing for every product a premium rate that will enable the company to
both cover its costs of developing and administering the product and generate a
reasonable profit for the company and its owners.
Unlike previous chapters, which applied to a broader spectrum of life and
health insurance products, this chapter focuses on life insurance products.
The Legal Reserve System

The system that insurers use to set financial values for life insurance products is
generally known as the legal reserve system. The legal reserve system derives its
name from legal requirements that apply to insurers in the United States and many
other jurisdictions. Insurers are required by law to establish policy reserves, some-
times referred to as contractual reserves, legal reserves, or statutory reserves.
These reserves represent the amount an insurer estimates it needs to pay future
benefits.
Of all the terms used in the insurance industry, reserves is one of the most
important and also one of the most easily misunderstood. In our everyday lives,
we use the term reserves to mean something extra, something that is available in
addition to our usual supply. For example, in a broad sense, people use the term
reserves to refer to a sum of additional money that is put aside in case a special
need arises. Used in this sense, a reserve fund is an asset.
In the insurance industry, however, reserves are not assets. Rather, they are lia-
bilities representing the amount of money an insurer estimates it will need to pay
its future obligations. Policy reserves represent the largest portion of an insurer’s
total liabilities. By law, the insurer is required to maintain assets that are at least
equal to the amount of its policy reserve liabilities. Accordingly, the insurer must
price its life insurance products so that it can meet its policy reserve requirements
at all times.

The legal reserve system is based on the following premises:

The amount of benefits payable should be specified or calculable in advance
of the insured event.
Companies should collect in advance the money needed to fund a policy
reserve so that they will have sufficient funds available to pay claims and
expenses as they occur.
The premium an individual pays for a life insurance policy should be directly
related to the amount of risk the insurance company assumes for the policy.
Establishing Premium Rates

In pricing life insurance products, actuaries do not determine the exact premium
amount that each policyowner pays. Rather, they establish premium rates for
blocks of policies. A block of policies is a group of policies issued to insureds who
are all the same age and sex and in the same risk classification.
Example:
An insurer may classify into one block all term life insurance policies to
be issued to male tobacco nonusers, age 35, with no significant medical
history.
A premium rate is a charge per unit of insurance coverage. In most cases,

premium rates for a block of policies are based on a $1,000 life insurance cover-
age amount, known as a coverage unit. Thus, the premium rate for an individual
life insurance policy is typically expressed as the rate per thousand per year. An
annual premium amount for a policy is calculated by multiplying the premium rate
by the number of coverage units.
Example:
The annual premium rate for a $500,000 life insurance policy is expressed
as $4 per $1,000 of coverage.
Analysis:
The annual premium amount for the policy is $2,000, which is calculated
as follows:
LEARNING AID
Annual Premium
Premium Rate Amount
Number of Units
(Payment per Unit × ($1,000 of Coverage)
=
(Customer’s Annual
per Year)
Payment)
500, found as
$4 × ($500,000 ÷ $1,000)
= $2,000
Note that other factors, such as the application of policy fees and policy dividends,
may affect the premium amount actually charged to a policyowner.

Actuaries consider many variables as they perform the calculations necessary

to establish premium rates. In performing these calculations, actuaries seek to
ensure that premium rates are
Adequate. Adequate premium rates are high enough so that the insurer will
have enough money to pay policy benefits as well as operating expenses.
Because most insurance companies operate for a profit, their premium rates
should be high enough to provide a reasonable profit as well.
Equitable. Equitable premium rates ensure that each policyowner is charged
a premium that reflects the degree of risk the insurer assumes in providing
the coverage. Insureds who represent similar degrees of risk to the company
should be charged similar rates.
Not excessive. If an insurer’s premium rates are too high, potential custom-
ers may instead purchase policies from competitors that offer lower premium
rates. In addition, sales producers may prefer to represent other insurers that
offer lower premium rates.
The three most important factors that actuaries consider in the calculation of
life insurance premium rates are (1) the cost of benefits, (2) operating expenses,
LEARNING AID
and (3) investment earnings.
Cost of Benefits
The cost of benefits, sometimes known as the cost of insurance, is the value of
all the contractually required benefits a product promises to pay. For a given life
insurance product, the projected cost of benefits generally equals the sum of all
the potential benefit payments under the product multiplied by the probability that
each benefit will be payable. We can express the projected cost of a given benefit
as follows:
Projected cost of a Potential benefit Probability that the
given benefit = amount payable × benefit will be payable
The primary policy benefit payable by an insurer when an insured dies while
the policy is in force is the death benefit. Insurers determine the probability that
death benefits will be payable in a given year by referring to mortality tables,
which estimate the mortality rate for a given group of insureds.
The cost of benefits for a group of insureds depends in part on the mortality rate:
In general, the higher the mortality rate for a group of insureds of the same age
and sex, the higher the cost of benefits and, thus, the higher the premium rate.
Conversely, the lower the mortality rate for a group of insureds of the same
age and sex, the lower the cost of benefits and the lower the premium rate.
Because life expectancy and mortality rates vary widely from one country to
another, insurers usually rely on mortality tables developed for use in a particular
country. Figure 4.1 illustrates a portion of a mortality table.

Figure 4.1 Sample Mortality Table—Male
Mortality Rate
Age Number Living Number Dying
per 1,000
59 100,000 1,100 11
60 98,900 1,200 12
61 97,700 1,300 13
The group of males age 59 begins the year with 100,000 members. During the year, 1,100 of the
men are expected to die. The mortality rate during the year is 11 per 1,000, calculated by dividing
the number dying at age 59 by the number living at age 59 at the beginning of the year.
1,100 ÷ 100,000 = 0.011
According to this mortality table, 11 out of every 1,000 men are expected to die after attaining age
59 but before attaining age 60.
We can check this number—the 1,100 dying during their 59th year—by subtracting it from 100,000,
the number of men expected to be alive at the beginning of their 59th year. This calculation should
give us the number of men expected to be alive at the beginning of their 60th year:
100,000 – 1,100 = 98,900
Most mortality tables are known as sex-distinct mortality tables because they
contain separate statistics for males and females. In contrast, other mortality
tables, known as unisex mortality tables, show a single set of mortality rates to be
used for both males and females.
Mortality statistics show that, at nearly all ages, females have lower mortality
rates than males of the same age. To reflect this difference, most insurers set lower
life insurance premium rates for equivalent coverage for women than for men of
the same age and underwriting risk. Figure 4.2 shows the differences in average
life expectancies at birth by country and by sex, as of 2013.
Most mortality tables that insurers use to price products divide the mortality
rates into two additional categories: tobacco users and tobacco nonusers. In other
words, sex-distinct mortality tables often show mortality rates for four catego-
ries of people: male tobacco users, male tobacco nonusers, female tobacco users,
and female tobacco nonusers. A mortality table that does not show separate mor-
tality rates for tobacco users and tobacco nonusers is referred to as a composite
mortality table. For the purpose of setting premium rates, mortality tables in some
countries, such as the United States and Canada, are also divided into even more
categories, such as preferred, standard, and substandard risk classifications.

Figure 4.2 Average Life Expectancy by Country, 2013
Male Life Female Life

Expectancy at Expectancy at
Birth Birth
Australia 80 85
Brazil 72 79
Canada 80 84
China 74 77
Indonesia 69 73
Japan 80 87
Mexico 73 78
Spain 80 86
United States 76 81
Source: From Global Health Observatory Data Repository: Life expectancy—Data by country. http://apps.who.int/gho/data/node.
main.688?lang=en Chapter 4. Figure 4.2. displayed as a chart showing Male and Female Life expectancy at Birth for countries
Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Indonesia, Japan, Mexico, Spain, United States
Operating Expenses
For life insurance companies, operating expenses are the costs of operations other
than expenses for contractual benefits, or the cost of benefits. In setting a premium
rate for a product, the insurer must estimate the expenses associated with develop-
ing the product, selling it, and supporting it over the years it is expected to remain
in force. Examples of these expenses include
Product development costs
Distribution and promotion costs
Payroll costs for staff, as well as employee benefit costs
The costs of providing customer service to policyowners, such as producing
and mailing account statements and answering customer service phone calls
The costs associated with maintaining the company’s offices and its computer
systems
In general, insurers spend considerably more on benefit payments to customers
than on their operating expenses. Figure 4.3 shows the typical portion of insurance
company expenses that was attributable to paying benefits and the portion that was
attributable to operating expenses.
A significant risk associated with an insurer’s operating expenses is that custom-
ers will terminate or reduce the value of a life insurance policy before the policy
becomes profitable. During the policy’s early years, the insurer incurs substantial
product expenses. Underwriting expenses and other expenses are incurred when
an insurer issues a policy. For example, insurers often pay a substantial portion of a
policy’s initial premium as a commission to the producer who sold the policy. Thus,
a policy generally must remain in force for several years for it to be profitable.

Figure 4.3 Distribution of U.S. Life Insurance Company Expenditures, 2014
Operating
expenses
13%
Investment
expenses
1%
Taxes
3%
Additions to
policy reserves
17% Benefit
Payments
66%
An example of a situation in which an insurer may lose money on a product is

when the product’s actual lapse rate exceeds the rate built into the product’s pre-
mium rate. The termination of an insurance policy for nonpayment of premium is
known as a lapse. Therefore, the lapse rate is the percentage of a specified group
of policies in force at the beginning of a specified period, such as a year, that are
terminated by the end of that period for reasons other than the death of the insured.
Example:
The Reliable Insurance Company had a block of 10,000 life insurance
policies in force at the beginning of last year. During the year, 1,000 of the
policies lapsed.
Analysis:
For last year, the actual lapse rate for this block of policies was 10%, found
as follows:
1,000 lapses ÷ 10,000 policies in force = 10% lapse rate
If this 10% lapse rate exceeded the rate that Reliable’s actuaries built into
the product’s premium rate, Reliable may have lost money on this product.

Investment Earnings
In setting a product’s premium rate, an insurer must take into account investment
earnings—the money the insurer earns from investing the funds it receives from
customers. Many life insurance policies remain in force for a number of years
before benefits become payable. During that time, the funds paid for these policies
are available for the insurer to invest. The earnings on these investments allow
insurance companies to charge policyowners less than if companies relied solely
on the premiums and charges that policyowners paid.
As financial intermediaries, insurance companies invest the funds received
from customers in many different ways—in government and corporate bonds,
mortgages, real estate, and corporate stock. In fact, insurance companies can place
money in any safe investment that is likely to provide good earnings and is not
prohibited by government regulation.
How Investments Create Earnings

Many investments earn money in the form of interest payments. Interest is a pay-
ment for the use of money. The rate of interest is expressed in terms of a percent-
age, such as 10 percent. The principal is the sum of money originally invested,
loaned, or borrowed.
Simple interest is interest on the principal only. Consider an example of
a simple-interest loan. In such a transaction, the lender is considered to be the
investor. A 10 percent interest rate on a loan indicates that the borrower must pay
the lender the amount originally borrowed, plus an additional 10 percent of that
amount each year.
Example:
Casper O’Hare loaned Riley Nugent $1,000 for two years at an annual
interest rate of 10%. Riley did not repay any of the principal or interest on
the loan for two years.
Analysis:
At the end of one year, Riley owed Casper $1,100, calculated as
$1,000 principal + ($1,000 principal × 0.10)
At the end of two years, Riley owed Casper another $100 in interest,
calculated as
$1,000 principal × 0.10 = $100
Therefore, at the end of the second year, Riley owed Casper a total of
$1,200, calculated as
$1,100 + $100
Calculating interest on both the principal and the accrued interest is called
compounding, and the interest in this case is called compound interest.
Today, the interest on most loans and investments is compound interest. When
interest is compounded, the interest earned each investment period is equal to the

accumulated balance at the beginning of the period multiplied by the interest rate.
The amount of interest earned that period is then added to the accumulated bal-
ance to determine the beginning balance on which interest will be paid during the
next period. In this way, interest is earned on both the original principal and on all
accumulated interest.
Example:
Olivia Sandoval loaned Shu-Ling Lee $1,000 at an interest rate of 10%,
compounded annually. Shu-Ling did not repay any of the principal or
interest on the loan for two years.
Analysis:
At the end of the first year, Shu-Ling owed Olivia $1,100, calculated as
$1,000 principal + ($1,000 principal × 0.10)
At the end of the second year, Shu-Ling owed Olivia $110 in interest,
calculated as
($1,100 accumulated balance) × 0.10
Therefore, at the end of the second year, Shu-Ling owed Olivia a total of
$1,210, calculated as
$1,100 + $110
The interest in this example was compounded annually. However, interest can be
compounded with any frequency—quarterly, monthly, or daily, for example.
Although the additional $10 earned by compounding interest in the previous
example may seem small, over a long period of time, compounding interest has a
dramatic effect on the total amount of interest that is earned.
Example:
Kalinda Patel deposited $1,000 in a bank account that pays 5% simple
interest. She made no other deposits for the next 25 years.
Analysis:
After 25 years, Kalinda’s account earned $1,250 in simple interest ($50
× 25). Had her account paid compound rather than simple interest, she
would have earned a total of $2,386 in compound interest at the end of
the 25-year period.
The example of the bank account shows how much money a single amount
can earn over time. Many insurance policies require annual premium payments,
which usually allow the insurer to invest an additional amount from premiums
every year the policy remains in effect. Figure 4.4 shows the amount of money that
can be earned over various periods of time by investing $1,000 a year at 5 percent
interest, compounded annually.

Figure 4.4 Value of $1,000 Annual Investment at 5% Interest,

Compounded Annually
$60,000
Principal +
 Compound Interest
 Principal
$50,000 
Value of Investment
$40,000

$30,000

$20,000




$10,000 


$0


1 5 10 15 20 25
Number of Years
Value of Investment
1 year Principal $1,000 Interest $50 Total $1,050
5 years Principal $5,000 Interest $802 Total $5,802
10 years Principal $10,000 Interest $3,207 Total $13,207
For the sake of simplicity, we illustrated investment earnings in terms of an

interest rate earned on a loan and on a bank account. However, companies can
receive investment earnings from many other types of investments. For example,
insurance companies invest money by buying stock in other companies. While an
insurance company owns the stock, the company may collect dividend payments
on that stock. In addition, the insurer might be able to sell the stock for more than
it paid. In both instances, the insurer’s investment earnings can be expressed as a
rate of return, which is the investment earnings expressed as a percentage of the
principal.

Example:
Reliable Insurance Company purchased stock in the Mimosa Corporation
for $100,000. One year later, Reliable sold the Mimosa stock for $120,000.
Analysis:
Reliable earned a return of $20,000 on its investment ($120,000 - $100,000).
The percentage rate of return on the investment was 20% ($20,000 return
÷ $100,000 = 0.20 or 20%).
Financial Models
Actuaries need to be able to establish premium rates for products that will satisfy
the company’s objectives over the many years that the products are expected to be
in force. Product outcomes can vary, however, based on economic conditions, the
insurer’s claim experience, policy terminations, and other factors. Companies can
evaluate the potential effects of various future conditions on a product’s financial
values by using financial models. In general, a financial model is a computer-
based mathematical model that approximates the operation of real-world financial
processes. Companies use product development software that simulates the poten-
tial financial processes likely to occur over the time that a product is expected to
remain in force.
Examples of financial values that insurers use in modeling are values for inter-
est rates, mortality rates, expenses, and lapses. A typical financial model runs hun-
dreds or even thousands of scenarios, with each scenario representing a different
set of financial values that the product is likely to experience.
Insurers build into their financial models the risk that they will face unexpected
outcomes. One way they do this is by using projections that are designed to be
more than adequate; such projections are said to be conservative.
Conservative values for specific life insurance product elements generally take
the form of
Mortality rates that are higher than expected
Investment earnings that are lower than expected
Operating expenses that are higher than expected
Example:
An insurer may project mortality rates that are 10% higher than expected
to ensure that the premium rate for a product will be more than adequate.
In calculating premium rates, actuaries use conservative values to provide a

buffer against adverse product results.

The Level Premium System

If insurers always charged policyowners the amount it cost to provide coverage at
the insured’s current age, the mortality expense would be low when the insured
LEARNING AID
was young and increase as the insured grew older. Most people would not be able to
afford the cost of insurance in their later years when mortality rates and expenses
are high. Therefore, insurers developed the level premium system, which is a life
insurance premium system that allows a policyowner to pay the same premium
amount each year a policy is in force. Insurers use the level premium system to
price many types of cash value life insurance, term life insurance that provides
coverage for more than one year, and endowment insurance.
Level premiums are possible because, in the early policy years, premium rates
for level premium policies are higher than needed to pay claims and expenses.
Relatively few insureds will die during those early policy years, and few claims
will be payable. The insurer can invest the premium dollars that are not needed to
pay claims and expenses in those years.
As people insured under a block of level premium policies grow older, the
insurer expects to receive an increasing number of death claims each year. Under
a level premium system, the insurer uses premium dollars from the early policy
years, plus the investment earnings, to help pay the increased number of death
claims in the later years. Thus, the premium rate on any of these policies can
remain level throughout the duration of the policy. Figure 4.5 illustrates the dif-
ference between the premiums required for a level premium policy and those
required for a series of similar one-year term life policies. We discuss term life
insurance in Chapter 5.

Figure 4.5 Level Premiums Contrasted with One-Year Term Life Premiums
One-Year Term Policy Cost
Level Premium Policy Cost

Premium
Age
Key Terms
actuary investment earnings
legal reserve system interest
policy reserves principal
block of policies simple interest
premium rate compounding
cost of benefits compound interest
death benefit rate of return
operating expenses financial model
lapse level premium system
lapse rate

Principles of Insurance Chapter 5: Term Life Insurance 5.1
Chapter 5
Term Life Insurance
Objectives
5A Identify the common personal and business needs that life insurance
can meet
5B Describe the coverage provided by level term, decreasing term, and
increasing term life insurance policies, and explain when the premium
charged for term life insurance coverage may increase
5C Describe renewable term life insurance and convertible term life
insurance
5D Describe the operation of a return of premium (ROP) term policy

5.2 Chapter 5: Term Life Insurance Principles of Insurance
Outline
Needs Met by Life Insurance Term Life Insurance
 Personal Needs  Characteristics of Term Life
 Business Needs Insurance Products
 Plans of Term Life Insurance
Coverage
 Features of Term Life Insurance
Policies
I
n this chapter, we describe various types of term life insurance products. Term
life insurance is distinct in that it remains in force for a specific period of time,
rather than for the entire life of the insured. Why would a person choose to be
covered for only a portion of her life? It depends on what her needs are.
Many products, life insurance included, meet different needs for different peo-
ple. One clear example is the automobile. One person might purchase a vehicle
with four-wheel drive and high ground clearance to carry heavy loads over dirt
roads. Another may need a small, fuel-efficient vehicle for an urban commute—
until she starts a family, when she decides a larger vehicle with comprehensive
safety features is more important. Financial products such as life insurance also
cover a wide variety of needs. A person’s financial needs can be very different
from his neighbor’s. They can even be very different from what his needs were
when he was younger, or what his needs will be in the future.
Needs Met by Life Insurance

Recall that life insurance policies pay a policy benefit following the death of the
insured. The beneficiary can use this benefit for a variety of purposes, including
both pre-existing needs and needs that arise upon a person’s death. Individuals and
businesses both have needs life insurance can meet.
Personal Needs
People’s needs for life insurance coverage vary greatly, but most buyers share a
number of common reasons to purchase life insurance. Among the most common
of these needs are dependents’ support, paying debts and final expenses, and estate
planning.
Dependents’ Support
If a person who supports or helps support a family dies, the surviving dependents
may face serious problems after the person’s death. Household expenses persist;
rent or mortgage payments still come due; utility bills continue to arrive; food and
clothing remain necessities. The death may create additional expenses, such as the
need to provide child care or household upkeep. To make matters worse, surviving
family members often must make difficult financial decisions while they are still
coping with the emotional effects of the loss of a loved one.

Many people save money for unexpected expenses. But relatively few have
sufficient funds to pay their usual expenses for an extended period of time if the
regular family income is reduced substantially or ceases altogether. Even those
who possess sufficient savings may worry that using those savings to pay house-
hold expenses will make it more difficult for them to meet future financial needs,
such as providing for retirement.
Life insurance can provide funds to support dependents until they obtain new
methods of support or adjust to living on a lower income. It also can fund the edu-
cation of the insured’s dependents.
Example:
Derek Chau purchased a $250,000 life insurance policy. At the time of
his death, he had a wife, Kelly—the policy beneficiary—and two teenage
children.
Analysis:
The policy was in force upon Derek’s death, so the insurer paid $250,000
to Kelly. Kelly used $15,000 of the proceeds to pay Derek’s final expenses
and put $100,000 toward college funds for the children. She placed the
remaining $135,000 in the bank to help her make mortgage payments
and cover household expenses for the next few years.
In many jurisdictions, when an insurer pays the death benefit of a life insurance
policy in a lump sum to a beneficiary following the death of the insured, that ben-
efit usually is not considered taxable income to the beneficiary. Regulators provide
this tax benefit to encourage people to protect their dependents with life insurance.
By doing so, they hope to lessen potential reliance on government aid.
Debts and Final Expenses

When a person dies, he often leaves a variety of debts, such as mortgage loans,
educational loans, personal loans, credit accounts, and automobile loans. Some
expenses arise as a result of the person’s death itself, such as doctor and hospital
bills that are not covered by insurance, and of course funeral expenses. Further-
more, various taxes may come due. Balanced against these debts and taxes are the
individual’s assets. These assets may include cash, bank and investment accounts,
real estate, personal possessions, and possibly ownership interests in a business.
The accumulated assets that an individual owns when she dies are referred to
as that person’s estate. When the individual dies, her estate is distributed in an
orderly manner according to the law.
In general, an individual can determine who will receive the assets in her estate
by executing a will, which is a legal document that directs how the individual’s
property is to be distributed after her death. If an individual does not execute
a valid will during her lifetime, the law determines how the property is to be
distributed.

When a person dies, a personal representative typically is appointed to settle

the deceased person’s estate. The personal representative is known as the executor
if the person died with a valid will, or the administrator if the person died without
a valid will. The responsibilities of settling an estate include identifying and col-
lecting the deceased’s property, filing any required tax forms, collecting all debts
owed to the deceased, and paying all outstanding debts that the deceased owed.
The personal representative then distributes the remaining property according to
the deceased person’s will or the applicable law.
To ensure that her estate is distributed properly, a person should have an estate
plan, which is a plan that considers the amount of assets and debts that a person is
likely to have when she dies and how best to preserve those assets so that they can be
distributed as she desires. An estate plan is particularly important because a person’s
death generally does not extinguish her debts. Instead, the debts must be paid from
the deceased’s estate before her heirs can receive any assets from the estate.
Example:
Monica LeBeau died with a will in place and an estate worth $600,000,
including a home worth $200,000. She also had $120,000 in final expenses,
mortgage debt, and credit card debt. Her will specified that her oldest
child, Reba, would receive the family home, and the remainder of her
estate would be divided between her two younger children, Ben and Luke.
Analysis:
Monica’s executor paid off her debts from her estate. After the debts
were settled, the remaining estate was worth $480,000, including the
home. Reba received the home, and Ben and Luke divided the remaining
$280,000 worth of Monica’s estate between them.
If Monica’s final expenses and debt had been $420,000, the executor
would not have been able to pay them out of her estate without selling
the family home, and Monica would not have been able to leave the home
to Reba.
However, if a life insurance policy is included in the deceased’s estate plan, the
proceeds can help pay those remaining debts. The personal representative then can
distribute the deceased’s assets in accordance with the deceased’s wishes.
In some cases, other people, such as a spouse or parent, may be personally
liable for a particular debt of the deceased. For example, a spouse or parent may
have co-signed a loan with the deceased and be jointly liable with the deceased
for its repayment. Insurance benefits can help pay off any such debts, easing the
burden on the deceased’s loved ones.
Figure 5.1 describes some methods for determining how much life insurance an
individual should purchase.
Business Needs
Businesses also have needs that life insurance can meet. Two common reasons for
a business—or an individual who owns a business—to purchase life insurance are
(1) to provide funds to ensure that the business continues in the event of the death
or disability of an owner, partner, or other key person, and (2) to provide benefits
for its employees.

Figure 5.1 How Much Life Insurance Is Enough?
Without the ability to predict the future, it’s impossible to

know exactly how much life insurance a person will need.
But life insurance companies are specialists at making educated
estimates. They also try to teach customers how to make
informed estimates on their own. A very simple method is to use
a formula based on the person’s current income. For e xample, an
insurer’s formula might recommend that p eople purchase at least
five times their current income in life insurance. Thus, a person
who earns $60,000 a year would be advised to purchase at least
$300,000 of life insurance. These multiples vary widely, depend-
ing on the person or institution making the recommendation,
and of course are very general estimates.
A more exacting method requires the person to develop a comprehensive picture of her financial
situation and future financial needs by evaluating her debts, savings, expenses, and family situation.
Insurance companies and financial advisors make this task easier by offering various software
programs and mobile applications designed to help organize the required information. These
programs, usually called life insurance needs calculators or simply life insurance calculators, are
generally available at no charge on an insurer or financial publication’s website. Some non-profit
organizations, such as Life Happens (www.lifehappens.org), were founded with the intention of
educating the public on the benefits of owning life insurance and related products. Providing free
access to life insurance needs calculators is an integral part of this strategy.
Business Continuation Insurance

A business continuation insurance plan is an insurance plan designed to ensure
the continued financial viability of a business when faced with the death or dis-
ability of the business owner or other key person. A key person is any person or
employee whose continued participation in the business is vital to the success of
the business and whose death or disability would cause the business to incur a sig-
nificant financial loss. A business continuation insurance plan often includes key
person life insurance or a buy-sell agreement.
Key Person Life Insurance

Key person life insurance, or key employee life insurance, is individual life insur-
ance that a business purchases on the life of a key person. When a business pur-
chases key person life insurance, the business owns, pays the premiums on, and is
the beneficiary of the insurance policy. If the key person dies, the business receives
the death benefit.
Key persons typically include a company’s owners, executives, and manag-
ers—those who have the knowledge, experience, and expertise to manage the
company successfully. However, other people also may be vitally important to the
continued success of the business. For example, a top salesperson or an employee
with important business contacts may be responsible for a large portion of the com-
pany’s income. Similarly, a lead engineer might be the only person with enough
technical expertise and familiarity with the company’s equipment to maximize
manufacturing efficiency.

The loss of a key person’s expertise and services may seriously affect the com-
pany’s earnings. During the period following the death of a key person, sales may
drop off, and morale and productivity can decline. Creditors, customers, and sup-
pliers may become uneasy. The business almost certainly incurs the cost of finding
or training a replacement for the key person. Key person life insurance helps offset
those costs. In addition, if the company’s creditors, customers, and suppliers know
that the business has protected itself by insuring the lives of its key employees,
they may be more confident about the company’s future.
Example:
Electric Galaxy Software Solutions considers its owners and executives to
be key persons. It also identifies its lead software engineer, Rebecca Sloe,
as a key person. Rebecca is well-known in the industry for her innovative
work. The business purchases key person life insurance on Rebecca as well
as on its owners and executives.
Analysis:
If Rebecca were to die, the proceeds from her policy would provide a
source of cash to supplement the company’s earnings while it searches for
and trains a replacement for her. In addition, if Electric Galaxy’s customers
and suppliers know about the key person life insurance, they may be more
confident about the company’s future and may agree to continue their
business relationships with Electric Galaxy on the same basis as before
Rebecca’s death.
Buy-Sell Agreements
The owner of a small business may want to ensure that the business can continue
to operate under new ownership after his death. A buy-sell agreement is an agree-
LEARNING AID ment in which (1) one party agrees to purchase the financial interest that a second
party has in a business following the second party’s death, and (2) the second party
agrees to direct his estate to sell his interest in the business to the purchasing party.
One or more of the parties to a buy-sell agreement often purchase life insurance
to fund the buy-sell agreement. Life insurance can be used to fund buy-sell agree-
ments for sole proprietorships, partnerships, or corporations with a small number
of shareholders.
Example:
Emmett Jackson is the sole owner of Reliable & Timely Services. Emmett
entered into a buy-sell agreement with one of his employees, Kareena
Singh. Under the agreement’s terms, Kareena agreed to buy the business
for $1,000,000 in the event of Emmett’s death. She purchased a $1,000,000
life insurance policy on Emmett’s life, naming herself as the beneficiary.
Analysis:
Should Emmett die, the proceeds of the life insurance policy would be
paid to Kareena. Kareena could use the proceeds to purchase Reliable &
Timely Services from Emmett’s estate, which has been directed to sell the
business to Kareena in this situation.

Employee Benefits
Many businesses provide various financial products, including life insurance, for
their employees as an employee benefit. These compensation packages enable
businesses to attract and retain qualified personnel. Many employers provide
health insurance and retirement plans, which we’ll explore later in the text; group
term life insurance is also very common, as we’ll discuss below.
Term Life Insurance

All life insurance policies provide for the payment of a benefit upon the death of
the insured while the policy is in force. Therefore, all life insurance policies help
individuals and businesses meet the needs we discussed earlier. But the more fea-
tures a policy has, and the more needs it meets, the more expensive it tends to be.
Term life insurance is usually the least expensive plan of life insurance available.
Therefore, individuals and businesses often choose term life insurance to meet
their needs. In 2014, 39 percent of new individual life insurance policies purchased
in the United States were term life policies, for a total face amount of $1.1 trillion.1
A life insurance policy’s face amount is the amount of life insurance benefits for
which an individual applies and that the insurer approves. Group term life policies
are also the most common form of group life insurance purchased.
Characteristics of Term Life Insurance Products

Term life insurance is life insurance that provides coverage only if the insured
dies during the period specified in the policy; that specified period is known as
the policy term. The death benefit is payable only if (1) the insured dies during
the policy term, and (2) the policy is in force when the insured dies. If the insured
lives until the end of the specified term, the policy may give the policyowner the
right to continue some form of life insurance coverage. If the policyowner does not
continue the coverage, then the policy expires and the insurer has no obligation to
provide further insurance coverage.
The length of the policy term varies considerably from one policy to another.
For example, some insurers issue travel insurance policies that provide a policy
benefit only if the insured dies during a specified trip. Insurers also sell policies
that cover a term of a specified number of years, such as 1 year, 5 years, 10 years,
20 years, or 30 years.
When term life policies were first introduced in the United States, the vast
majority purchased were for a one-year term. Over time, longer terms have grown
more popular, to the point that now 20-year term policies are the favorite choice
with customers. Figure 5.2 shows how this change has occurred over time.
Term life policyowners typically must pay annual renewal premiums on the
policy anniversary to keep the coverage in force. The policy anniversary gener-
ally is the anniversary of the date on which coverage under the policy became
effective. Both the policy date—the date on which the policy’s coverage begins—
and the expiration date—the date on which the policy’s coverage ends—are usu-
ally stated on the face page of the policy.

Figure 5.2 Term Insurance Sales Over Time
20 Year 1990 1995 1999 2001 2005 2008 2010 2012 2014 2015
1 Year 62 37 13 9 5 7 6 7 6 6
10 Year 9 14 21 23 20 18 16 19 20 21
20 Year 1 3 18 35 38 41 36 39 37 38
Other 28 46 48 33 37 34 42 35 37 35
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Source: LIMRA’s U.S. Individual Life Buyer Study and Quarterly Individual Life Sales Survey.
Another common type of term insurance policy covers the insured until she
reaches a specified age, usually age 65 or 70. For example, a term insurance policy
that covers an insured until age 65 is referred to as term to age 65. However, the
policy does not expire on the actual date when the insured reaches the specific age.
Instead, the policy’s coverage expires on the policy anniversary that falls either
closest to, or immediately after, the insured person’s 65th birthday, depending on
the terms of the policy.
Example:
Twin brothers Alex and Byron Freeman were born on September 4, 1980.
Both purchased term to age 65 policies, effective on the same day, July 7,
2011. Alex’s coverage expires on the policy anniversary closest to his 65th
birthday, while Byron’s expires on the policy anniversary immediately after
his 65th birthday. Both plan to pay all renewal premiums as they come
due.
Analysis:
Alex’s policy will expire on July 7, 2045, the anniversary date closest to his
65th birthday of September 4, 2045. Byron’s policy will expire on July 7,
2046, the first policy anniversary immediately after his 65th birthday.
Another distinctive characteristic of term life is that it does not accumulate a

cash value. We discuss cash value insurance in more detail in the next chapter.
Plans of Term Life Insurance Coverage

The amount of the benefit payable under a term life insurance policy usually
remains the same throughout the term of the policy. To meet specific customer
needs, term life policies are also available with benefits that either increase or
decrease over the policy’s term. Figure 5.3 illustrates the differences in these plans.

Figure 5.3 Term Life Insurance Plans
Level Term Decreasing Term Increasing Term
erm
Level Term De c in gT
r ea r eas
sing I nc
Ter
$
$
m
Year Year Year
Benefit Premium
Level Term Life Insurance

By far, the most common plan of term insurance is level term life insurance,
which provides a death benefit that remains the same over the policy term. Level
term policies also usually feature level premiums, where the amount of the ini-
tial premium and each renewal premium remains the same throughout the stated
policy term. However, some level term policies provide for renewal premiums that
may increase during the policy term, although the death benefit remains the same.
Example:
Andrea Kovachev owns a 10-year level term policy that provides $250,000
of coverage. The initial premium was $500, and the policy features level
premiums.
Analysis:
The insurer agrees to pay $250,000 if Andrea dies at any time during the
10-year period that the policy is in force. Each renewal premium also will
be $500 throughout the policy term.
Decreasing Term Life Insurance

Decreasing term life insurance provides a death benefit that decreases in amount
over the policy term. The death benefit begins at a specific amount and then
decreases over the policy term according to a method described in the policy. For LEARNING AID
example, assume that the benefit during the first year of coverage for a 10-year
decreasing term policy is $100,000 and that the benefit then decreases by $10,000
on each policy anniversary. The coverage is $90,000 for the second policy year,
$80,000 for the third year, and so forth, down to $10,000 for the tenth year. At the
end of the 10th policy year, the coverage expires.

The renewal premiums for a decreasing term policy usually remain the same
throughout the policy term. However, they are usually less than the renewal pre-
miums for a comparable level term policy.
Decreasing term policies are typically designed to meet specific needs that
decrease over a period of time. For example, many people borrow money to pur-
chase houses or cars, and as they repay those loans, their liabilities decrease. Sim-
ilarly, a family’s expenses decrease as children grow up and move away from
home. A decreasing term policy usually is specifically intended to shield depen-
dents from inherited debts such as a mortgage, car payments, or credit card debts.
Three common plans of decreasing term insurance are mortgage life insurance,
credit life insurance, and family income insurance.
Mortgage Life Insurance

The largest debt that many people owe is the mortgage loan on their homes. Under
the terms of a typical home mortgage loan, a borrower makes equal monthly pay-
ments for a period of time, usually either 15 or 30 years. Each payment the bor-
rower makes on a mortgage loan consists of both principal and interest on the
loan. The amount of the outstanding principal balance owed on the mortgage loan
gradually decreases over the term of a mortgage, although initially the decrease
is fairly slow.
Mortgage life insurance, sometimes referred to as mortgage redemption
insurance, is a plan of decreasing term insurance designed to provide a benefit
amount that corresponds to the decreasing amount owed on a mortgage loan.2
If the borrower purchases mortgage life insurance, the amount of the death ben-
efit payable at any given time generally equals the amount the borrower owes on
the mortgage loan at this time. The term of a mortgage life policy is based on the
length of the mortgage. Renewal premiums payable for mortgage life insurance
are generally level throughout the term.
Often, the beneficiary of a mortgage life policy is a family member of the
insured, and the beneficiary uses the death benefit to pay off the mortgage. Typi-
cally, however, the beneficiary is not required to pay off the mortgage; she may
choose to invest the benefit instead, or use it for other purposes. Because the insur-
ance policy usually is independent of the mortgage, the mortgage lender is not a
party to the insurance contract.
In some cases, a mortgage lender may require the borrower to purchase mort-
gage life insurance as a condition for obtaining a mortgage loan. The policy names
the lender as beneficiary, and the lender requires the borrower to maintain the
coverage throughout the mortgage term. If the borrower dies during the mortgage
term, the lender receives a benefit equal to the remainder due under the mortgage
loan. The insurance company is not a party to the mortgage loan contract. Its only
obligation is to carry out its duties under the mortgage life policy. In Canada, the
beneficiary of a mortgage life policy is automatically the mortgage lender.

Example:
When Hector Ruiz purchased his home, he also bought a mortgage life
insurance policy from Enduring Life Insurance Company. Hector named
his wife, Alisa, as beneficiary.
Anna Zolkozky purchased a house at the same time and applied for
a mortgage loan from Grandiose Banking. As a condition of the loan,
Grandiose required Anna to purchase a mortgage life insurance policy
naming Grandiose as the beneficiary, and to maintain the coverage during
the mortgage term. Anna purchased her policy from Enduring Life.
Seven years later, both Hector and Anna died, and the death benefit on
each of their mortgage life insurance policies was $120,000.
Analysis:
In both cases, Enduring Life was obligated to pay the $120,000 to the
beneficiary. In Hector’s case, his beneficiary, Alisa, could use the benefit
to pay off the remaining balance on the mortgage loan or put it toward
another purpose, such as a college fund for their children. As the
beneficiary of Anna’s policy, Grandiose used the benefit to pay off her
mortgage.
Many mortgage loans are obtained jointly by two people, both of whose
incomes are required to make the monthly mortgage payments. For that reason,
insurers offer joint mortgage life insurance, which provides the same benefit as
a mortgage life insurance policy except the joint policy insures the lives of two
people. If both insureds survive until the end of the policy term, the joint mortgage
life policy expires. But if one of the insureds dies while the policy is in force, the
insurer pays the death benefit to the beneficiary, who typically is the surviving
insured. Again, the beneficiary is not required to use the benefit to pay off the
mortgage.
Example:
Kofi and Jenna Morant purchased a joint mortgage life policy soon after
buying their house. Kofi named Jenna as his beneficiary, and Jenna named
Kofi as hers.
Analysis:
If Kofi dies while the policy is in force, the insurer will pay an amount equal
to the mortgage loan’s balance to Jenna. If Jenna dies instead, the insurer
pays the amount to Kofi. Either one would be free to use the benefit
amount to pay off the remaining balance on the mortgage loan or to use
it for other purposes.

Credit Life Insurance

Life insurance also is available to ensure the repayment of other types of loans
besides mortgages. Credit life insurance is a type of term life insurance designed
to pay the balance due on a loan other than a mortgage if the borrower dies before
the loan is repaid. Like mortgage life insurance, credit life insurance usually is
decreasing term insurance. Unlike mortgage life insurance policies, credit life
insurance policies always provide that the death benefit is payable directly to the
lender, or creditor, if the insured borrower dies during the policy’s term. Credit life
insurance guarantees the lender that the insured’s outstanding debt will be paid if
the insured borrower dies before the loan is repaid. Generally, the loan must be a
type of loan that can be repaid in 10 years or less.
Credit life insurance is available for automobile loans, furniture loans, and
other personal loans. Insurers typically issue credit life policies through lenders
such as banks, finance companies, credit unions, and retailers. As with mortgage
life insurance, the amount of the benefit payable under a credit life insurance pol-
icy is usually equal to the amount of the unpaid debt. Thus, as the amount of the
loan decreases, the amount of credit life insurance provided decreases. In addition,
some credit card holders are covered by credit life insurance for the amounts they
owe on their accounts. In such cases, the amount of life insurance coverage in
force at any given time may increase or decrease depending on the amount of the
outstanding debt.
Premiums for credit life insurance may be level over the duration of the loan or,
in cases in which the amount of the loan varies, may increase or decrease as the
amount of the outstanding loan balance increases or decreases. In most cases, the
insured pays the premium to the lender, and the lender then remits the premium
to the insurer.
Family Income Coverage

Family income coverage (called survivor income benefit in Canada) is a plan of
decreasing term life insurance that pays the beneficiary a stated monthly income
benefit amount if the insured dies during the policy term. Monthly income benefits
continue until the end of the term specified when the coverage was purchased.
Family income coverage is a form of decreasing term life insurance because the
longer the insured remains alive during the term of coverage, the shorter the length
of time over which the insurer is required to pay monthly income benefits and the
smaller the total amount of benefits the insurer will pay out. The beneficiary of
family income coverage typically is the insured’s surviving spouse. This form of
term insurance can meet the need of providing for a family until the children can
support themselves.
Under some family income coverages, the insurer promises to pay the income
benefit amount for at least a stated minimum number of years if the insured dies
during the policy’s term.
Example:
Arnold Kim purchased 10-year family income coverage that provides for
a $1,000 monthly income benefit payable to his wife, Nari. His coverage
specifies that the income benefit will be paid for at least 3 years if he dies
during the 10-year term of coverage.

Analysis:
If Arnold dies 2 years after buying the family income coverage, the insurer
will pay to Nari a total of $96,000 in monthly income benefits ($1,000 x
8 years x 12 months). If he dies 8 years after buying the coverage, the
insurer will pay the monthly income benefit for 3 years, for a total of
$36,000 ($1,000 x 3 years x 12 months). If he dies 11 years after purchasing
the coverage, no monthly income benefit would be paid because the
coverage expired a year before his death.
Family income coverage is most commonly purchased as a policy rider to a

cash value life insurance policy, a type of policy that we describe in the next chap-
ter. A policy rider, also known as an endorsement, is an amendment to an insur-
ance policy that becomes part of the insurance contract and changes its terms.
A policy rider is as legally effective as any other part of the insurance contract.
Riders commonly provide some type of supplementary benefit or increase the
amount of a policy’s death benefit.
When a family income coverage rider is added to a life insurance policy, the
beneficiary is entitled to receive the death benefit of the policy if the insured dies
while the policy is in force. If the insured dies within the term of the family income
rider, the beneficiary will receive both the death benefit and the monthly income
benefit for as long a period as the rider provides. A cash value life insurance policy
with a family income coverage rider is referred to as a family income policy.3
Increasing Term Life Insurance

Increasing term life insurance provides a death benefit that starts at one amount
and increases by some specified amount or percentage at stated intervals over the
policy term. For example, a policy may provide coverage that starts at $100,000
and then increases by 5 percent on each policy anniversary date throughout the
policy term. Alternatively, the death benefit may increase according to increases
in the cost of living, as measured by a standard index such as the Consumer Price
Index (CPI).4 If the CPI has increased by 2 percent since the last policy anniver-
sary date, for example, the death benefit also would increase by 2 percent.
People often purchase increasing term insurance as a rider to a life insurance
policy, and usually just for a limited time to meet a specific need, such as provid-
ing funds for a child’s education.
Features of Term Life Insurance Policies

Term life insurance provides only temporary protection; at the end of the stated
term, the policy expires. A policyowner who wants to maintain insurance cover-
age after the policy expires must apply for a new policy. However, the new policy
must be underwritten, and the premium will be higher to take into account the
increased age of the insured. If the insured’s health has declined during the pol-
icy term, the insured may now be a substandard risk—raising premiums even
higher—or even no longer insurable. To meet this customer need to continue life
insurance coverage, insurers include renewability and convertibility features in
some term life insurance policies.

Renewable Term Insurance

A renewable term insurance policy is a term life insurance policy that gives the
policyowner the option to continue the coverage at the end of the specified term
LEARNING AID
without presenting evidence of insurability—proof that the insured person con-
tinues to be an insurable risk. The provision in the policy that gives the insured
the option to continue coverage for an additional policy term without present-
ing evidence of insurability is called the renewal provision. In order to continue
coverage at the end of the specified term, the insured is not generally required to
undergo a medical examination or to provide the insurer with an updated health
history. Often, all the policyowner must do to renew the policy is pay the renewal
premium.
Example:
Ten years ago, Maria Donato purchased a ten-year renewable term policy
from Wellbeing First Insurance Company. Eight years ago, she began
smoking again, and three years ago she was placed under observation for
cardiac arrhythmia.
Analysis:
Maria may renew her term insurance policy by paying the required renewal
premium. Ordinarily, Wellbeing First would have declined an application
for insurance from an applicant with Maria’s health history at the time of
renewal. But the renewal provision of Maria’s policy gives her the right to
renew without proof that she continues to be an insurable risk.
According to the provisions of a typical renewable term insurance policy,

the policyowner has the right to renew the coverage for the same term and face
amount that the policy originally provided. For example, a policyowner usually
can renew a $250,000 10-year renewable term policy for another 10-year period
and for $250,000 in coverage. Most insurers also allow the policyowner to renew
the policy for a smaller face amount or a shorter period than provided by the origi-
nal contract, but not for a larger face amount or a longer period.
Many renewable term policies place limits on the policyowner’s right to renew.
The most common limitations are that the coverage may be renewed only (1) until
the insured reaches a stated age or (2) a stated maximum number of times. For
example, the renewal provision of a policy may specify that the coverage is not
renewable after the insured has reached the age of 75. Another policy may state
that the coverage is renewable no more than three times. Such restrictions exist to
minimize antiselection.
When a policyowner renews a term life insurance policy, the policy’s premium
rate increases because the insured is older than when the policy was issued. The
renewal premium rate is based on the insured person’s attained age—the age the
insured has reached (attained) on a specified date, which in this case is the renewal
date. Usually, the renewal premium rate remains level throughout the new policy
term.

Example:
Douglas Woo purchased a 10-year renewable term life insurance policy
on his wife Ellen, age 36. The policy states that coverage is not renewable
after the insured has reached the age of 65. The policy’s annual premium
is $260.
Analysis:
On the policy anniversary at the end of the first 10-year term, Douglas
has the right to renew Ellen’s coverage without Ellen having to provide
evidence of insurability. The coverage will be for the same face amount
as the original policy and for the same 10-year term. The new premium
amount, however, will increase to reflect Ellen’s attained age at the time of
renewal—age 46. Douglas will pay this higher premium each year during
the 10-year renewal period. At the end of the second 10-year period,
he will have the option to renew the policy again, but the premiums will
increase a second time to reflect Ellen’s attained age of 56. At the end of
the third 10-year period, he will no longer be able to renew this policy, as
it will be the policy anniversary date after her 65th birthday.
The renewal feature can lead to some antiselection; insureds in poor health are
more likely to renew their policies because they may not be able to obtain other life
insurance. Because of this risk, the premium for a renewable term life insurance
policy usually is slightly higher than the premium for a comparable nonrenewable
term life insurance policy.
Most one-year term insurance policies and riders are yearly renewable term
(YRT) insurance or annually renewable term (ART) insurance, which means they
are renewable each year for a stated number of years. Yearly renewable term poli-
cies typically are renewable for periods of 10 to 30 years, depending on the age of
the insured. As the insured ages, however, the renewal premiums for YRT cover-
age can become considerably more expensive than premiums for comparable 5- or
10-year level premium policies. For that reason, most renewable term insurance
policies sold today have policy terms of from 5 to 30 years. Figure 5.4 illustrates
the difference in premium costs between a YRT policy, a 5-year term policy, and
a 30-year term policy as an insured ages.
Convertible Term Insurance

Younger people often purchase term insurance because of the lower premium
cost, but they may want cash value insurance later, when they can afford it.
A convertible term insurance policy gives the policyowner the option to convert LEARNING AID
the term policy to a cash value life insurance policy without providing evidence of
insurability. Convertible term insurance policies contain a conversion privilege,
which allows the policyowner to change—convert—the term insurance policy
to a cash value policy without providing evidence of insurability. Some policies,
known as renewable/convertible term insurance policies, are both renewable and
convertible.

Figure 5.4 Relative Premium Costs of a YRT Policy, a 5-Year Term Policy,
and a 30-Year Term Policy
YRT Policy Cost

$1,600
Five-Year Term Policy Cost
30-Year Level Premium Term Policy Cost

1,400
1,200
1,000
Premium
800
600
400
200
35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Age
When a term insurance policy is converted to a cash value policy, the new
premium rate is higher than the premium rate the policyowner paid for the term
insurance policy. This increase is required because the premium charged for a
cash value life insurance policy is higher than the premium charged for a compa-
rable term insurance policy. However, the premium a policyowner is charged for
the cash value policy cannot be based on any increase in the insured’s mortality
risk, except with regard to an increase in the insured’s age.
Insurers can use two different types of conversions. The more common conver-
sion is known as an attained age conversion, in which the premium rate for the
cash value policy is based on the insured’s age at the time the policy is converted.
Alternately, under an original age conversion, the premium rate for the cash value
policy is based on the insured’s age when the original term policy was issued.
The renewal premium rate charged for cash value insurance is lower under an
original age conversion than under an attained age conversion. This difference
occurs because the premium rate is based on a younger age. For that reason, you
would think that a policyowner would always prefer an original age conversion to

an attained age conversion. However, under an original age conversion, the poli-
cyowner also must pay an additional lump sum at the time a policy is converted.
The lump sum is based on the difference between the lower premiums the
policyowner actually paid for the term insurance policy and the higher premiums
that he would have paid if he had purchased a cash value policy originally. This
lump sum can be substantial, and as a result, attained age conversion is much more
common than original age conversion.
Example:
Henrik Swenson bought a convertible term life policy at age 35 and
converted it to a cash value policy at age 39, using an attained age
conversion. Constance Braddock also bought a convertible term life policy
at age 35, and converted it to a cash value policy at age 39, but her policy
used an original age conversion.
Analysis:
At conversion, the insurer charges Henrik the same premium it would
charge a 39-year-old man for a comparable cash value policy. Constance’s
insurer charges her the same premium rate it would charge for a
comparable cash value policy issued to a 35-year-old woman. However,
her insurer also requires a lump sum payment based on the difference
between the premiums she paid for the last four years and the premiums
she would have paid if she had purchased a cash value policy.
Like the renewal feature, the conversion privilege can lead to some antiselec-
tion. Insureds in poor health are more likely to convert their coverage because
they may not be able to obtain other life insurance, or the premium rate for a new
policy would be prohibitively expensive. As a result, insurers usually charge a
higher premium rate for a convertible term policy than they charge for a compa-
rable nonconvertible term policy. In addition, insurers usually limit the conversion
privilege in some way. For instance, some policies do not permit conversion after
the insured has attained a specific age, such as 55 or 65, or after the term policy has
been in force for a specified time. For example, a 10-year term policy may permit
conversion only during the first 7 or 8 years of the term. In many cases, insurers
place additional limits on original age conversions. Under a 20-year term policy,
an insurer might permit an attained age conversion for the first 10 years of the
policy term, but permit an original age conversion only during the first 5 years of
the policy term.
Return of Premium Term Insurance

Some people are reluctant to purchase term insurance because they see it as a
financial risk. If they are alive when the policy expires, they will receive no mon-
etary benefits from the insurer despite having paid premiums for a number of
years. Some insurers now offer return of premium (ROP) term insurance, which
is a form of term life insurance that provides a death benefit if the insured dies
during the policy term and promises a return of premiums if the insured does not
die during the policy term.

Example:
Helene Nikos, age 38, is the policyowner-insured of a $500,000 30-year
ROP term policy from Azure Insurance. Helene paid all the required annual
premiums of $1,150 and was alive when the policy expired.
Analysis:
Azure would return to Helene the premiums she has paid for the coverage,
a total of $34,500 ($1,150 x 30 years).
Some ROP term policies provide a partial return of premiums if the policy is
kept in force for a stated period of time but then canceled before the end of the
term. The longer these policies are kept in force, the greater the percentage of the
premium that is returned. Under such a policy, if the insured dies during the policy
term, the beneficiary receives the death benefit only; there is no additional partial
return of premiums.
Most insurers offer ROP term policies for terms of only 15 years or longer. The
premium for an ROP term policy varies by insurer. The premium is usually more
than 25 percent higher than for a comparable term policy without a return of pre-
mium feature, and sometimes as much as three times as high.
Renewability, convertibility, and return of premium features are of obvious
potential value to the policyowner, but they also are of value to the insurance
company. Most policyowners who renew or convert their term life insurance poli-
cies do so not because they are in poor health, but because they want to continue
their insurance protection. Regulatory changes have led to fewer insurers in the
United States carrying the return of premium feature, but this feature also gives
policyowners substantial motivation to keep a policy in effect.

Key Terms
estate family income coverage
will policy rider
estate plan family income policy
business continuation insurance plan increasing term life insurance
key person renewable term insurance policy
key person life insurance evidence of insurability
buy-sell agreement renewal provision
face amount attained age
policy term yearly renewable term (YRT) insurance
policy anniversary convertible term insurance policy
level term life insurance conversion privilege
decreasing term life insurance attained age conversion
mortgage life insurance original age conversion
joint mortgage life insurance return of premium (ROP) term
credit life insurance insurance
Endnotes
1. ACLI, Life Insurers Factbook 2015 (Washington, DC: American Council of Life Insurers, 2015), 64,
aspx (30 August 2016).
2. The term “mortgage insurance” is sometimes used to refer to a type of property/casualty insurance
more commonly referred to as private mortgage insurance (PMI) or lenders mortgage insurance
(LMI). PMI is insurance that pays the lender if the borrower fails to make mortgage payments as
required. PMI is not a form of life insurance.
3. Some insurers offer an alternative to the family income policy called a family maintenance policy,
which is a cash value life insurance policy that contains a level-term monthly income benefit rider.
If the insured dies during the term of the monthly income benefit rider, the beneficiary receives
monthly income payments for a fixed number of years. For example, assume that an insured pur-
chased a family maintenance policy with a 10-year term that provides for $1,000 monthly payments.
If the insured dies during that 10-year term, the beneficiary would receive both the death benefit and
a $1,000 monthly benefit for a total of 10 years, regardless of whether the insured dies in the first year
or the 10th year of the policy. If the insured dies after the 10-year term expires, no monthly benefits
are payable, but the beneficiary still receives the death benefit, as long as the policy remains in force.
4. The Consumer Price Index (CPI) measures the change in the price of a fixed list of items (a “basket
of goods”) bought by a typical consumer. The goods included in the CPI include food, transportation,
housing, utilities, clothing, and medical care.

Principles of Insurance Chapter 6: Cash Value Life Insurance and Endowment Insurance 6.1
Chapter 6
Cash Value Life Insurance and

Endowment Insurance
Objectives
6A Define cash value life insurance and distinguish it from term life
insurance
6B Identify the common characteristics of whole life insurance, modified
whole life insurance, and joint whole life insurance, and describe the
features that differentiate these types of whole life insurance
6C Explain how universal life insurance differs from whole life insurance
in terms of its separate policy elements and its flexible face amount,
death benefit, and premiums
6D Explain how indexed universal life insurance differs from universal life
insurance
6E Describe how variable life insurance allows policyowners to decide
how their premiums and cash values are invested
6F Describe the features that variable universal life insurance products
share with universal life insurance and variable life insurance products
6G Describe the characteristics of endowment insurance

6.2 Chapter 6: Cash Value Life Insurance and Endowment Insurance Principles of Insurance
Outline
Whole Life Insurance  Flexibility Features
 Premium Payment Periods  Periodic Statements
 Modified Whole Life Insurance  Indexed Universal Life Insurance
 Whole Life Insurance Covering
Variable Life Insurance
More Than One Insured
Variable Universal Life Insurance
Universal Life Insurance
 Separation of Policy Elements Endowment Insurance
 Operation of a Universal Life
Insurance Policy
W
hile term life insurance policies meet many specific financial needs,
they are limited in their ability to meet other needs, such as contribut-
ing to long-term savings. Therefore, insurance companies also offer
cash value life insurance products. As you may recall from Chapter 1, cash value
life insurance has two characteristics that distinguish it from term life insurance.
First, cash value life insurance provides insurance coverage for the entire lifetime
of the insured, as long as the policy remains in force. Second, cash value life insur-
ance provides a savings element, known as the cash value, that a policyowner can
use to meet financial needs during the insured’s lifetime.
The various types of cash value life insurance accounted for nearly two-thirds
of individual life insurance policies sold in the United States in 2014.1 Figure 6.1
shows the trends in recent years in U.S. life insurance sales among the various
types of insurance by premium dollars.
While cash value life insurance is designed for long-term financial needs, it
can also be useful in the short term. The owner of a policy that has accumulated
a cash value can use the cash value as security for a policy loan from the insurer.
If the insured dies before a policy loan is repaid, however, the unpaid amount
of the loan—plus any interest outstanding—is subtracted from the death benefit.
Alternatively, the policyowner can use the cash value as collateral for a loan from
another financial institution.
A policyowner can also surrender—or terminate—a cash value policy for its
cash value during the insured’s lifetime. If a policyowner chooses not to keep
a cash value life insurance policy in force until the insured’s death, the insurer
agrees to pay the cash surrender value to the policyowner. The cash surrender
value is the amount that a policyowner is entitled to receive upon surrendering the
policy, before adjustments for factors such as policy loans and applicable charges.
Other terms for the cash surrender value are the surrender value or surrender
benefit.
Cash surrender values and policy loans are discussed in more detail in Chapter 8.
As you can see, the savings element of a cash value policy can offer useful
financial options. In addition, in the United States, while the policy remains in
force, the government does not collect income tax on interest or other earnings
credited to the policy’s cash value, nor does it collect income tax on funds bor-
rowed from the cash value through a policy loan.2 Further financial advantages of
a cash value policy depend on the type of cash value life insurance a person owns.

Figure 6.1 U.S. Individual Life Insurance Sales, 1984–2014
90
 Whole life
Term life
80
Universal life
Variable life
Percentage of Total Premium Sold 70
Variable
universal life
60

50

40

30

20
10
0
1984 1994 2004 2014
YEAR
•• 1984: Whole life 55%, Term life 12%, Universal life 30%, Variable life 3%,
Variable universal life 0%.
•• 1994: Whole life 48%, Term life 14%, Universal life 22%, Variable Life 3%,
•• 2004: Whole life 24%, Term life 23%, Universal life 37%, Variable Life 1%,
•• 2014: Whole life 35%, Term life 21%, Universal life 37%, Variable Life <½%,
Source: Adapted from Ashley V. Durham and Benjamin Baldwin, U.S. Individual Life Insurance Sales Trends, 1975–2014
(Windsor, CT: LL Global, Inc., © 2015). Used with permission; all rights reserved.
Whole Life Insurance

Whole life insurance is a type of cash value life insurance that provides lifetime
insurance coverage, usually at a level premium rate that does not increase as the
insured ages. As we noted in Chapter 4, life insurers use the level premium pric-
ing system so that premium rates remain level even as an insured’s mortality risk
increases.

Note that the term whole life is not used consistently in the insurance industry.
Sometimes, whole life refers to the broad classification of insurance products that
are considered to be cash value life insurance. However, this text uses whole life to
refer to a specific type of cash value life insurance product.
The size of a whole life insurance policy’s cash value at any given time depends
on a number of factors, such as the policy’s face amount, the length of time the
policy has been in force, and the length of the policy’s premium payment period.
Depending on factors that we discuss later in this chapter, a life insurance policy’s
face amount may or may not be the same as its death benefit.
Most whole life policies do not accumulate a cash value until the policy has
been in effect for a minimum length of time, typically two or three years. The cash
value then increases throughout the life of the policy, slowly at first, and then more
rapidly in later years. During the policy’s early years, the cash value is less than
the policy’s reserve, which is also increasing over time. Eventually, at the last year
of the mortality table used to calculate premiums for that policy, both the reserve
and the cash value equal the face amount of the policy. At that point, the insurer
typically pays the face amount of the policy to the policyowner, even if the insured
is still living.
A whole life insurance policy includes a table that illustrates how the policy’s
cash value grows over time. Figure 6.2 provides an example of a table of cash values.
Premium Payment Periods

Although whole life insurance policies provide insurance coverage for the entire
lifetime of the insured, the time period over which policyowners pay premiums
LEARNING AID
can vary. The length of a policy’s premium payment period directly affects both
the amount of the premium required for the policy and the pace at which the poli-
cy’s cash value builds.
Continuous-Premium Policies
Most whole life insurance policies sold today are continuous-premium whole life
policies. Under a continuous-premium whole life insurance policy (sometimes
referred to as a straight life insurance policy or an ordinary life insurance policy),
premiums are payable until the death of the insured. Because premiums are pay-
able over the life of the policy, the amount of each premium payment required for a
continuous-premium whole life policy is lower than the premium amount required
under any other premium payment schedule for a whole life policy.
Limited-Payment Policies
A limited-payment whole life insurance policy is a whole life policy for which
premiums are payable only for a stated period of time or until the insured’s death,
whichever occurs first. Many limited-payment policies provide for premiums to
be payable for a specific number of years. For example, a 20-payment whole life
insurance policy is a policy for which premiums are payable for 20 years. Other
limited-payment policies provide for premiums to be payable until the insured
reaches a specified age. For instance, a paid-up-at-age-65 whole life insurance
policy provides that premiums are payable until the insured reaches the policy

anniversary either closest to or immediately following her 65th birthday, depend-

ing on the terms of the policy.
If the insured is still alive at the end of the premium payment period, premium
payments cease but the coverage continues. A policy that requires no further pre-
mium payments but continues to provide coverage is said to be a paid-up policy.
Limited-payment policies are designed to meet a policyowner’s need for life
insurance coverage that continues throughout the policyowner’s lifetime and that
is funded over a limited time. The policyowner, for example, may expect that her
income will drop considerably when she retires, and yet she expects that she will
continue to need life insurance coverage after retirement.
Figure 6.2 Growth of Cash Value in a $100,000 Whole Life Insurance

Policy Issued to a Male, Age 37
End of Policy Year Age Cash Value

1 38
2 39
3 40
4 41
5 42 $1,258.32
6 43 1,354.60
7 44 2,367.70
8 45 3,145.79
9 46 3,386.51
10 47 4,735.39
11 48 6,291.59
12 49 8,058.71
13 50 10,038.25
14 51 12,233.41
15 52 14,644.65
16 53 17,274.78
17 54 20,128.95
18 55 23,210.96
19 56 26,521.53
20 57 30,062.42
23 60 35,066.89
28 65 43,492.52
33 70 51,731.25
* This table assumes premiums have been paid to the end of the policy year shown. These values do not include
any dividend accumulations, paid-up additions, or policy loans.

Example:
Ellen Yelk, who was born on January 6, 1973, purchased a paid-up-at-
age-65 whole life policy with a policy date of February 1, 2015. According
to the terms of Ellen’s policy, premiums are payable until she reaches the
policy anniversary nearest her 65th birthday.
Analysis:
Ellen’s last premium payment will be on February 1, 2038, the policy
anniversary nearest her 65th birthday. At that time, if Ellen has made all
required premium payments, she will have a paid-up policy that requires
no further premium payments and will provide life insurance coverage for
the rest of her life.
An insurer must collect sufficient premiums during the payment period of a

limited-payment policy to keep the policy in force for the rest of the insured’s life-
time. If the insured survives until the end of the payment period, she will have paid
fewer annual premiums under a limited-payment policy than under a comparable
continuous-premium policy. Therefore, the annual premium for a limited-payment
policy is greater than the annual premium for an equivalent continuous-premium
policy. In addition, cash values generally build more rapidly under limited-payment
policies than they do under continuous-premium policies.
Single-Premium Policies
A single-premium whole life insurance policy is a type of limited-payment pol-
icy that requires only one premium payment. The single premium is substantially
larger than premiums for most limited-payment policies, and a sizable cash value
is available immediately on any single-premium policy.
Example:
Ahmad Brooks, a 50-year-old male, purchases a whole life policy insuring
his own life with a single premium of $50,000. The insurer calculates his
death benefit to be $200,000.
Analysis:
Ahmad’s policy will be in force until his death, and no other premiums are
required to prevent the policy from lapsing. In addition, Ahmad’s policy
has a cash value that is available immediately, allowing him to take out
policy loans or withdraw a portion of the cash value without waiting for
the cash value to build over time.
Modified Whole Life Insurance

The traditional whole life insurance products we have described provide a con-
stant face amount of life insurance coverage in exchange for a series of level pre-
miums or a single premium. Some insurers offer whole life insurance policies

under which either (1) the amount of the premium payments required changes
at some point during the life of the policy or (2) the face amount of the coverage
changes during the life of the policy.
Modified Premiums
A modified-premium whole life insurance policy is a policy for which the annual
premium amount changes after a specified initial period (typically 5 or 10 years).
The initial annual premium for a modified-premium policy is less than the initial
annual premium for a similar continuous-premium whole life policy. After the
specified period, the annual premium for a modified-premium policy increases to
an amount that is somewhat higher than the usual (nonmodified) premium would
have been. This new increased annual premium is then payable for as long as the
policy remains in force.
The face amount of a modified-premium whole life policy remains level
throughout the life of the policy. For example, a $100,000 continuous-premium
whole life policy issued on the life of a 25-year-old man might have an annual
premium of $700. The annual premium for a modified-premium whole life policy
for the same face amount could be $420 for the first five years, with the premium
increasing to $900 per year thereafter for the rest of the life of the policy. Figure
6.3 illustrates this example.
So why would a person choose a modified-premium policy over a continu-
ous-premium policy of the same face amount? The primary advantage of a
modified-premium policy is that it allows a person to purchase a larger amount
of life insurance than he otherwise could afford. The premium payments become
larger later, presumably when the policyowner’s earnings have also increased. The
chief disadvantage of a modified-premium whole life policy is that the cash value
builds more slowly under this type of policy than it would under a continuous-
premium whole life policy.
Modified Coverage
Many people find that the amount of life insurance they need decreases as they
grow older. As a person grows older, she may pay off debts and mortgages, her
children may leave home, and her financial obligations may decrease. In addition,
she may have accumulated substantial savings and other assets over the years,
making it even less likely she needs the same amount of life insurance. A modified
coverage whole life insurance policy is a whole life policy under which the amount
of insurance provided decreases by specific percentages or amounts either when
the insured reaches certain stated ages or at the end of stated time periods. For
example, the face amount of a modified coverage whole life policy may begin at
$250,000, decrease to $150,000 when the insured reaches age 60, decrease further
to $100,000 at age 70, and then remain level for the rest of the insured’s lifetime.
The annual premium for a modified coverage whole life policy is lower than
for a continuous-premium whole life policy having the same initial face amount.
The reason for the lower premium is that during the period of the greatest risk of
death—the period when the insured is at an advanced age—the face amount of the
policy will be at its lowest level.

Figure 6.3 Comparison of Premiums for a Continuous-Premium and a

Modified-Premium Whole Life Policy of the Same Face
Amount Purchased at Age 25
Continuous-
Premium
Policy
Premium (in dollars)
$900
900
$700
600
$420
300
Modified Premium Policy
0
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Age
Whole Life Insurance Covering More Than One Insured

The whole life insurance policies we’ve discussed so far provide insurance cover-
age on the life of only one person. However, insurers also offer whole life insur-
ance policies that provide coverage on the lives of more than one person.3 Some
common types of such policies are joint whole life insurance, last survivor life
insurance, and family policies.
Joint Whole Life Insurance

Joint whole life insurance has the same features and benefits as individual whole
life insurance, except that it insures two people under the same policy. Joint whole
life insurance is sometimes referred to as first-to-die life insurance because, upon
the death of one of the insureds, the death benefit is paid to the beneficiary, who
typically is the surviving insured.
Because coverage under a joint whole life policy ends once the death benefit is
paid, the surviving insured may be left uninsured. To give the surviving insured
the ability to obtain life insurance coverage, joint whole life policies usually pro-
vide a specified period—frequently 60 or 90 days—following the first insured’s
death within which the surviving insured may purchase an individual whole life
policy of the same face amount without providing evidence of insurability. Some
joint whole life policies provide the surviving insured with temporary term insur-
ance coverage during this specified period. If both insureds die simultaneously,
the insurer pays a death benefit for each insured.

Last Survivor Life Insurance

Last survivor life insurance—also known as second-to-die life insurance or
s urvivorship life insurance—is a variation of joint whole life insurance under
which the death benefit is paid only after both people insured by the policy have
died. Premiums for last survivor life insurance coverage may be payable only until
the first insured dies, or premiums may be payable until the death of both insureds.
In either case, two people can obtain insurance on both of their lives for an annual
premium that is usually less than the cost of either (1) two individual whole life
insurance policies or (2) a joint whole life insurance policy.
Last survivor life insurance was designed primarily to insure married couples
who want to provide funds to pay estate taxes that may be levied after their deaths.
Joint whole life, by comparison, was designed primarily for a surviving spouse
who will need a death benefit to cover continued living expenses, but won’t need
to leave a death benefit to a beneficiary.
Family Policies
Some insurers market a family policy, which is a whole life insurance policy that
includes term life insurance coverage on the insured’s spouse and children. The
amount of term insurance coverage provided on the insured’s spouse and children
is a fraction—generally one-fourth or one-fifth—of the amount of the insured’s
whole life insurance coverage.
Example:
Simon Park purchases a family policy with Flashstone Insurance to cover
himself, his wife Linda, and their two children. Simon is the primary insured,
and the family policy provides $100,000 of whole life coverage for Simon.
Analysis:
Assuming the policy remains in force, it will pay out $100,000 in the event
of Simon’s death. As the primary insured’s spouse, Linda has $25,000
of term insurance coverage (one-fourth of the amount of the coverage
on the primary insured). Each child also has $20,000 of term insurance
coverage (one-fifth of the amount of coverage on the primary insured).
Thus, this one family policy provides the Parks with $165,000 of life
insurance coverage.
Typically, the applicant for a family policy must provide evidence that all family
members are insurable. Once the policy is issued, however, each child born to or
adopted by the family thereafter is automatically covered by the policy, although
the additional term life coverage often is not effective until the child reaches age
15 days. Some insurers charge an additional premium for the additional coverage.
However, because mortality rates are low for children older than 15 days, some
family policies provide automatic coverage for additional children without any
additional premium charge.

Universal Life Insurance

Universal life (UL) insurance is a form of cash value insurance that is character-
ized by its separation of the three primary policy elements and its flexible face
amount, death benefit amount, and premiums. Universal life insurance appeals
to policyowners who are interested in the flexibility and transparency that such
insurance offers.
Separation of Policy Elements

Each universal life policy specifies the following policy elements: (1) the mortality
charges that the insurer will apply, (2) the interest rate that the insurer will credit
to the policy’s cash value, and (3) the expense charges that the insurer will apply.
Mortality Charges
The insurer periodically deducts a mortality charge from a universal life insur-
ance policy’s cash value. The mortality charge is the amount needed to cover the
mortality risk the insurer has assumed in issuing the policy. In other words, the
mortality charge is the actual cost of the life insurance coverage.4 For this reason,
some universal life policies refer to the mortality charge as the cost of insurance.
The amount of the mortality charge usually is based on the insured’s age, sex,
and risk classification, and this charge typically increases each year as the insured
ages. Universal life policies guarantee that the mortality charge will never exceed
a stated maximum amount. In addition, these policies usually provide that the
mortality charge will be less than the specified maximum if the insurance com-
pany’s mortality experience is more favorable than expected.
Universal life policies express the mortality charge as a charge per thousand
dollars of net amount at risk. A life insurance policy’s net amount at risk is the
amount of the insurer’s funds that would be required at any given time to pay the
policy death benefit. Although the net amount at risk for most life insurance poli-
cies at any given time is equal to the policy’s face amount minus its reserve, the
net amount at risk for a universal life insurance policy depends on whether the
death benefit payable is level or varies with changes in the policy’s cash value or
premiums paid. We discuss this topic in more detail later in this section.
Interest Rate
In the United States, universal life policies incorporate a guaranteed minimum
interest-crediting rate, which is the minimum interest rate that an insurer must
pay on a universal life policy’s cash value. The policy also provides that the insurer
will pay a higher interest rate if economic and competitive conditions warrant.
This rate, known as the current interest-crediting rate, is the rate of interest that
an insurer declares and pays on a universal life insurance policy’s cash value for a
specified period of time. Usually, the insurer bases the current interest rate on the
return that its own investments are earning. However, some policies state that the
current interest rate will be tied to the rate paid on a standard investment, such as
a specific type of government bond. The current interest-crediting rate is declared
annually, and guaranteed to never be below the guaranteed minimum interest-
crediting rate.

Expenses
Each universal life insurance policy lists the expense charges that the insurance
company will impose to cover the costs it incurs in connection with the policy.
Insurers commonly impose the following types of expense charges:
A percentage of each premium (such as 4 percent) to cover expenses
An administrative (management) fee, usually charged on a monthly basis;

sometimes referred to as a policy fee
A charge if the owner surrenders the policy for its cash surrender value
Specific charges for other services such as duplicate policy copies, coverage
changes, or policy withdrawals
Operation of a Universal Life Insurance Policy

When an insurer receives a premium payment for a universal life insurance policy,
it first deducts the amount of any applicable expense charges. The insurer then
LEARNING AID
credits the remainder of the premium to the policy’s cash value. Each month the
policy remains in force, the insurer deducts the periodic mortality charges from
the cash value and credits the cash value with interest. The insurer may deduct
additional expense charges from the policy’s cash value as well. The more a poli-
cyowner pays in premiums above the amount needed to pay the policy’s mortality
and expense charges, the greater the policy’s cash value will be. Figure 6.4 illus-
trates the operation of a universal life policy.
The policyowner can increase the cash value of a universal life policy by mak-
ing additional or larger-than-required premium payments, as we discuss in more
detail later in this section. The policyowner usually can decrease the cash value of
the policy as well by withdrawing funds from the cash value. In such a withdrawal,
the cash value is reduced by the amount withdrawn plus any applicable withdrawal
charges. The policy remains in force as long as the cash value is sufficient to pay
the applicable mortality and expense charges. The owner of a universal life policy
also can receive a policy loan, which operates in much the same way as a policy
loan under a whole life insurance policy. We describe universal life policy with-
drawal provisions in more detail in Chapter 8.
If the cash value of a universal life policy is not sufficient to pay the periodic
mortality and expense charges, the policy will lapse unless the policyowner takes
action within a stated period of time—usually 60 days—to keep the policy in
force. To prevent a policy from lapsing, the policyowner must either (1) pay addi-
tional premiums or (2) reduce the policy’s face amount.
Some universal life insurance policies include a no-lapse guarantee, which
provides that the insurance coverage will remain in effect for a stated period of
time, such as 20 years, or until the insured reaches a particular age. As long as the
policyowner has made at least the stated minimum premium payments, the cover-
age continues regardless of the policy’s cash value or any changes in the credited
interest rate or mortality and expense charges.

Figure 6.4 The Operation of a Universal Life Insurance Policy
INSURER
Premiums
n s ble
es
pe ca
E x p li
Ap
Interest
CASH VALUE
Ot
rg es Lo h
an e r C
C ha s , W ha
a l it y it h r g e s
d ra ,
M or t wa
ls
Flexibility Features
A universal life insurance policy gives the policyowner a great deal of flexibility,
both at the time of purchase and over the life of the policy. When he purchases
the policy, the policyowner decides, within certain limits, what the policy’s face
amount will be, the amount of the death benefit payable, and the amount of the pre-
miums he will pay for that coverage. The policyowner can change these amounts
during the life of the policy, but the insurer must approve certain types of changes.

Face Amount and Death Benefit

When a person buys a universal life policy, he specifies the policy’s face amount.
After the policy has been in force for a specified minimum time—often one
year—the policyowner can request an increase or decrease in the policy’s face
amount. The insurer typically requires the policyowner to provide evidence of
the insured’s continued insurability when a proposed increase in the policy’s face
amount exceeds a certain amount. Before approving a decrease in a policy’s face
amount, the insurer must make sure that the decrease would not cause the policy
to lose its status as an insurance contract and instead be classified as an investment
contract. Later in this section we describe the Internal Revenue Code Section 7702
requirements that a life insurance policy must meet to be classified as an insurance
product rather than an investment product.
The policyowner also decides whether the amount of the death benefit payable
will remain equal to the face amount (as with most traditional whole life policies)
or will vary with changes in the policy’s cash value or premiums paid. Under an
Option A plan (also known as an Option 1 plan), the amount of the death benefit at
any given time is level; the death benefit payable is always equal to the policy’s face
amount. Under an Option B plan (also known as an Option 2 plan), the amount
of the death benefit at any given time is equal to the policy’s face amount plus the
amount of the policy’s cash value. Note that the net amount at risk for an Option A
plan decreases as the amount of the cash value increases. The net amount at risk
for an Option B plan, however, is always equal to the policy’s face amount. Figure
6.5 illustrates the operation of these two plans. Some insurers also offer an Option
C plan, where the death benefit payable is equal to the policy’s face amount plus
premiums paid; this option is less common than Option A and Option B.
Premiums
A universal life policy may feature either flexible premiums or fixed premiums.
A flexible-premium universal life insurance policy allows the policyowner to
alter the amount and frequency of premium payments, within specified limits.
Within these limits, the policyowner can determine how much to pay for the initial
premium and for each renewal premium. The insurer requires payment of at least a
stated minimum initial premium, and for administrative purposes, the insurer may
also impose a minimum limit on the size of any renewal premium payment. One
of the main advantages to flexible premiums is the ability to pay a larger premium
than required and directly add to the policy’s cash value. However, the insurer
must impose maximum limits on the amounts of the initial and renewal premi-
ums to ensure the policy meets the regulatory requirements described later in this
section. The policyowner has great flexibility in deciding when to pay renewal
premiums. As long as the policy’s cash value is large enough to pay the periodic
mortality and expense charges the insurer imposes, the policy remains in force
even if the policyowner does not pay renewal premiums.
A fixed-premium universal life insurance policy requires a series of sched-
uled premium payments of a specified amount for a specified length of time (typi-
cally 8 to 10 years) or until the insured’s death, whichever comes first. However,
the owner of a fixed-premium universal life policy does not have a paid-up policy

at the end of the premium payment period. Sometimes, a product’s actual experi-
ence is less favorable than the insurer projected when it designed the product. For
example, the insurer’s investments may earn a lower rate of return than the insurer
projected, which reduces the current interest rate the insurer pays on the product’s
cash values. If that occurs, a fixed-premium universal life policy’s cash value will
be lower than projected and may not be large enough to pay the periodic mortal-
ity and expense charges. If the cash value is not large enough to pay the periodic
charges, the policyowner must take action or the policy will lapse.
Figure 6.5 Relationship Between a Policy’s Cash Value and

Face Amount Under an Option A and an Option B Plan
150
Face Amount (in thousands of dollars)
OPTION A PLAN
Death Benefit
Death benefit = Face amount Cash Value
Net amount at risk = ( Death

benefit ( ( (
–
Cash
value
100
Automatic face amount increase to 50

comply with regulatory requirements
0
0 10 20
Duration of Coverage
OPTION B PLAN 150

Face Amount (in thousands of dollars)
(
Face
Death benefit = amount ( ( (
+
Cash
value
100
Net amount at risk = Face amount
Death Benefit
Cash Value
50
0
0 10 20
Duration of Coverage

Effects of Regulation on Universal Life Policies

Because a universal life policyowner can pay much more in premiums than is
needed to fund the cost of insurance, the amount of the policy’s cash value can be
much greater in relation to the death benefit of the policy than is possible with a
whole life insurance policy. The larger the cash value is in relation to the policy’s
death benefit, the more a policy resembles an investment product rather than an
insurance product.
To ensure that favorable income tax treatment is available only to life insurance
products, U.S. federal tax laws set limits on the size of a life insurance policy’s
cash value in relation to the policy’s death benefit. The difference between the
policy’s death benefit and cash value is called the Section 7702 corridor. If the rela-
tionship of the policy’s cash value to its death benefit exceeds the regulatory limits,
then the policy is treated for tax purposes as an investment product rather than as
an insurance policy. Insurance companies generally do not allow a policyowner
to pay a premium amount that would result in the death benefit exceeding the leg-
islatively specified percentage of the cash value. In addition, most universal life
policies provide that if the cash value exceeds the specified percentage of the death
benefit, then the insurer will increase the death benefit to an amount that meets the
regulatory requirements.
Periodic Statements
Because so many aspects of a universal life insurance policy change over the
course of a year, insurers send each policyowner an annual, semiannual, or quar-
terly statement containing the policy’s current values and benefits. Examples of
the values and benefits that typically appear in this report are the amount of the
death benefit, the amount of the policy’s cash value, the amount and type of any
charges deducted, and the amount of the premiums paid during the period.
Indexed Universal Life Insurance

Indexed universal life (IUL) insurance, also called equity indexed universal life
(EIUL) insurance, offers the same features as universal life insurance, but also
offers the possibility of additional earnings based on changes in a published index.
Commonly used indexes are the S&P 500 or Nasdaq 100.
An IUL policy’s cash value is backed by the insurer’s general account assets.
The general account is an asset account in which an insurer maintains funds
that support its contractual obligations to pay benefits under its guaranteed insur-
ance products, such as whole life insurance, fixed annuities, and other nonvari-
able products. The insurer places funds in the general account in relatively secure
investments, so that it can be certain of having funds available to pay the benefits
it has guaranteed to pay policyowners. An IUL policy generally divides the cash
value into two policy accounts:
A fixed account, which is the portion of the cash value for which the crediting
rate is the same as on the insurer’s traditional UL products
An index account, which is the portion of the cash value for which the credit-
ing rate is determined by changes in an index

The policyowner decides how to allocate premium payments between the two
types of accounts.
The crediting rate for the index account—known as the index crediting rate—
is subject to a guaranteed minimum crediting rate, typically called the floor or the
growth floor, and a maximum crediting rate, typically called the cap or the growth
cap. For IUL insurance, the floor limits the product’s investment risk, whereas the
cap limits the product’s growth potential.
The index performance rate is the change in the index’s value over the policy’s
index term. Most index terms are one year, though some insurers offer two-year,
three-year, or five-year terms. To determine the index crediting rate, the index
performance rate is multiplied by the participation rate, which is the percentage
of the index performance rate that is counted in calculating the crediting rate.
For example, a participation rate of 80 percent means that 80 percent of the index
performance rate is considered.
Example:
Joseph Madaki purchased an indexed universal life policy from Begemot
Insurance with a starting cash value of $10,000 in the index account.
The policy’s terms include a participation rate of 90%, a cap of 12%, and a
floor of 0%. Over the first index term of the policy, the index’s value rose
by 20%. Over the second index term, the index’s value fell by 10%.
Analysis:
At the end of the first index term, the index crediting rate was 12%
(20% index performance rate × 90% participation rate = 18%, which is
subject to the cap of 12%). Begemot applied this 12% index crediting rate
to the portion of the cash value in the index account. Therefore, this value
rose by $1,200 ($10,000 × 0.12).
At the end of the second index term, the index crediting rate was 0%
(–10% index performance rate × 90% participation rate = –9%, which is
subject to the floor of 0%). The portion of the cash value in the index
account did not increase in value. Thanks to the policy’s floor, neither
did it lose any value from index losses, though the cash value could still
decrease due to fees and charges.
The main attraction of indexed universal life insurance is that it offers addi-
tional gains in the cash value when the market is strong, with relatively little risk.
The guaranteed minimum interest-crediting rate on the fixed account and the
growth floor on the index account both protect the policy from losses when the
market is weak. Thus, indexed universal life insurance has a fairly conservative
risk-reward structure; those interested in comparably higher risks and higher
potential rewards may look into variable life insurance, as we’ll see below.

Variable Life Insurance

Variable life (VL) insurance is a form of cash value life insurance in which
premiums are fixed, but the death benefit and other values may vary, reflecting LEARNING AID
the performance of the investment subaccounts that the policyowner selects.
A subaccount is one of several investment funds to which a variable life insurance
policyowner allocates the premiums she has paid and the cash values that have
accumulated under her policy.
The subaccounts in which variable insurance premiums and cash values are
invested are part of an insurer’s separate account. The separate account, also
known as a segregated account, is an asset account the insurer maintains sepa-
rately from its general account to isolate and help manage the funds placed in its
variable products.
Most variable life insurance policies permit the policyowner to allocate pre-
mium payments among a selection of subaccounts. The subaccounts have different
investment strategies. For example, some subaccounts concentrate on investing in
high-growth stocks, other subaccounts concentrate on investing in stocks that pay
high dividends, and still other subaccounts may concentrate on investing in bonds.
Most variable life insurance policies also allow the policyowner to invest a
portion of the premium payments in a fixed account, which provides a minimum
guaranteed rate of return. Such a fixed account is part of the insurer’s general
account.
The amount of both the variable life policy’s death benefit and cash value
depends on how well the subaccounts perform. If the subaccounts perform well,
then the amount of the death benefit and the cash value of the policy will increase
as the insurer credits the investment returns to the policy’s cash value. If the invest-
ment performance is poor, then the amount of the death benefit and the cash value
will decline. Although the policy’s death benefit may change from time to time,
most variable life policies provide a minimum guaranteed death benefit, regardless
of the subaccounts’ performance. This minimum guaranteed death benefit often
is the face amount of the policy. Variable life policies, however, do not guarantee
either investment earnings (other than the fixed account) or a minimum cash value.
Because a variable life insurance policyowner assumes the investment risk that
the cash value and death benefit of the policy may decline, variable life insurance
policies are considered securities under U.S. law. Variable life policies, therefore,
must comply with federal securities laws as well as state insurance laws.
Although new variable life insurance policies are rare, you need a basic under-
standing of them before you learn about a more popular product: variable univer-
sal life insurance.

Variable Universal Life Insurance

Variable universal life (VUL) insurance, which is also called flexible-premium
variable life insurance (or simply universal life in Canada), combines the premium
LEARNING AID
and death benefit flexibility of universal life insurance with the investment flex-
ibility and risk of variable life insurance. Like a universal life policy, a variable
universal life policy allows the policyowner to choose the premium amount and
face amount. As with a variable life policy, the policyowner chooses to allocate
premiums among several subaccounts and may change the chosen options peri-
odically, depending on the terms of the policy. The investment returns that the
insurer credits to the policy’s cash value reflect the investment earnings of the
subaccounts.
Most insurers allow the policyowner to choose whether a variable universal
policy’s death benefit will remain level or will vary along with changes in the
investment earnings of the subaccounts. Like variable life policies, variable uni-
versal policies do not guarantee investment earnings or cash values. Therefore,
variable universal life insurance products are considered securities under U.S.
laws and must comply with federal securities laws.
Example:
Rachid Othmani is considering purchasing one of several life insurance
policies. Rachid is a seasoned investor who enjoys following financial
markets. He is interested in accepting additional risk in exchange for the
possibility of increased rewards, but he also wants to have the flexibility to
use extra income to increase his policy’s cash value in pay periods when
his finances are particularly strong.
Analysis:
Rachid picks a variable universal life policy to suit his needs. A universal life
policy would not give him the potential investment return he’s interested
in, and a variable life policy would have fixed premiums, which would not
give him the flexibility he requires.
Figure 6.6 compares different types of universal and variable life insurance.
Endowment Insurance
You may recall from Chapter 1 that endowment insurance provides a policy ben-
efit payable either when the insured dies or on a stated date if the insured is still
alive on that date. Each endowment policy specifies a maturity date, which is the
date on which the insurer will pay the policy’s face amount to the policyowner if
the insured is still living. The maturity date is reached either (1) at the end of a
stated term, such as 20 years, or (2) when the insured reaches a specified age. If
the insured dies before the maturity date, then the insurer pays the policy’s face
amount to the designated beneficiary. Thus, an endowment insurance policy pays
a fixed benefit whether the insured survives to the policy’s maturity date or dies
before that maturity date.

Figure 6.6 Universal and Variable Life Insurance Policy Features By Product
Indexed Variable
Universal Variable
universal universal
life life
life life
Flexible premiums Yes Yes Yes
Fixed premiums Yes
Separate policy elements Yes Yes Yes
Policyowner assumes investment risk Yes Yes
Death benefit can remain level or vary

Yes Yes Yes
with changes to cash value
Death benefit varies according to

Yes Yes
investment performance
Endowment policies share many of the features of cash value life insurance
policies. For example, premiums usually are level throughout the term of an
endowment policy, although a policyowner can purchase an endowment policy
with a single premium or with a series of premiums over a limited period of time.
Like cash value life insurance policies, endowment policies steadily build cash
values. Recall that the reserve and the cash value of a whole life policy eventually
equal the policy’s face amount—but not until the insured reaches the age at the
end of the mortality table used to calculate premiums for that policy. By contrast,
the reserve and cash value of an endowment policy usually equal the policy’s face
amount on the policy’s maturity date, which typically is much sooner than when
the insured reaches the last age found in the mortality table. As a result, an endow-
ment policy’s cash value builds much more rapidly than does the cash value of a
comparable whole life insurance policy.
Because endowment policies build cash values rapidly and the cash value of an
endowment policy is quite large in relationship to the face amount of the policy,
these policies generally do not satisfy the requirements to receive the same favor-
able federal income tax treatment in the United States as do most other life insur-
ance policies. Given this increased tax liability, very few insurers in the United
States still offer endowment insurance. Endowment insurance remains a popular
product in insurance markets in many other countries, however.

Key Terms
policy loan mortality charge
cash surrender value guaranteed minimum interest-crediting
whole life insurance rate
continuous-premium current interest-crediting rate
whole life insurance policy Option A plan
limited-payment Option B plan
whole life insurance policy flexible-premium universal life
paid-up policy insurance policy
single-premium fixed-premium universal life insurance
whole life insurance policy policy
modified-premium indexed universal life (IUL) insurance
whole life insurance policy general account
modified coverage index account
whole life insurance policy variable life (VL) insurance
joint whole life insurance subaccount
last survivor life insurance separate account
family policy variable universal life (VUL) insurance
universal life (UL) insurance maturity date
Endnotes
1. Ashley V. Durham and Benjamin Baldwin, U.S. Individual Life Insurance Sales Trends, 1975–2014
(Windsor, CT: LL Global, Inc., © 2015). Used with permission; all rights reserved.
2. In Canada, tax is paid on accrual income from an insurance policy. With some exceptions, the taxpayer
must report accrued investment income on a life insurance policy or annuity on an annual basis.
3. Some insurers also offer joint term life insurance and last survivor term life insurance.
4. The primary risk the insurer assumes is the risk of the insured’s dying while the policy is in force,
which is referred to as the mortality risk. However, as we shall see in Chapter 7, many life insurance
policies offer supplemental benefits in addition to the death benefit. The mortality charge covers the
cost of providing all benefits that may be payable under a particular policy.

Principles of Insurance Chapter 7: Supplemental Benefits 7.1
Chapter 7
Supplemental Benefits
Objectives
7A Identify and describe three types of supplemental disability benefits
that life insurance policies may provide
7B Explain the coverage that an accidental death benefit rider provides and
give examples of common exclusions
7C Identify three types of accelerated death benefit riders and describe the
differences between these riders
7D Describe three types of insurance riders that expand a life insurance
policy’s coverage to insure more than one individual
7E Identify two types of insurability benefit riders and explain how they
allow a life insurance policyowner to purchase additional insurance
coverage

7.2 Chapter 7: Supplemental Benefits Principles of Insurance
Outline
Supplemental Disability Benefits Accelerated Death Benefits
 Waiver of Premium for  Terminal Illness Benefit
Disability Benefit  Dread Disease Benefit
 Waiver of Premium for  Long-Term Care Insurance Benefit
Payor Benefit
Benefits for Additional Insureds
 Disability Income Benefit
 Spouse Insurance Rider
Accident Benefits  Children’s Insurance Rider
 Accidental Death Benefit  Second Insured Rider
 Accidental Death and
Insurability Benefits
Dismemberment Benefit
 Guaranteed Insurability Benefit
 Paid-Up Additions Option Benefit
A
lthough their features may vary, all life insurance policies provide a ben-
efit if the insured dies while the policy is in force. Life insurance policies
may also offer other benefits, which we refer to as supplemental benefits.
The insurer usually charges an additional premium amount for each supplemental
benefit that is added to a policy; the additional premium charge typically ends
when the supplemental benefit expires or is cancelled.
In some situations, insurers offer life insurance policies that include supple-
mental benefits as standard features, but these benefits are usually added as rid-
ers to a life insurance policy. Policy riders benefit both the policyowner and the
insurer because they give both parties flexibility. When an insurance company
issues a policy, it can include riders to customize a basic plan of insurance for the
policyowner. If the policyowner later wants to adapt the policy to better meet her
needs, the insurer can drop or add riders. Thus, the policyowner and the insurer
don’t have to enter into a new contract when the policyowner desires customized
or additional coverage.
The most common supplemental life insurance benefits are supplemental dis-
ability benefits, accident benefits, accelerated death benefits, benefits for additional
insureds, and insurability benefits.
Supplemental Disability Benefits

Because disability benefits cover financial losses that result from sickness or injury,
they are generally classified as a type of health insurance. However, some disabil-
ity benefits can be added to a life insurance policy. In this section, we describe
three types of disability benefits:
The waiver of premium for disability benefit
The waiver of premium for payor benefit
The disability income benefit

Waiver of Premium for Disability Benefit

One of the most common supplemental life insurance policy benefits is the waiver
of premium for disability (WP) benefit. (Note that in Canada, the abbreviation is
“WOP.”) Under a WP benefit, the insurer promises to give up—to waive—its right LEARNING AID
to collect premiums that become due while the insured is totally disabled accord-
ing to the policy or rider’s definition of disability. If the policy is one that builds a
cash value, the cash value continues to increase just as if the policyowner paid the
premiums. In the case of a participating policy, the insurer also continues to pay
policy dividends as if the policyowner were paying premiums.
To receive WP benefits, the policyowner must notify the insurance company
in writing of a claim and must provide proof that the insured is totally disabled as
defined by the WP benefit. Most WP benefits define total disability as the insured’s
inability to perform the essential duties of her own occupation or any other occu-
pation for which she is reasonably suited by education, training, or experience.
The insurer generally reserves the right to require periodic submission of proof
that the insured continues to be totally disabled. Premiums are generally waived
throughout the life of the policy as long as the insured remains totally disabled.
Disabilities resulting from intentionally self-inflicted injuries and injuries the
insured suffered while committing a crime are typically excluded. In addition,
most WP benefits stipulate a three- to six-month waiting period, which means that
the insured must be totally disabled for three to six months before the insurer will
begin waiving premium payments. By specifying a waiting period, the insurer
can substantially reduce the expenses involved in processing WP benefits for dis-
abilities that last for only a very short time. The policyowner must continue to pay
premiums that come due during the waiting period, although some WP benefits
provide that these premiums will be refunded if the insured is still disabled when
the waiting period ends.
Example:
Edward Stern purchased a whole life insurance policy from the Reliable
Insurance Company. Edward’s policy included a waiver of premium for
disability (WP) benefit rider with a six-month waiting period. One month
before his first semiannual renewal premium was due, Edward became
totally disabled.
Analysis:
To qualify for the WP benefit, Edward must notify Reliable and provide
proof of his disability. Because the renewal premium was due during the
waiting period, Edward must pay that premium. Once the waiting period
ends, Reliable will waive all future premiums as long as Edward remains
totally disabled, during which time his policy will continue to build a cash
value.
Because universal life insurance policies and variable universal life insur-
ance policies typically have variable premiums, the standard WP benefit usu-
ally is not offered. Instead, these types of policies may have a waiver of cost of

insurance benefit, sometimes referred to as a monthly deduction waiver benefit,

which waives most of the periodic charges of the policy if the insured meets the
policy’s definition of disabled. The exact charges that are waived vary depending
on the terms of the rider.
Waiver of Premium for Payor Benefit

In contrast to the WP benefit, which waives the premium if the insured becomes
totally disabled, the waiver of premium for payor benefit waives the insurer’s
right to collect a policy’s renewal premiums if the payor—the person who pays the
policy premiums—dies or becomes totally disabled. The payor, who is typically
the policyowner, generally must provide satisfactory evidence of his own insur-
ability—in addition to supplying evidence of the insured’s insurability—before
the insurer will add this benefit to a life insurance policy.
A waiver of premium for payor benefit is often included as a rider to a juvenile
insurance policy, which is a policy that is issued on the life of a child but is owned
and paid for by an adult, usually the child’s parent or legal guardian. When this
benefit is added to a juvenile life insurance policy, the policy or rider usually states
that the insurer will waive premium payments only until the insured reaches a
specified age, such as 18 or 21, when ownership and control of the policy typically
pass to the insured.
Waiver of premium for payor benefits generally include a two-part definition
of total disability. During the first two years of disability, the payor is considered
totally disabled if she is unable to perform the essential duties of her own occupa-
tion. After the two-year period, the payor is considered totally disabled if she is
unable to perform the essential duties of any occupation for which she is reason-
ably suited by education, training, or experience.
Figure 7.1 compares the features of the waiver of premium for disability benefit
and the waiver of premium for payor benefit.
Disability Income Benefit

Another benefit that may be added to a life insurance policy is the disability
income benefit, which promises the insurer will pay a monthly income benefit to
the insured if he becomes totally disabled while the policy is in force. Like WP
benefits, disability income benefits typically define total disability as the insured’s
inability to perform the essential duties of his own occupation or any other occu-
pation for which he is reasonably suited by education, training, or experience. Also
like WP benefits, disability income benefits usually include a three- to six-month
waiting period before benefits will begin.
Typically, the amount of the monthly disability income benefit is a stated per-
centage of the policy’s face amount. For example, a disability income rider might
provide a monthly disability income benefit of 1 percent of the face amount. In
this case, if an insured owned a $100,000 life insurance policy, he would receive a
monthly payment of $1,000 ($100,000 × 0.01) if he became totally disabled. Some
disability insurance riders also state a maximum monthly benefit amount payable,
a maximum benefit period, or both.
When a disability income benefit is activated, the life insurance coverage under
the policy continues, and if the insured dies before recovering from the disability,
the insurer pays the policy’s death benefit to the beneficiary.

Figure 7.1 Comparison of Waiver of Premium for Disability Benefit and

Waiver of Premium for Payor Benefit
Waiver of Premium for Disability Benefit Waiver of Premium for Payor Benefit
Premiums are waived if the insured becomes Premiums are waived if the payor,
totally disabled. who is typically the policyowner, dies or
becomes totally disabled.
Designed for policies where: Designed for third-party policies where:
Policyowner = Insured Policyowner ≠ Insured
Total disability defined as the insured’s During the first two years of d
isability,
inability to perform the essential duties the payor is considered totally d isabled
of her own occupation or any other if she is unable to perform the essential
occupation for which she is reasonably duties of her own occupation. A fter the
suited by education, training, or two-year period, the payor is considered
experience. totally disabled if she is unable to
perform the essential duties of any
occupation for which she is reasonably
suited by education, training, or
experience.
Example:
Paxton Haynes was the policyowner-insured of a $200,000 life insurance
policy that included a disability income benefit rider. According to the
terms of this rider, if Paxton became totally disabled, the insurer would
pay him a monthly income benefit of 1% of his policy’s face amount
during the period of disability; the rider also stipulated a three-month
waiting period. While the policy was in force, Paxton became disabled as
defined in the disability income benefit rider. Two years later, he died as a
result of his disability.
Analysis:
Three months after he became disabled, Paxton became eligible to receive
a disability income benefit of $2,000 a month, found as $200,000 × 0.01.
This monthly income benefit was payable as long as Paxton remained
disabled. Upon Paxton’s death, the policy’s death benefit became payable
to the beneficiary.
Life insurance policies that are issued with a disability income benefit gener-
ally include a WP benefit as well. In this case, the renewal premiums charged for
the life insurance policy and the additional premiums charged for the disability
income benefit are both waived during the total disability of the insured.

Accident Benefits
Accident benefits may be added to any type of life insurance policy. The two most
commonly offered accident benefits are (1) accidental death benefits and (2) acci-
dental death and dismemberment (AD&D) benefits.
Accidental Death Benefit

An accidental death benefit is a supplemental life insurance policy benefit that
requires the insurer to pay a specified amount of money in addition to the policy’s
basic death benefit if the insured dies as a result of an accident. For example, a
policy might provide a basic death benefit of $100,000 and a supplemental acci-
dental death benefit of $100,000. If the insured dies as a result of an accident while
the coverage is in force, the beneficiary would receive a total benefit of $200,000.
In the example above, the amount of the accidental death benefit is equal to
the face amount of the life insurance policy. In this situation, where the total
death benefit payable if the insured dies in an accident is double the policy’s face
amount, the benefit is often referred to as a double indemnity benefit. However, the
additional sum payable if the insured dies accidentally may be some other multiple
of the policy’s face amount—such as three times the face amount—or it may be an
amount that is unrelated to the policy’s face amount. Most accidental death benefit
riders expire when the insured reaches age 65 or 70.
Generally, the accidental death benefit is payable if the insured’s death was
caused, directly and independently of all other causes, by an accidental bodily
injury. Determining the precise cause of an insured’s death, however, can some-
times be difficult.
Example:
An insured with a history of heart disease died in an automobile accident.
Her policy provides a $250,000 death benefit and includes an accidental
death benefit rider that provides an accidental death benefit of $250,000.
Analysis:
If the accident itself caused the insured’s death, then the insurer would pay
the $250,000 accidental death benefit in addition to the policy’s basic death
benefit of $250,000. On the other hand, if the insured died from a heart
attack while driving, causing her to lose control of the automobile, then her
death did not result from an accident. In this case, the insurer would pay
only the policy’s basic death benefit of $250,000 to the beneficiary.
Accidental death benefit riders usually contain several exclusions and limita-
tions. For example, these riders typically exclude payment of the accidental death
benefit if the insured’s death results from certain stated causes, including
Self-inflicted injuries (suicide)
War-related accidents
Aviation-related accidents, if the insured acted in a capacity other than as a

passenger during a commercial flight
Accidents resulting from the insured’s commission of a crime

In addition, some riders require that the insured’s death occur within a specified
time period after the accident, such as within 90 days of the date of the accident,
in order for the benefit to be payable.
Keep in mind that these exclusions and limitations relate only to the accidental
death benefit. With a few exceptions, which we describe later in the text, the basic
death benefit provided by the life insurance policy is payable regardless of the
cause of the insured’s death.
Accidental Death and Dismemberment Benefit

An accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) benefit is a supplemental ben-
efit that provides two benefits: (1) an accidental death benefit and (2) a dismem-
berment benefit payable if an accident causes the insured to lose any two limbs
or sight in both eyes. The amount of the dismemberment benefit is usually equal
to the amount of the accidental death benefit. In many cases, however, a smaller
amount—such as one-half the amount of the accidental death benefit—will be
payable if the insured loses one limb or sight in one eye as the result of an accident.
The loss of a limb may be defined either as the actual physical loss of the limb or as
the loss of the use of the limb. Usually, AD&D benefits state that the insurer will
not pay both accidental death benefits and dismemberment benefits for injuries
suffered in the same accident.
Accelerated Death Benefits

Partly as a result of medical advances, people today live longer than ever before
and often require costly medical care late in their lives. However, traditional LEARNING AID
life insurance benefits typically are payable only after the insured’s death. An
accelerated death benefit, also known as a living benefit, typically provides that
the policyowner may elect to receive all or part of the policy’s death benefit before
the insured’s death if certain conditions are met. (Remember that the policyowner
and insured are often the same person.) The payment of an accelerated death ben-
efit usually reduces the death benefit that will be paid to the beneficiary at the
insured’s death by the amount of the accelerated death benefit paid.
To keep administrative costs down, life insurers usually offer accelerated death
benefit coverage only on policies with larger face amounts, such as $100,000 and
above. Some insurers also require that before they pay an accelerated death ben-
efit, the beneficiary must sign a release acknowledging that the policy’s death ben-
efit will be reduced by the amount paid to the policyowner under the accelerated
death benefit rider.
The policyowner can use the accelerated death benefit funds for any purpose.
Figure 7.2 provides some common examples of how policyowners have used such
funds.
The specific amount of the accelerated death benefit that is payable under a
policy and the conditions for payment depend on the wording of the benefit rider
or provision. We describe three commonly offered types of accelerated death ben-
efits: (1) the terminal illness benefit, (2) the dread disease benefit, and (3) the long-
term care benefit.

Figure 7.2 Using Accelerated Death Benefits
A policyowner might use money received as an

accelerated death benefit to pay the insured’s
•• Medical expenses
•• Outstanding debts and living expenses
•• Home health care costs
•• Travel expenses (or those of the insured’s
family)
Terminal Illness Benefit

The most common type of accelerated death benefit is the terminal illness benefit.
The terminal illness (TI) benefit is a benefit under which the insurer typically
pays a portion of the policy’s death benefit to a policyowner if the insured suffers
from a terminal illness and has a physician-certified life expectancy of less than
a stated time, generally 12 or 24 months. A statement by an attending physician
establishes evidence of the terminal illness and certifies that the insured is likely
to die within the time period specified in the rider.
The amount of the TI benefit that is payable varies from insurer to insurer. Some
policies permit payment of the full face amount prior to the insured’s death. Gen-
erally, however, the maximum TI benefit payable is a stated percentage—usually
between 25 and 75 percent—of the policy’s face amount up to a stated maximum
amount. The benefit usually is paid in a lump sum to the policyowner. The remain-
der of the death benefit is paid to the beneficiary following the insured’s death.
Unlike other supplemental benefits, for which insurers impose an additional
premium charge, the terminal illness benefit typically is paid for by an adminis-
trative charge that the insurer assesses when a policyowner elects to exercise the
TI benefit.
Dread Disease Benefit

A dread disease (DD) benefit, also known as a critical illness benefit, is an accel-
erated death benefit under which the insurer agrees to pay a portion of the policy’s
death benefit to the policyowner if the insured suffers from one of a number of
specified diseases. Most insurers provide DD coverage only to insureds who are
under the age of 70 and who have no serious health problems. Although the DD
benefit is usually paid in a lump sum, some insurers pay the benefit in monthly
installments over a period of 6 to 12 months. The remainder of the death benefit
is paid to the beneficiary following the insured’s death. The DD benefit may be
paid for by an administrative charge that the insurer assesses when a policyowner
elects to exercise the DD benefit. However, a more popular approach is to apply a

discount factor to the death benefit accelerated. For example, if the discount factor
is 60 percent for every $10,000 of death benefit accelerated, then a $100,000 policy
would yield a benefit of $40,000.
An insured becomes eligible for DD benefits when she has a certain disease or
event or undergoes certain medical procedures specified in the rider. These speci-
fied diseases, events, or medical procedures are known as insurable events and
usually include
Life-threatening cancer
Coronary artery bypass surgery
Myocardial infarction (heart attack)
Stroke
The above four insurable events are the most common. Other less common
insurable events include end-stage renal (kidney) failure, vital organ transplants,
and Alzheimer’s disease.
In many countries, considerably more diseases and medical procedures—some-
times more than 30 in total—are included as insurable events. In these countries,
insurers offer a number of DD benefit options, such as a less expensive basic rider,
which covers a limited number of diseases and procedures, and a more expensive
comprehensive rider, which covers a greater number of diseases and procedures.
Policyowners can purchase another form of dread disease coverage as supple-
mental medical expense coverage. We discuss medical expense coverage in a later
chapter.
Long-Term Care Insurance Benefit

A long-term care (LTC) insurance benefit is an accelerated death benefit under
which the insurer agrees to pay a monthly benefit to the policyowner if the insured
requires constant care for a medical condition. The types of care given and the
medical condition required to qualify for the LTC benefit are specified in the LTC
policy rider or provision. Insurers generally waive premiums on both the LTC
benefit and the basic life insurance policy during the period when the policyowner
receives LTC benefits.
The amount of each monthly LTC benefit payable generally is equal to a stated
percentage of the policy’s face amount. For example, the benefit may state that 2
percent of the policy’s face amount will be paid each month if the insured qualifies
for LTC benefits. In this case, if the policy has a $100,000 face amount, the poli-
cyowner would receive a monthly LTC benefit of $2,000 ($100,000 × 0.02). The
insurer usually pays monthly benefits until a specified percentage of the policy’s
face amount has been paid out. Any remaining death benefit is paid to the benefi-
ciary after the insured’s death.
Most LTC benefits impose a waiting period, typically 90 days, before the ben-
efits are payable. Under such a provision, the insurer pays the benefits 90 days
following the date on which the insured becomes eligible for benefits. Some LTC
benefits also require that the LTC coverage must be in force for a given period of
time, usually one year or more, before the insured will qualify for LTC benefits.

Benefits for Additional Insureds

Insurers offer riders that provide benefits if someone other than the policy’s
insured dies. The most common of these riders are the spouse insurance rider, the
LEARNING AID
children’s insurance rider, and the second insured rider.
Spouse Insurance Rider

A spouse insurance rider is a supplemental life insurance policy benefit that pro-
vides term life insurance coverage on the insured’s spouse. The coverage provided
by this type of rider typically is sold on the basis of coverage units. Usually, each
coverage unit of a spouse insurance rider provides $5,000 of term insurance cover-
age on the spouse. Therefore, an insured who purchases 5 units of coverage on his
spouse would be purchasing $25,000 of term life insurance coverage. Most insur-
ance companies do not offer more than 5 or 10 coverage units.
Children’s Insurance Rider

A children’s insurance rider is a supplemental life insurance policy benefit that
provides term life insurance on the insured’s children. Like the spouse insurance
rider, coverage is sold on the basis of coverage units, although the amount of insur-
ance coverage per unit typically is only $1,000 or $2,000. A married insured with
children may purchase a spouse insurance rider, a children’s insurance rider, or
both.
The premium charged for each coverage unit is a stated amount, regardless of
the number of children covered or the ages of those children. For example, a single
mother of three children could purchase a $1,000 children’s insurance rider for the
same amount that would be charged to a single father of two children. Therefore,
the insurer does not have to revise the premium for a children’s insurance rider if
additional children are born or adopted after the coverage is purchased. The addi-
tional children are covered automatically at no extra premium charge, although the
coverage typically does not take effect until the child is 15 days old.
The term insurance coverage on each child expires when that child reaches a
stated age, typically 21 or 25. Such riders, however, usually include a conversion
privilege that allows the child to convert the term insurance coverage to an indi-
vidual life insurance policy. For example, the rider may permit each child to con-
vert up to five times the amount of the term insurance coverage to an individual
cash value insurance policy without providing evidence of insurability.
Some insurers combine spouse and children’s insurance coverage into one
rider, which is referred to as a spouse and children’s insurance rider or a family
insurance rider.
Second Insured Rider

A second insured rider, also called an optional insured rider, other insured rider,
or additional insured rider, is a supplemental life insurance policy benefit that
provides term insurance coverage on the life of a person other than the policy’s
insured. The person insured under the rider is known as the second insured and

may be the spouse of the insured, another relative, or an unrelated person, such as
a business partner of the insured. The amount of coverage a second insured rider
provides typically is greater than what is available under a spouse’s insurance
rider, although some insurers limit the maximum coverage to the face amount of
the primary insurance policy. The premium rate charged for the second insured
rider is based on the risk characteristics of the second insured, and not on the risk
characteristics of the person insured under the basic policy.
Some advantages of the second insured rider are its convenience—as more
than one life can be insured under a single policy—and the fact that it typically
provides coverage on the second person at a lower cost than would a separate
policy on that person.
Insurability Benefits
A policyowner may anticipate that she will need additional coverage in the future
but will become uninsurable as she ages. Insurers offer two types of supplemen-
tal benefits that allow policyowners to purchase additional insurance without the
insured having to provide evidence of insurability at the time of purchase: the
guaranteed insurability benefit and the paid-up additions option benefit.
Guaranteed Insurability Benefit

The guaranteed insurability (GI) benefit—sometimes referred to as a guaranteed
insurability option (GIO)—is a supplemental life insurance policy benefit that
gives the policyowner the right to purchase additional insurance of the same type
as the basic life insurance policy—for an additional premium amount—on speci-
fied option dates (typically every three years) during the life of the policy without
supplying evidence of the insured’s insurability. The GI rider also may permit the
purchase of additional life insurance coverage when certain events occur, such as
when the insured marries or at the birth of a child. Thus, the GI rider guarantees
that the policyowner will be able to purchase additional life insurance even though
the insured may no longer be in good health. The premium for the additional
coverage is based on the insured’s attained age when the additional insurance is
purchased.
Typically, the amount of coverage the policyowner may purchase on an option
date is limited to the policy’s face amount or to an amount specified in the GI rider,
whichever is less. For example, a GI rider attached to a $100,000 whole life policy
may give the owner the right to purchase an additional $25,000 of whole life insur-
ance coverage on certain stated dates. Most GI riders, however, limit the benefit by
permitting the policyowner to exercise the GI option only until the insured reaches
age 40.
Although the right to purchase the additional coverage is automatic, the actual
purchase is not. A policyowner who desires the extra coverage must take specific
actions—such as submitting an appropriate application form—to purchase the
new coverage. Most GI riders specify that if the policyowner does not exercise the
option on one of the specified dates, then that option is lost forever, although the
policyowner is permitted to exercise the next option when it becomes available.

Paid-Up Additions Option Benefit

The paid-up additions option benefit is a supplemental life insurance policy ben-
efit offered in connection with a whole life insurance policy that allows the policy-
owner to purchase single-premium paid-up additions to the policy on stated dates
in the future without providing evidence of the insured’s insurability. For example,
many paid-up additions option riders allow the policyowner to purchase paid-up
additional whole life insurance on each policy anniversary. Because the paid-up
additions are whole life insurance, they have their own cash values.
Premiums for paid-up additions are based on the insured’s attained age at the
time the paid-up additions are purchased. Most riders state that if the policyowner
does not exercise the option for a stated number of years, then the rider will termi-
nate. At that time, the paid-up additions already purchased remain in force, but the
policyowner can no longer exercise the option to purchase new paid-up additions.
Key Terms
waiver of premium for disability (WP) benefit
waiver of premium for payor benefit
juvenile insurance policy
disability income benefit
accidental death benefit
accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) benefit
accelerated death benefit
terminal illness (TI) benefit
dread disease (DD) benefit
long-term care (LTC) insurance benefit
spouse insurance rider
children’s insurance rider
spouse and children’s insurance rider
second insured rider
guaranteed insurability (GI) benefit
paid-up additions option benefit

Principles of Insurance Chapter 8: Individual Life Insurance Policy Provisions 8.1
Chapter 8
Individual Life Insurance

Policy Provisions
Objectives
8A Describe the free-look provision of an insurance policy
8B Identify the documents that make up the entire contract between the
owner of a life insurance policy and the insurer
8C Explain the purpose and operation of the incontestability provision
8D Apply the terms of the standard grace period provision in a given
situation to determine whether a life insurance policy has lapsed for
nonpayment of premium
8E Identify situations in which a life insurance policy can be reinstated and
the conditions the policyowner must meet to reinstate the policy
8F Determine the action an insurer likely will take if it discovers a
misstatement of the age or sex of the person insured by a life insurance
policy
8G Describe the rights provided by a policy loan provision and a policy
withdrawal provision, and explain the differences between a policy loan
and a commercial loan
8H Identify and describe the nonforfeiture options typically included in
cash value life insurance policies
8I Identify the exclusions that insurers sometimes include in individual
life insurance policies

8.2 Chapter 8: Individual Life Insurance Policy Provisions Principles of Insurance
Outline
Standard Policy Provisions Provisions Unique to Cash Value
 Free-Look Provision Policies
 Entire Contract Provision  Policy Loans and Policy Withdrawals
 Incontestability Provision  Nonforfeiture Provision
 Grace Period Provision
Life Insurance Policy Exclusions
 Reinstatement Provision
 Misstatement of Age or Sex
Provision
A
s we saw in Chapter 3, an individual insurance policy is a contract between
the insurance company and the policyowner. Every contract must antici-
pate the needs of both parties involved, and therefore like other contracts,
an insurance policy relies heavily on its provisions to address possible circum-
stances that might arise. The provisions included in the written policy (1) set forth
the terms of the agreement between the two parties, (2) describe the operation and
effect of the contract, and (3) define the rights and obligations of the parties to the
insurance contract.
Standard Policy Provisions

To protect policyowners and beneficiaries, insurance laws in many jurisdictions
require insurers to include certain standard provisions in individual life insur-
ance policies. Some standard provisions are found in all types of such policies,
whereas others are unique to cash value policies. Examples of provisions required
in all individual life insurance policies are the free-look provision, entire contract
provision, incontestability provision, grace period provision, reinstatement provi-
sion, and misstatement of age or sex provision. Although the specific wording of
these provisions may vary from policy to policy, from insurer to insurer, and from
jurisdiction to jurisdiction, they are similar in principle. Even in jurisdictions that
do not require these provisions, insurers tend to include them in policies. Note that
insurers generally have the right to include provisions that are more favorable to
policyowners than those required by law.
Free-Look Provision
An individual life insurance policy typically includes a free-look provision, some-
times referred to as a free-examination provision or a cooling-off provision, which
gives the policyowner a stated period of time—usually at least 10 days—after the
policy is delivered within which to cancel the policy and receive a refund. In most
jurisdictions, this period of time ranges from 10 to 30 days. The free-look period
begins on the date the policy is delivered to the policyowner, not on the date of
issue. Insurance coverage is in effect throughout the free-look period or until the
policyowner rejects the policy, whichever occurs first.

Example:
Claude Juneau applied for an individual insurance policy on his life and
paid the initial premium. The insurer issued the policy, which contained
a 10-day free-look period, and delivered it to Claude on October 6. On
October 8, Claude changed his mind about purchasing the policy. Before
he could contact the insurer to cancel the policy, Claude died in an
accident.
Analysis:
During the free-look period, Claude had the right to cancel the policy
and receive a refund. However, because the policy was in force when
Claude died, the insurer is obligated to pay the death benefit to Claude’s
beneficiary.
Entire Contract Provision

The entire contract provision defines the documents that constitute the contract
between the insurance company and the policyowner. The entire contract provi-
LEARNING AID
sion limits the terms of the contract to specific written documents, thereby pre-
venting oral statements from altering the terms of the policy. The provision thus
helps policyowners and insurers avoid misunderstandings regarding the terms of
the contractual agreement.
The specific wording of the entire contract provision varies depending on
whether the policy is a closed contract or an open contract. A closed contract
is a contract for which only those terms and conditions that are printed in—or
attached to—the contract are considered to be part of the contract. Most individual
life insurance policies are closed contracts. The entire contract provision in these
policies typically states that the entire contract consists of (1) the policy, (2) any
attached riders, and (3) the attached copy of the application for insurance. The
entire contract provision ensures that policyowners have access to all of the terms
of the contractual agreement.
An open contract is a contract that identifies the documents that constitute the
contract between the parties, but all the enumerated documents are not necessarily
attached to the contract. Fraternal benefit societies usually are the only insurers
to issue life insurance policies as open contracts. The entire contract provision
in such a policy typically states that the entire contract consists of the policy and
any attached riders; the fraternal society’s charter, constitution, and bylaws; the
policyowner’s attached application for membership in the society; and the attached
application for insurance or declaration of insurability, if any, signed by the appli-
cant. A declaration of insurability is a form in which a proposed insured answers
specific questions about his medical history. Fraternal insurers are permitted to
issue open contracts because membership in the fraternal society is a requirement
for purchasing insurance through the society. When a person becomes a member
of the fraternal society, he receives—and can examine—a copy of the society’s
charter, constitution, and bylaws. For that reason, when a fraternal insurer issues a
policy, it does not attach a copy of those documents to the policy.

In addition to defining the documents that make up the contract, the entire con-
tract provision usually states that (1) only specified individuals—such as certain
officers of the insurer—can change the contract, (2) no change is effective unless
made in writing, and (3) no change will be made unless the policyowner agrees to
it in writing.
Incontestability Provision
Applications for life insurance policies contain questions designed to provide the
insurance company with relevant information so that it can decide whether the
LEARNING AID
proposed insured is an insurable risk. Under the general rules of contract law, an
insurance company has the right to rescind—or cancel—an otherwise enforceable
insurance contract if the applicant misrepresented certain facts in the application
for insurance.
Insurance laws in many jurisdictions, however, impose two important limits on
an insurer’s right to rescind an insurance contract on the basis of misrepresenta-
tion. First, only material misrepresentations give the insurer the right to rescind
an insurance contract. Second, the insurer has only a limited amount of time in
which to rescind an insurance contract. As a result, life insurance policies contain
an incontestability provision, which denies the insurer the right to rescind the
contract on the grounds of a material misrepresentation in the application after
the contract has been in force for a specified period of time. This provision is
designed to give the insurer sufficient time in which to evaluate the information
in an application.
Material Misrepresentation
A false or misleading statement in an application for insurance is known as a
misrepresentation. A statement made in an application for insurance that is not
true and that caused the insurer to enter into a contract it would not have agreed to
if it had known the truth is called a material misrepresentation. A misrepresen-
tation is considered material if, had the truth been known, the insurer would not
have issued the policy or would have issued the policy on a different basis, such as
with a higher premium or a lower face amount. A misrepresentation in an applica-
tion for life insurance gives the insurer grounds to rescind the contract only if it
was a material misrepresentation.
Example:
Ivana Gradenko’s application for life insurance contained the statement
that she had recently visited a doctor for a fractured wrist, when the injury
had actually been a badly sprained wrist.
Analysis:
The insurer’s decision as to whether Ivana is an insurable risk would not
have changed as a result of the misstatement of Ivana’s injury. Ivana’s
misstatement is not a material misrepresentation, and the insurer could
not use it to rescind the contract.

Example:
Edward Honda’s application for life insurance contained the statement
that he had visited a doctor on November 12 for a routine physical
examination, when in fact the reason for the visit was that he was being
treated for kidney disease.
Analysis:
To evaluate Edward’s application properly, the insurance company
needed to know that he suffered from kidney disease. Therefore,
the misrepresentation regarding this doctor visit is a material
misrepresentation, and the insurer could rescind the contract. Alternately,
the insurer could revise the terms of the policy—such as by changing
the required premiums or the face amount—based on the corrected
application.
Operation of the Incontestability Provision

If an insurance company issues a life insurance policy and later discovers a mate-
rial misrepresentation in the application, the terms of the incontestability provi-
sion usually determine whether the insurer can rescind the contract. In the United
States, a typical incontestability provision states that the policy is incontestable
after it has been in force during the lifetime of the insured for two years from the
date the policy was issued. The two-year contestable period is the maximum con-
testable period permitted by law in most states.1 A period shorter than two years
is permitted because a shorter contestable period would be more favorable to the
policyowner; some states even limit the contestable period to one year. A sample
incontestability provision reads as follows:
We will not contest this policy after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the insured for two years from the date of issue.
As a general rule, after a policy’s contestable period has ended, the insurer can-
not rescind the contract. Laws in many jurisdictions, however, contain an excep-
tion: an insurer may contest a policy at any time if the application for insurance
contained a fraudulent misrepresentation. A fraudulent misrepresentation is a
misrepresentation that was made with the intent to induce another party to enter
into a contract that results in the giving up of something of value or a legal right
and that did induce the innocent party to enter into the contract. When an applica-
tion contains a fraudulent misrepresentation, the contract is not made for a law-
ful purpose—and recall that a contract not made for a lawful purpose is void at
inception. In reality, insurers seldom exercise their right to contest a policy in this
situation because they are unable to prove that a misrepresentation was fraudulent.

The phrase during the lifetime of the insured is an important part of the incon-
testability provision. This phrase, in effect, makes the policy contestable forever if
the insured dies during the contestable period. As a result, the insurance company
will have the opportunity to investigate for material misrepresentation whenever a
claim arises within the contestable period of a life insurance policy. If the phrase
during the lifetime of the insured were not included in the incontestability provision
and the insured died during the contestable period, the beneficiary could possibly
delay making a claim until after the contestable period expired. The insurer might
then be prevented from contesting the policy and, thus, would be required to pay
the death benefit even if the application contained a material misrepresentation.
The purpose of the incontestability provision is to assure policyowners and
beneficiaries that, after the contestable period has ended, the insurer cannot
rescind the policy on the basis of a material misrepresentation in the application
for insurance.
Example:
In the previous example, Edward Honda did not disclose the true reason
for his visit to the doctor. Edward died four years after the policy was
issued. In evaluating the claim, the insurer discovered the material
misrepresentation.
Analysis:
Because the policy’s two-year contestable period had expired by the time
the insurer discovered the misstatement, the insurer does not have the
right to contest the validity of the contract. As a result, the insurer must
pay the death benefit to the beneficiary.
Grace Period Provision

The grace period provision specifies a length of time following each renewal pre-
mium due date within which the premium may be paid without loss of coverage.
The specified time (often 31 days) following each premium due date during which
the contract remains in effect regardless of whether the premium is paid is known
as the grace period. If the insured dies during the grace period, then the insurer
will pay the death benefit to the beneficiary. The insurer, however, usually deducts
the amount of any unpaid renewal premium from the amount of the death benefit.
If a required renewal premium is not paid by the end of the grace period, a life
insurance policy typically lapses. However, cash value life insurance policies con-
tain a nonforfeiture provision, which typically allows a policyowner to continue
coverage under specific circumstances even if a renewal premium is not paid by
the end of the grace period. We discuss the operation of the nonforfeiture provision
later in this chapter.

Example:
Joanna Hark was the policyowner-insured of a $150,000 term life insurance
policy. The policy’s annual renewal premium of $600 was due on July 6 of
each year. Her policy contained a typical 31-day grace period provision.
Joanna died on August 3, 2015, without having paid the renewal premium
then due.
Analysis:
Because Joanna died during her policy’s grace period, the insurer was
liable to pay the death benefit to the beneficiary. The insurer deducted the
unpaid premium from the death benefit and paid the policy beneficiary
$149,400 ($150,000 - $600). If Joanna had died a week later on August 10,
without having paid the renewal premium then due, the policy’s grace
period would have expired, and the insurer would not be obligated to pay
the death benefit.
Some types of life insurance policies, such as universal life insurance policies,
do not require scheduled premium payments. If the cash value of the policy is
sufficient, the insurer uses it to pay the policy’s monthly mortality and expense
charges. If the cash value is not sufficient, the insurer applies the grace period
provision. The date on which the grace period begins can vary by policy, and the
grace period’s length varies based on this date. For example, some universal life
insurance policies state that the grace period begins on the date on which the poli-
cy’s cash value is insufficient to cover the policy’s monthly mortality and expense
charges. For those policies, the grace period will continue for 61 or 62 days after
that date. Other universal life policies provide that the grace period begins on the
date that the cash value is zero and continues for 30 or 31 days after that date. The
grace period provision in these policies also requires the insurer to notify the poli-
cyowner that if the policyowner does not make a premium payment large enough
to cover the policy charges, then coverage will terminate. This notification must
be issued at least 30 or 31 days before the coverage expires. If the insured dies dur-
ing the policy’s grace period, then the insurer will pay the death benefit less the
amount required to pay the overdue mortality and expense charges.
Example:
Hideo Tanaka is the policyowner-insured of a universal life insurance
policy. Hideo has not made a premium payment in several years, during
which time the insurer has used the policy’s cash value to pay the monthly
mortality and expense charges. Currently, the policy’s remaining cash
value is insufficient to cover the mortality and expense charges.
Analysis:
The insurer will send Hideo a notice that his policy will continue under
the grace period provision for 61 days, during which time he must make a
premium payment sufficient to cover the overdue mortality and expense
charges to keep the policy from lapsing. If Hideo should die during the 61-
day grace period, the insurer would pay the beneficiary the death benefit,
less the amount of any overdue mortality and expense charges.

Reinstatement Provision
Individual life insurance policies typically include a reinstatement provision, which
describes the conditions that the policyowner must meet for the insurer to reinstate
a policy. Reinstatement is the process by which an insurer puts back into force an
insurance policy that either has been terminated because of nonpayment of renewal
premiums or has been continued under the extended term or reduced paid-up insur-
ance nonforfeiture option. (We discuss these nonforfeiture options later in this chap-
ter.) Most insurers do not permit reinstatement if the policyowner has surrendered
the policy for its cash surrender value. When an insurer reinstates a policy, the origi-
nal policy is again in effect; the insurer does not issue a new policy.
To reinstate a life insurance policy, the policyowner must fulfill the conditions
stated in the policy’s reinstatement provision. The following conditions typically
must be met to reinstate a policy:
The policyowner must complete a reinstatement application within the time
frame stated in the reinstatement provision (usually two to five years).
The policyowner must provide the insurance company with satisfactory evi-
dence of the insured’s continued insurability.
The policyowner must pay a specified amount of money; the amount required
depends on the type of policy being reinstated. We describe this amount later
in this section of the chapter.
The policyowner may be required to either pay any outstanding policy loan
or have the policy loan, including any additional accrued interest, reinstated
with the policy.
Perhaps the most significant of these conditions concerns the required evidence
of insurability. This condition is necessary to help prevent antiselection. If no evi-
dence of insurability were required, those people who were unable to obtain insur-
ance elsewhere because of poor health would be more likely to apply for reinstate-
ment than would those who were in good health.
The specific amount of money required to reinstate a policy depends on the type
of policy. For a fixed-premium policy, such as a whole life policy, the policyowner
must pay all back premiums plus interest on those premiums. The insurer charges
interest at the rate specified in the reinstatement provision. Payment of back pre-
miums with interest is needed to bring the policy reserve to the same level as the
reserve for a similar policy that has been kept in force without a lapse in premium
payments.
For a flexible-premium policy, such as a universal life policy, the policyowner
usually must pay an amount sufficient to cover the policy’s mortality and expense
charges for at least two months. In addition, some universal life policies require
that the policyowner pay mortality and expense charges for the period between the
date of lapse and the date of reinstatement.
Because reinstating a life insurance policy may require the policyowner to
pay a sizable sum of money, each policyowner must decide whether reinstating
the original policy or purchasing a new policy is more advantageous. One advan-
tage to reinstating a fixed-premium policy is that the premium rate for the origi-
nal policy is based on the insured’s issue age, or age at the time the policy was
purchased. A comparable new policy usually calls for a higher premium rate,

because it is based on the insured’s attained age. Another advantage of reinstate-

ment is that the original policy’s cash value is also reinstated.
Typically, a new contestable period begins on the date on which the policy is
reinstated. During this new contestable period, the insurer may rescind the policy
on the basis of material misrepresentations made in the application for reinstate-
ment. The insurer may not rescind the policy on the basis of material misrepresen-
tations made in the original application unless the original contestable period has
not yet expired.
Example:
Marisol Velasquez took out a life insurance policy on her father Jorge;
the policy was issued on February 16, 2012. When she was laid off in
2013, she let the policy lapse. Marisol got a new job not long afterward
and submitted an application to reinstate the lapsed policy. The insurer
reinstated the policy on May 4, 2014. On September 9, 2015, the insurer
discovered that Jorge had been admitted to the hospital for a heart attack
in 2011, and that Marisol had not stated this incident on either her initial
application for insurance or her application for reinstatement.
Analysis:
The contestable period on the original policy expired on February 16,
2014, so the insurer could not rescind the policy based on the original
application. However, a new contestable period began on May 4, 2014,
when the policy was reinstated. The insurer could choose to rescind the
policy based on the material misrepresentation submitted on Marisol’s
application for reinstatement.
Misstatement of Age or Sex Provision

An insurer or policyowner may discover that the age or sex of the insured is incor-
rect as stated in the life insurance policy. Because the age and sex of the insured
are significant factors in determining the premium rate charged for a policy, a
misstatement of the insured’s age or sex is a significant error. However, misstate-
ments of the insured’s age or sex are not treated as material misrepresentations in
an application for a life insurance policy.
Most life insurance policies include a misstatement of age or sex provision,
which describes the action the insurer will take if the age or sex of the insured is
incorrectly stated. A typical provision states that if the age or sex of the insured is
misstated and the misstatement resulted in an incorrect premium amount for the
amount of insurance purchased, then the insurer will adjust the face amount of
the policy to the amount the premiums actually paid would have purchased if the
insured’s age or sex had been stated correctly.
Insurers adjust the face amount of the policy when they discover a misstate-
ment of age or sex after the death of the insured. If the insured’s actual age is
younger than listed, or the insured is female but misstated as male, then the face
amount increases. If the insured’s actual age is older than stated, or the insured is
male but misstated as female, then the face amount decreases. If the misstatement
is discovered before the death of the insured, however, the insurer may give the

policyowner the option to pay—or receive as a refund—any premium amount dif-

ference caused by the misstatement instead of adjusting the policy’s face amount.
When an insurance company adjusts the amount of the death benefit payable
under a life insurance policy because of a misstatement of age or sex, the insurer
is not contesting the validity of the contract. Rather, the insurer is enforcing the
misstatement of age or sex provision. Therefore, the policy’s incontestability pro-
vision does not prohibit the insurance company from making such an adjustment
at any time.
Example:
On Inga Henriksson’s 35th birthday, her brother Michael purchased an
insurance policy on her life from Presidency Life Insurance. Inga died
seven years later, after the policy’s contestable period had expired. While
Presidency was processing the claim, they discovered that Michael had
mistakenly listed her as both 33 years old and male.
Analysis:
Presidency will adjust the policy’s death benefit to the amount that the
premiums paid would have purchased for Inga as a 35-year-old woman.
The amount will adjust upward for the misstatement of sex, but downward
for the misstatement of age; Presidency will apply the difference between
the two adjustments to the death benefit and pay the modified amount
to the beneficiary.
Provisions Unique to Cash Value Policies

The provisions we’ve just described are common to all individual life insurance
policies. Cash value life insurance policies also contain provisions related to pol-
icy loans, withdrawals, and nonforfeiture options.
Policy Loans and Policy Withdrawals

Cash value life insurance policies typically include a policy loan provision, which
specifies the terms under which the policyowner can obtain a loan from the insurer
against the policy’s cash value. Some policy loan provisions allow the policyowner
to take out a loan in an amount that does not exceed the policy’s cash value less
one year’s interest on the loan. Other policy loan provisions allow a stated maxi-
mum loan amount or a maximum loan of a certain percentage—such as 75 to 90
percent—of the policy’s cash value. A policy loan is actually an advance payment
of part of the amount that the insurer eventually must pay out under the policy.
A policy loan differs from a commercial loan from a lending institution, such
as a bank, in two respects. First, a commercial loan creates a debtor-creditor rela-
tionship between the borrower and the lender, which means that the borrower is
legally obligated to repay a commercial loan. In contrast, the policyowner is not
legally obligated to repay a policy loan, as he is technically borrowing from his
own funds. The policyowner, however, may choose to repay part or all of the loan
at any time. If a policy loan has not been repaid when the insured dies, the insurer
deducts the amount of the unpaid loan, including any unpaid interest on the loan,
from the death benefit payable.

Example:
At the time of his death, Marco Grimaldi was insured under a $350,000
whole life insurance policy. The policy had an unpaid policy loan in the
amount of $15,000.
Analysis:
The insurance company will deduct the amount of the unpaid policy loan
from the death benefit. As a result, the beneficiary will receive $335,000
($350,000 - $15,000).
A policy loan also differs from a commercial loan in that the insurance com-
pany does not perform a credit check on a policyowner who requests a policy loan.
The policyowner’s request is evaluated only in terms of the amount of the net cash
value available.
Insurers charge interest on each policy loan, usually on an annual basis.
Although the policyowner may pay policy loan interest at any time, she is not
required to pay the interest. Any unpaid interest charges become part of the policy
loan. Therefore, when we speak of the amount of the policy loan outstanding,
that amount includes the unpaid amount of the loan plus any unpaid interest. If
this amount increases to the point at which the total indebtedness exceeds the
policy’s cash value, then the policy terminates without further value. Typically, the
insurer must notify the policyowner at least 30 days in advance of such a policy
termination.
Universal life insurance policies typically include a policy loan provision and a
policy withdrawal provision. A policy withdrawal provision, which is often called
a partial surrender provision, permits the policyowner to reduce the amount of
the policy’s cash value by withdrawing up to the amount of the cash value in cash.
Insurers do not charge interest or expect repayment on policy withdrawals; the
amount of the cash value is simply reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. How-
ever, many policies impose an administrative fee for each withdrawal and limit the
number of withdrawals allowed within a one-year period. Withdrawals may also
reduce the amount of the policy’s death benefit.
Nonforfeiture Provision
The nonforfeiture provision sets forth the options available to the owner of a cash
value policy if the policy lapses or if the policyowner decides to surrender—or ter-
minate—the policy. Most nonforfeiture provisions give the policyowner the right LEARNING AID
to select from among several nonforfeiture options if a renewal premium is unpaid
when the grace period expires. These nonforfeiture options include the cash pay-
ment nonforfeiture option, two continued insurance coverage options—reduced
paid-up insurance and extended term insurance—and the automatic premium loan
option. Most policies include an automatic nonforfeiture benefit, which is a spe-
cific nonforfeiture benefit that becomes effective automatically when a renewal
premium for a cash value life insurance policy is not paid by the end of the grace
period and the policyowner has not elected another nonforfeiture option. The most
typical automatic nonforfeiture benefit is the extended term insurance benefit.

Cash Payment Nonforfeiture Option

The cash payment nonforfeiture option states that a policyowner who discontin-
ues premium payments can elect to surrender the policy and receive the policy’s
cash surrender value in a lump-sum payment. When a policyowner decides to
surrender a cash value policy, the insurer first subtracts any surrender charges,
which are specific charges imposed if the owner of a cash value insurance policy
surrenders the policy for its cash surrender value.
Cash value policies include a chart that lists cash surrender values at various
times, and these policies describe the method used to compute those values. Laws
in many jurisdictions require that these cash values meet or exceed the amount that
would be provided to the policyowner on the basis of an actuarial formula stated in
the laws. In most cases, applying this formula requires the policy to provide a cash
surrender value by the end of the second or third policy year. Insurance companies
often issue policies that provide a cash surrender value sooner than required by
law and that provide a larger cash surrender value than that required by law.
The amount of the cash value actually available to a policyowner upon sur-
render of a policy may not be the exact cash surrender value amount described
in the policy. For example, the insurer subtracts the amount of any outstanding
policy loan, plus any interest on the loan, from the cash surrender value in deter-
mining the amount payable to the policyowner. We discuss other additions and
subtractions to the cash surrender value in the next chapter. The amount the poli-
cyowner actually receives—after the insurer makes any additions or subtractions
to the cash surrender value—upon surrendering the policy is called the net cash
surrender value.
When the insurer pays a policyowner the net cash surrender value, the policy—
and all coverage under the policy—terminates. Typically, the policyowner returns
(surrenders) the policy to the insurer at this time.
Continued Insurance Coverage Nonforfeiture Options

Many policies that build a cash value provide the policyowner with the option
of discontinuing premium payments and continuing insurance coverage as either
reduced paid-up insurance or extended term insurance.
Reduced Paid-Up Insurance

Under the reduced paid-up insurance n onforfeiture option, the policyowner
discontinues paying premiums and uses the policy’s net cash surrender value as
a net single premium to purchase paid-up life insurance of the same plan as the
original policy. The insurer bases this premium on the insured’s attained age when
the option goes into effect. The amount of paid-up insurance that can be purchased
under this option is smaller than the face amount of the original policy—thus the
name reduced paid-up insurance. For example, if the policyowner of a $500,000
whole life insurance policy exercises this option, he can purchase a paid-up whole
life policy with a face amount lower than $500,000.
Policies that include this option typically contain a chart listing the amount
of reduced paid-up insurance that is available each year for the first 20 years the
policy is in force. The amount of reduced paid-up insurance listed for each year is
based on the cash value listed in the policy for that year.

The coverage issued under this option continues to have and to build a cash
value, and the policyowner retains the rights available to the owner of any life
insurance policy. Thus, the policyowner has the right to surrender the policy for its
cash value. Any supplemental benefits that were available on the original policy,
such as accidental death benefits, are usually not available when the policy is con-
tinued as reduced paid-up insurance.
Extended Term Insurance

Under the extended term insurance nonforfeiture option, the policyowner dis-
continues paying premiums and uses the policy’s net cash surrender value as
a single net premium to purchase term insurance for the full coverage amount
provided under the original policy, for as long a term as the net cash surrender
value can provide. For example, if the owner of a $500,000 whole life insurance
policy exercises this option, she can purchase $500,000 of term life insurance for
as long a term as the net cash surrender value can provide. As with reduced paid-
up insurance, the premium charge for the extended term insurance is based on the
insured’s attained age when the option goes into effect.
Life insurance policies that offer the extended term insurance option typically
contain a chart showing the length of time the original face amount of the policy
will be continued in force under the extended term option for each of the first 20
policy years. Figure 8.1 shows a sample table of guaranteed values for a whole life
policy, including the amount of reduced paid-up insurance available and the dura-
tion of the extended term insurance available at the end of specified policy years.
According to the terms of most policies, a policyowner who has elected the
extended term nonforfeiture option can no longer exercise the policy loan privi-
lege or receive policy dividends. The policyowner, however, does have the right
to cancel the extended term insurance and surrender the policy for its remaining
cash value. As with the reduced paid-up option, any supplemental benefits that
were available under the original policy usually are not available when the policy
is continued under the extended term insurance option.
Because of the way in which they operate, universal life insurance policies
typically do not include an extended term insurance nonforfeiture option. Recall
that the insurer periodically deducts mortality and expense charges from the uni-
versal life policy’s cash value. Thus, even if the owner of a universal life policy
pays no premium, the policy continues in force until the cash value is exhausted
by the routine monthly deductions.
Automatic Premium Loan Option

Under the automatic premium loan (APL) option, the insurer will automatically
pay an overdue premium for the policyowner by making a loan against the policy’s
cash value as long as the cash value equals or exceeds the amount of the premium
due. The use of the automatic premium loan keeps the original policy in force for
the full amount of coverage, including all supplemental benefits. Some jurisdic-
tions require that cash value life insurance policies contain an automatic premium
loan provision, and it is widely used in policies issued in many other jurisdictions.
Universal life insurance policies usually do not include an automatic premium
loan provision because a similar benefit is already provided in these policies as
part of their monthly cash value deduction mechanism.

Figure 8.1 Sample Table of Guaranteed Nonforfeiture Values
Table of Guaranteed Values

Plan: Whole Life
Face Amount: $100,000
Sex of Insured: Male
Age of Insured at Issue: 35
Alternatives to Cash Value

End of Policy Cash Paid-Up Extended Insurance End of Policy
or
Year Value Insurance Years Days Year
1 ___ ___ ___ ___ 1
2 $ 100 ___ 0 276 2
3 800 $ 3,421 5 95 3
4 1,800 7,436 9 245 4
5 2,900 11,574 13 142 5
6 4,100 15,809 16 68 6
7 5,200 19,376 17 337 7
8 6,500 23,410 19 214 8
9 7,700 26,812 20 213 9
10 9,000 30,309 21 260 10
11 10,200 33,233 21 349 11
12 11,600 36,574 22 201 12
13 12,900 39,369 22 328 13
14 14,300 42,246 23 71 14
15 15,800 45,183 23 159 15
16 17,300 47,896 23 202 16
17 18,800 50,400 23 207 17
18 20,400 52,974 23 211 18
19 22,000 55,355 23 185 19
20 23,600 57,564 23 133 20
Age 60 32,100 67,500 22 53 Age 60
Age 65 41,100 75,379 20 93 Age 65
Life Insurance Policy Exclusions

Insurance policies sometimes contain exclusions—provisions that describe cir-
cumstances under which the insurer will not pay the policy benefit following an
otherwise covered loss. For example, individual life insurance policies typically
include a suicide exclusion provision, which states that the insurance company
does not have to pay the death benefit if the insured dies as the result of suicide as

defined by the policy within a specified period following the date of policy issue.
Laws in many jurisdictions specify the maximum allowable length of a suicide
exclusion period, which is usually one or two years. A typical suicide exclusion
provision follows.
Suicide Exclusion. Suicide of the insured, while sane or insane, within two
years of the date of issue, is not covered by the policy. In that event, this
policy will end, and the only amount payable will be the premiums paid
to us, less any loan.
In some policies, the suicide exclusion provision states that, if the insured com-
mits suicide during the suicide exclusion period, the insurer will pay the larger of
(1) the cash surrender value or (2) the premiums paid for the policy.
Insurance companies include the suicide exclusion provision in policies to pro-
tect themselves against the possibility of antiselection. Otherwise, a person who
is planning to commit suicide would be more likely to apply for life insurance
than would other people. For the same reason, when a policy is reinstated, a new
suicide exclusion period generally begins to run from the date of reinstatement.
Death benefits are not payable if the insured dies as the result of suicide within the
suicide exclusion period following the date of policy reinstatement.
Insurers may also include other exclusions in life insurance policies. These
exclusions, which vary from insurer to insurer and from country to country,
include
A war exclusion clause, which states that the insurer will not pay the death
benefit if the insured’s death results from war or an act of war. The policy
defines the terms “war” and “act of war.” Similarly, some policies include a
military service exclusion clause, which states that the insurer will not pay the
death benefit if the insured’s death results from his military service during a
time of war. Policies containing these clauses typically are issued only during
periods of war or threats of war.
A hazardous activities exclusion provision, which states that the insurer will
not pay the death benefit if the insured’s death results from specified danger-
ous activities such as mountain climbing, sky diving, or scuba diving. This
exclusion is usually included only when the application indicates that the
insured engages in such hazardous activities.
An aviation exclusion provision, which states that the insurer will not pay
the death benefit if the insured’s death results from aviation-related activities.
Some aviation exclusions apply only to activities connected with military or
experimental aircraft. Other aviation exclusion provisions apply to pilots and
crew members of privately owned aircraft. A few aviation exclusion provi-
sions apply to any aviation-related death unless the insured was a passenger
on a regularly scheduled commercial airline.
Some insurers offer policyowners the option of (1) excluding certain hazardous
or aviation-related activities from coverage or (2) paying an additional premium
for such coverage.

Key Terms
free-look provision policy withdrawal provision
entire contract provision nonforfeiture provision
closed contract automatic nonforfeiture benefit
open contract cash payment nonforfeiture option
incontestability provision surrender charge
misrepresentation net cash surrender value
material misrepresentation reduced paid-up insurance nonforfeiture
fraudulent misrepresentation option
grace period provision extended term insurance nonforfeiture
grace period option
reinstatement provision automatic premium loan (APL) option
reinstatement exclusion
misstatement of age or sex provision suicide exclusion provision
policy loan provision
Endnote
1. A one-year contestable period is the maximum allowed by law in some states and countries. Most other
countries allow a maximum two-year contestable period, but some extend the maximum allowable
period to three years or even more.

Principles of Insurance Chapter 9: Life Insurance Policy Ownership Rights 9.1
Chapter 9
Life Insurance Policy

Ownership Rights
Objectives
9A Distinguish between primary and contingent beneficiaries and between
revocable and irrevocable beneficiaries
9B Describe the premium payment modes that insurers typically offer on
individual life insurance policies
9C Identify the policy dividend options that most commonly are included
in participating life insurance policies and describe the characteristics
of each option
9D Identify the methods by which ownership of a life insurance policy can
be transferred
9E Identify the person in a given situation who is entitled to receive the
proceeds of a life insurance policy following the insured’s death
9F Describe the general rule stated in a simultaneous death act and explain
how that rule is affected if a policy contains a survivorship clause
9G Calculate the proceeds payable under a given life insurance policy
following the death of the insured
9H Identify the settlement options that typically are included in life
insurance policies and describe the features of each option

9.2 Chapter 9: Life Insurance Policy Ownership Rights Principles of Insurance
Outline
Naming the Beneficiary Transfer of Policy Ownership
 Primary and Contingent  Transfer of Ownership by
Beneficiaries Assignment
 Changing the Beneficiary  Transfer of Ownership by
Endorsement
Mode of Premium Payment
Death of the Policyowner
Policy Dividends
 Cash Dividend Option Right to Receive Policy Proceeds
 Premium Reduction Dividend 
Identifying Who Is Entitled to Policy
Option Proceeds
 Policy Loan Repayment Dividend 
Calculating the Amount of the
Option Policy Proceeds
 Accumulation at Interest Dividend 
Paying Policy Proceeds under a
Option Settlement Option
 Paid-Up Additional Insurance
Dividend Option
 Additional Term Insurance Dividend
Option
W
e’ve already seen in Chapter 3 that an insurance policy is a contract
and therefore is personal, intangible property. When a life insurance
policy is issued, the policy’s ownership rights vest in the policyowner.
If a policy has no living owners, including contingent owners or joint owners, then
ownership typically passes to the estate of the policyowner.
Ownership rights are spelled out in the policy, and some vary depending on
the type of policy. One of the most important ownership rights in a life insurance
policy is the right to name the beneficiary who will receive the policy proceeds,
which is the total monetary amount paid by an insurer if the insured dies while
the policy is in force. Other important rights concern premium payments, policy
dividends, and settlement options. The owner of a policy can also transfer her
ownership rights to another party.
Naming the Beneficiary

For many people, the most important ownership right of a life insurance policy is
the right to name the beneficiary. The beneficiary of a life insurance policy may
be a named individual, or it may be any other entity recognized by the laws of
the jurisdiction, including the executor of an estate, a corporation, or a charitable
organization. A policyowner also can designate a group of persons as a beneficiary.
A beneficiary designation that identifies a certain group of people rather than nam-
ing each person individually is called a class designation. The beneficiary desig-
nation “my children” is a common example of a class designation.
Primary and Contingent Beneficiaries

The primary beneficiary, or first beneficiary, is the party designated to receive
a life insurance policy’s proceeds following the death of the insured. To receive

p olicy proceeds, the primary beneficiary must survive the insured; the benefi-
ciary’s estate has no claim to the policy proceeds if the beneficiary dies before
the insured does. If more than one party is named as primary beneficiary, the
policyowner may indicate how the proceeds are to be divided among the parties.
If the policyowner does not make such an indication, then the insurer divides the
proceeds evenly among the primary beneficiaries who survived the insured.
Example:
At the time of his death, Jason Kilpatrick owned an insurance policy on his
life. Jason named his three children—Amos, Kiley, and Rebecca—as the
policy beneficiaries. All three children survived Jason.
Analysis:
Unless Jason indicated otherwise, the policy proceeds would be divided
evenly among Amos, Kiley, and Rebecca.
The policyowner also may designate a contingent beneficiary, sometimes

referred to as a secondary beneficiary or successor beneficiary, who receives the
policy proceeds only if all designated primary beneficiaries have predeceased the
insured. The policyowner can name any number of contingent beneficiaries and
may specify how the proceeds are to be divided among the contingent beneficia-
ries. The designation of contingent beneficiaries can be especially important in
cases in which the primary beneficiary dies and the policyowner is unable to des-
ignate a new beneficiary before the policy proceeds become payable.
Example:
Sophie Katsaros took out an insurance policy on her life and named her
children, Mia and Zoe, as equal primary beneficiaries. She also named
her husband, Basil, as contingent beneficiary. When Sophie died, she was
survived only by Mia and Basil, as Zoe had died in an accident two years
earlier.
Analysis:
The policy proceeds are payable to the sole surviving primary beneficiary,
Mia.
Example:
Juliet Chau owned an insurance policy on her life and named her husband,
Stephen, as primary beneficiary and her children, Sam and May, as equal
contingent beneficiaries. Both Stephen and May predeceased Juliet.
Analysis:
Because the primary beneficiary (Stephen) is deceased, the policy
proceeds go to any surviving contingent beneficiaries—Sam, in this case.

Insurers usually prefer that policyowners name at least a primary and a contin-
gent beneficiary. Naming additional levels of contingent beneficiaries ensures that
the proceeds are paid to the desired party.
Example:
Javad Kashani owned an insurance policy on his life. He named his
wife, Maria, primary beneficiary; their daughter, Azra, first contingent
beneficiary; and his brother, Mahmud, second contingent beneficiary.
Javad and Maria died in an accident.
Analysis:
Azra is entitled to receive the policy proceeds. Mahmud would be
entitled to receive the policy proceeds only if Maria and Azra had both
predeceased Javad.
A minor named as beneficiary generally cannot receive policy proceeds

directly. In most U.S. jurisdictions, the law requires that a guardian be appointed
to administer the proceeds payable to a beneficiary who is a minor. Other options
include a trust set up for the beneficiary or an account set up via the Uniform
Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA), both of which allow a policyowner to dictate
the means of managing the proceeds until a beneficiary who is a minor attains the
age of majority.
Changing the Beneficiary

Life insurance policies usually give the policyowner the right to change the ben-
eficiary designation at any time during the insured’s lifetime. This right to change
the beneficiary designation is known as the right of revocation. A beneficiary
designation is said to be revocable if the policyowner has the unrestricted right
to change the designation during the life of the insured. In contrast, a beneficiary
designation is said to be irrevocable if the policyowner has the right to change the
beneficiary designation only after obtaining the beneficiary’s consent. As a gen-
eral rule, a beneficiary designation is revocable unless the policyowner voluntarily
gives up the right to change the beneficiary and makes the designation irrevocable.
Revocable Beneficiary
The vast majority of life insurance policy beneficiaries are revocable beneficiaries.
A revocable beneficiary is a life insurance beneficiary whose designation as ben-
eficiary can be changed by the policyowner at any time before the insured’s death.
During the insured’s lifetime, the revocable beneficiary has no legal interest in the
policy proceeds and cannot prohibit the policyowner from exercising any policy
ownership rights, including the right to change the beneficiary. A revocable ben-
eficiary’s interest in a life insurance policy during the insured’s lifetime is referred
to as a “mere expectancy” of receiving the policy proceeds.
Note that a beneficiary change can be made only during the insured’s life-
time. After the insured dies, the beneficiary has a vested interest in the policy

proceeds, and the policyowner cannot deprive the beneficiary of that interest.
A vested interest is a property right that has taken effect and cannot be altered or
changed without the consent of the person who owns the right.
Irrevocable Beneficiary
An irrevocable beneficiary is a life insurance policy beneficiary whose desig-
nation as beneficiary cannot be changed by the policyowner unless the benefi-
ciary gives written consent. An irrevocable beneficiary has a vested interest in
the proceeds of the life insurance policy even during the lifetime of the insured.
A policyowner usually designates an irrevocable beneficiary as a contractual
promise to meet obligations, such as in some divorce cases.
Most insurers do not permit a policyowner who has designated an irrevoca-
ble beneficiary to exercise all of his ownership rights in the contract without the
irrevocable beneficiary’s consent. For example, the policyowner cannot obtain a
policy loan, surrender the policy for cash, or assign ownership of the policy to
another party without the written consent of the irrevocable beneficiary. (We dis-
cuss assignments later in this chapter.)
Most life insurance policies also contain a provision stating that the rights of
any beneficiary, including an irrevocable beneficiary, will terminate if the benefi-
ciary should die before the insured dies. This provision prevents the payment of the
proceeds to the estate of the irrevocable beneficiary and permits the policyowner
to designate a new beneficiary following the death of an irrevocable beneficiary.
Example:
Aimie Brodeur purchased an insurance policy on her own life and named
her mother, Yvette, as irrevocable beneficiary. Several years later, while
the policy was still in effect, Yvette died.
Analysis:
Upon Yvette’s death, Aimie is permitted to designate a new beneficiary—
revocable or irrevocable—without having to obtain anyone’s consent.
Mode of Premium Payment

Most individual life insurance policyowners pay periodic renewal premiums to
keep their policies in force. A policy’s premium payment mode is the frequency at
which renewal premiums are payable. Each insurance company determines which
premium payment modes it will make available to its policyowners. Typical pre-
mium payment modes are on an annual, semiannual, quarterly, or monthly basis.
The applicant selects a premium payment mode—most commonly annual—dur-
ing the application process, and typically can change the mode of premium pay-
ment after the policy has taken effect.
The more frequent the renewal premium payments, the greater the insurer’s
administrative costs to receive and process premiums. In addition, insurers can

more effectively accumulate interest on larger, more infrequent premiums. To cover

some of those costs and to offset the difference in interest, an insurer usually charges
more than the annual premium amount when a policyowner chooses to pay premi-
ums more frequently than once a year. For example, suppose the annual renewal
premium for a particular policy is $1,200 a year. If the policyowner elects to pay on
a monthly basis, the insurer probably will increase the monthly renewal premium
payable from $100 ($1,200 annual premium ÷ 12 monthly payments) to a greater
amount, such as $108, to cover the insurer’s additional administrative costs.
Policy Dividends
Insurance policies may be issued on either a participating or nonparticipating basis.
A participating policy, sometimes referred to as a par policy, is a type of policy
under which the policyowner shares in the insurance company’s divisible surplus.
A nonparticipating policy, also known as a nonpar policy, is a type of policy in
which the policyowner does not share in the insurer’s divisible surplus. Recall that
a company’s surplus is the amount by which its assets exceed its liabilities plus its
capital. Divisible surplus is the portion of surplus that insurance companies set
aside specifically for distribution to owners of participating policies. An amount of
money that an insurer pays to the owner of a participating policy from the insurer’s
divisible surplus is called a policy dividend.
Stock insurance companies as well as many mutuals offer both participating
and nonparticipating policies. In 2014, approximately 73 percent of the individual
life insurance policies issued in the United States were nonparticipating policies.1
Although policy dividends are not guaranteed, most insurers periodically pay
dividends on participating life insurance policies that are expected to remain in
force over a long time period. The insurance company’s board of directors annu-
ally determines the amount payable as dividends. Any policy dividend declared
for a policy is payable on the policy’s anniversary date, and the terms of some life
insurance policies state that the policy must be in force for two years before any
policy dividends are payable. Generally, dividend amounts increase substantially
with the age of the policy, as they are based on the cash surrender value, which
grows over time.
The owner of a participating life insurance policy may receive policy dividends
by a number of specified methods, called dividend options. Common dividend
options for participating life insurance policies include
The cash dividend option
The premium reduction dividend option
The policy loan repayment dividend option
The accumulation at interest dividend option
The paid-up additional insurance dividend option
The additional term insurance dividend option

An applicant for a participating policy usually selects a dividend option during
the application process. Over the life of a participating policy, the policyowner
may change the dividend option at any time, although, as we will soon discuss,

some changes are subject to certain restrictions. Each participating life insurance
policy also specifies an automatic dividend option, which is the dividend option
that the insurer will apply if the policyowner does not choose an option. Most cash
value policies specify the paid-up additional insurance option as the automatic
dividend option. Most term insurance policies specify the accumulation at interest
option as the automatic dividend option.
Cash Dividend Option

Under the cash dividend option, the insurance company sends the policyowner a
check in the amount of the policy dividend that was declared. In many jurisdic-
tions, insurers are required by law to offer the cash dividend option to all owners
of participating life insurance policies.
Premium Reduction Dividend Option

Under the premium reduction dividend option, the insurer applies policy divi-
dends toward the payment of renewal premiums. The insurer notifies the poli-
cyowner of the amount of the policy dividend and bills the policyowner for the
difference, if any, between the premium amount due and the amount of the policy
dividend. If the amount of an annual policy dividend exceeds the amount of the
annual renewal premium, the policyowner can select another dividend option to
receive the remainder of the dividend, or the insurer will apply the automatic divi-
dend option.
Policy Loan Repayment Dividend Option

Under the policy loan repayment dividend option, the insurer applies policy
dividends toward the repayment of an outstanding policy loan. The amount of
the policy dividend usually is applied first to repay any outstanding interest on
the loan and then to repay the loan principal. If the amount of the annual policy
dividend exceeds the amount of the policy loan and any outstanding interest, the
policyowner can select another dividend option to receive the remainder of the
dividend, or the insurer will apply the automatic dividend option.
Accumulation at Interest Dividend Option

Participating life insurance policies usually contain an accumulation at interest
dividend option, sometimes called the dividends on deposit option, under which
the policy dividends are left on deposit with the insurer to accumulate at interest.
The insurer specifies the interest rate annually based on current economic condi-
tions. However, the policy usually guarantees that the insurer will pay at least a
stated minimum interest rate.
During the life of the policy, the policyowner typically has the right to with-
draw part or all of these dividends and the accumulated interest at any time. If the
policyowner surrenders the policy, the amount the insurer pays the policyowner
includes the accumulated value of the policy dividends. In cases where the
policyowner is not the insured, any policy dividends that are on deposit with the
insurer when the insured dies usually are payable to the beneficiary rather than to
the policyowner.

Paid-Up Additional Insurance Dividend Option

Under the paid-up additional insurance dividend option, the insurer uses any
declared policy dividend to purchase paid-up additional insurance on the insured’s
LEARNING AID
life. The paid-up additional insurance is issued on the same plan as the basic policy
and in whatever face amount the dividend can provide at the insured’s attained age.
Because the premium charged for paid-up additions does not include an amount to
cover the insurer’s expenses, the cost of paid-up additions is less than the cost of
comparable coverage provided by a new life insurance policy.
For cash value policies, the paid-up additions purchased with policy dividends
build cash values, and the policyowner has the right to surrender those additions
for their cash value at any time while the policy is in force. Insurers generally do
not offer the paid-up additional insurance dividend option with term life insurance
policies.
Although the face amount of the paid-up additions purchased each year under
this option can be relatively small, over the life of a policy, the total additional
insurance available can be substantial. Figure 9.1 illustrates how the paid-up addi-
tional insurance option increases the total death benefit payable under a policy.
Additional Term Insurance Dividend Option

Under the additional term insurance dividend option, the insurer uses each policy
dividend to purchase one-year term insurance on the insured’s life. The additional
term insurance option is not offered by as many insurance companies as are the
other dividend options.
The policyowner’s right to purchase one-year term insurance under this option
is limited in two respects:
Insurers often limit the maximum amount of one-year term insurance that can
be purchased each year to the amount of the policy’s cash value. If the annual
policy dividend is larger than the premium required to purchase the maximum
amount of one-year term insurance permitted, then the insurer applies the
remaining amount under one of the other dividend options.
Before a policyowner is permitted to change from another dividend option to
the additional term insurance option, insurers usually require evidence of the
insured’s insurability. This requirement is designed to prevent antiselection
because a policyowner is more likely to change to this dividend option if the
insured is in poor health rather than to apply dividends to purchase the more
expensive paid-up option.
Transfer of Policy Ownership

The owner of a life insurance policy has the right to transfer ownership of some or
all of her rights in the policy. However, a policyowner cannot transfer ownership
merely by handing someone else the policy. The two ways in which a policyowner
may transfer ownership rights are by assignment and by endorsement.

Figure 9.1 Illustration of Paid-Up Additional Insurance Option
Total
Paid-Up
Paid-Up
Dividend Dividend Total Death
Insured’s Age Dividend
Declared Additions Benefit
Additions to
Current Year
Date
40 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 100,000
42 5 16 16 100,016
43 21 65 81 100,081
–– –– –– –– ––
50 229 598 1,905 101,905
–– –– –– –– ––
60 1,664 3,342 22,280 122,280
–– –– –– –– ––
65 2,771 5,042 49,357 149,357
As you can see, after the policy had been in force for two years, the insurer declared a dividend
of $5. The insurer automatically applied the $5 dividend to purchase a paid-up whole life addition
of $16, the amount of paid-up whole life insurance that the $5 premium would purchase at the
insured’s attained age of 42. As a result, the total death benefit payable under the policy increased
to $100,016.
The next year, the insurer used the $21 policy dividend to purchase another paid-up whole life
addition—this time for $65—and the total death benefit payable under the policy increased to
$100,081.
By the time the insured reached age 65, the total amount of paid-up additions purchased with
policy dividends totaled $49,357, thus increasing the total death benefit payable under the policy to
$149,357. Although the dividends were relatively modest at first, the policy death benefit increased
to almost 150% of its original value over time.
Transfer of Ownership by Assignment

An assignment of a life insurance policy is an agreement under which the
policyowner transfers some or all of his ownership rights in the policy to another
party. The policyowner who makes an assignment is known as the assignor; the
party to whom the property rights are transferred is known as the assignee.
The right to assign a life insurance policy is subject to the following r estrictions:
To make a valid assignment of an insurance policy, the policyowner must have
contractual capacity. As a result, if the policyowner is a minor or, for some
other reason, lacks contractual capacity, any attempt by the policyowner to
assign the policy is invalid.

The assignment of a life insurance policy may not infringe on the vested rights
of an irrevocable beneficiary. An assignment made without such a beneficia-
ry’s consent is invalid. Note that when the beneficiary is a revocable ben-
eficiary, the policyowner has an unlimited right to assign the policy without
obtaining the beneficiary’s consent.
An assignment that is made for illegal purposes, such as speculating on a life,
is invalid.
Types of Assignment
An assignment may take one of two forms: an absolute assignment or a collateral
assignment. Whether an assignment is absolute or collateral depends on whether
the assignee has received complete ownership of the policy or only certain speci-
fied ownership rights in the policy.
Absolute Assignment
An absolute assignment of a life insurance policy is an irrevocable assignment
under which a policyowner transfers all of his policy ownership rights to the
assignee. The policyowner-assignor has no further rights under the contract, and
the assignee becomes the policyowner. In general, a policyowner can absolutely
assign a policy to anyone, regardless of whether the assignee has an insurable
interest in the life of the insured.
A policyowner can make a gift of a life insurance policy by absolutely assign-
ing the policy to the assignee without receiving any payment in exchange. For
example, parents who purchase insurance on their child’s life often transfer own-
ership of the policy—as a gift—to the child when she reaches the age of majority.
A policyowner also can sell a life insurance policy by absolutely assigning the
policy to the assignee in exchange for financial compensation. For example, a busi-
ness that owns an insurance policy on the life of a key person may sell the policy
to the key person in exchange for the policy’s accumulated cash value when that
key person leaves employment.
Collateral Assignment
A collateral assignment of a life insurance policy is a temporary assignment of
the monetary value of a life insurance policy as collateral—or security—for a
loan. For example, if a person takes out a personal loan from a bank, that per-
son may collaterally assign a life insurance policy to the bank as security for the
loan. A collateral assignment differs from an absolute assignment in three general
respects.
1. The collateral assignee’s rights are limited to those ownership rights that
directly concern the monetary value of the policy. The policyowner retains
all ownership rights that do not affect the policy’s value. For example, the
right to name the policy beneficiary and the right to select a settlement option
remain with the policyowner. The policyowner-assignor, however, is not per-
mitted to take out a policy loan or surrender the policy for its cash surrender
value while a collateral assignment is in effect unless the assignee consents.
This limitation protects the assignee’s right to the policy’s value because a
policy loan and a policy surrender both diminish that value.

2. The collateral assignee has a vested right to the policy’s monetary val-
ues, but that right is limited. The assignee’s rights to the policy’s values are
limited to the amount of the assignor’s debt to the assignee. Consequently, if
the policy proceeds become payable, the assignee is entitled to receive only
the amount of the indebtedness; any remaining amount must be paid to the
policy’s beneficiary. The assignee can receive this amount only in a lump sum
and cannot select a settlement option.
Example:
Mark Tetley was the policyowner-insured of a $100,000 life insurance
policy. Mark collaterally assigned the policy to Enlightened Bank as
security for a loan he received from Enlightened. When Mark died, he
owed Enlightened $30,000.
Analysis:
The insurer paid Enlightened $30,000. The policy beneficiary received the
remaining $70,000 of the policy proceeds.
3. The collateral assignee’s rights to the policy values are temporary. If the
policyowner repays the amount owed to the collateral assignee during the
insured’s lifetime, the assignment terminates, and all of the policy’s owner-
ship rights revert to the policyowner. Once the loan is repaid, the policyowner
usually secures from the assignee a release of the assignee’s claim to the policy
proceeds.
Assignment Provision
Most life insurance policies include an assignment provision, which describes the
roles of the insurer and the policyowner when the policy is assigned. An example
of a life insurance policy’s assignment provision follows.
Assignment. While the insured is living, you can assign this policy or any
interest in it. As owner, you still have the rights of ownership that have not
been assigned. We must have a copy of any assignment. We will not be
responsible for the validity of an assignment. An assignment will be subject
to any payment we make or other action we take before we record it.
An assignment is an agreement between the assignor and the assignee. The

insurance company is not a party to the agreement. Therefore, the policy’s assign-
ment provision states that the insurer is not responsible for the validity of any
assignment. When an insurance company receives written notice of an assign-
ment, the company presumes that the assignment is valid. An insurer usually can-
not be held liable for having acted in accordance with an assignment that is later
determined to be invalid.

The insurance company is not obligated to act in accordance with the terms of
an assignment unless it has received written notice of the assignment. The follow-
ing example illustrates what can happen if an insurer is not notified of a collateral
assignment.
Example:
Eileen Shelton collaterally assigned the insurance policy she owned on
her life to Enlightened Bank as security for a loan. When Eileen died, the
insurance company had not been notified of the assignment, and, thus, it
paid the policy proceeds to the beneficiary. Enlightened later claimed its
share of the policy proceeds.
Analysis:
Because the insurer was not notified of the assignment before it paid
the death benefit, it has no liability to pay any part of the proceeds to
Enlightened.
Because the assignee wants to protect its own interests, the assignee typically
assumes responsibility for notifying the insurance company, in writing, of the
assignment. Similarly, when the policyowner repays the debt, the policyowner usu-
ally assumes responsibility for notifying the insurance company that the assign-
ment is no longer in effect.
Transfer of Ownership by Endorsement

Many life insurance policies issued today specify a simple, direct method of
transferring all the policy’s ownership rights. Under this method, known as the
endorsement method, the policyowner does not need to enter into a separate
assignment agreement to transfer policy ownership. The endorsement method is
commonly used when a policy is given as a gift, such as the gift of a policy from
a parent to a child.
The right to change the policy’s owner is generally specified in the change of
ownership provision in the policy. Typically, to change the ownership of the policy,
the policyowner must notify the insurer, in writing, of the change. However, the
insurer usually has the right to require that the ownership change be endorsed
in the policy. In such a case, the policyowner sends the policy to the insurance
company, and the insurer adds to the policy an endorsement that states the name
of the new owner. The change of ownership provision usually states that the insur-
ance company is not responsible for any payments it made to the owner of record
before it received written notice of an ownership change and recorded that change.
This provision prevents the new owner from contesting the insurer’s actions in the
event that the insurer had granted a loan or made benefit payments between the
date the policyowner signed the notification and the date the insurance company
recorded the change.
Death of the Policyowner

The policyowner and the insured are often the same person, but this isn’t true for
third-party policies, where the policyowner and insured are different people. In

such a policy, a policyowner might die while the insured is still alive, raising the
question of who owns the policy. For example, a person might take out an insur-
ance policy on his father, while retaining ownership of the policy, only to die in an
accident before his father does.
To cover these situations, an insurance policy may name a contingent owner.
This person becomes the new owner of the policy if the original policyowner dies
while the insured is still living. Rather than name a contingent owner, some poli-
cies name multiple people as the joint owners of the policy.
If a policy has no living owners, including contingent owners or joint owners,
then ownership typically passes to the estate of the policyowner.
Right to Receive Policy Proceeds

Upon an insured’s death, the beneficiary has a vested right to receive the policy
proceeds. The insurer pays the proceeds in accordance with the provisions of the
policy. In addition to establishing the rightful recipient of the policy proceeds, the
policy’s provisions specify how the total amount of the policy proceeds is calcu-
lated and how the proceeds are to be paid.
Identifying Who Is Entitled to Policy Proceeds

Typically, the beneficiary survives the insured, and the insurance company pays
the policy proceeds to that beneficiary. Sometimes, however, identifying the per-
son or party entitled to receive the proceeds is not that easy.
No Surviving Beneficiary
If no beneficiary has been named or none of the beneficiaries are living when the
insured dies, then the policy proceeds typically are paid to the policyowner, if the
policyowner is living. If the policyowner is deceased, then the proceeds are paid
to the policyowner’s estate.
Example:
Mark Palakiko was the policyowner-insured of a life insurance policy
that named his wife as the primary beneficiary and their two children as
contingent beneficiaries. Mark’s wife and children all predeceased him.
Analysis:
If Mark did not name a new beneficiary prior to his death, the policy
proceeds are payable to the policyowner’s—in this case, Mark’s—estate.
Some policies contain a preference beneficiary clause, or succession

b eneficiary clause, which states that if the policyowner does not name a benefi-
ciary, then the insurer will pay the policy proceeds in a stated order of preference.
For example, a preference beneficiary clause might list the beneficiaries in the fol-
lowing order: the spouse of the insured, if living; then the children of the insured,
if living; and then the parents of the insured, if living. If no living recipients are
available from that list, then the policy proceeds are payable to the estate of the

insured. The preference beneficiary clause is found more often in group life insur-
ance policies than in individual life insurance policies.
Insured and Beneficiary Die in a Common Disaster

A beneficiary is entitled to receive the policy proceeds only if he survives the
insured. Sometimes, however, the insured and the beneficiary die in the same acci-
LEARNING AID
dent. This situation is referred to as a common disaster, because the accident or
disaster was common to more than one person. Under such circumstances, the
insurer may be unable to determine whether the insured or the beneficiary died
first. This ambiguity can make it difficult to act according to the policyowner’s
wishes, specifically in cases where the death benefit would go to the deceased
beneficiary’s estate rather than to a contingent beneficiary.
Many jurisdictions have enacted a simultaneous death act, which governs how
insurance companies evaluate common-disaster situations. A typical simultane-
ous death act states the following general rule:
If the insured and the beneficiary die at the same time or under
circumstances that make it impossible to determine which of them died
first, the insured is deemed to have survived the beneficiary, and policy
proceeds are payable as if the insured outlived the beneficiary, unless the
policy provides otherwise.
The following example illustrates how this rule of law affects the payment of
life insurance policy proceeds.
Example:
Amy Leong and her husband, James, died in an automobile crash, and the
evidence did not clearly indicate which of them died first. Amy owned a
policy on her life that named James as the primary beneficiary and Amy’s
sister, Gemma, as the contingent beneficiary. Gemma was still living at the
time of the accident.
Analysis:
If the insurer is located in a jurisdiction that has a typical simultaneous
death act, the insurer will assume that Amy survived the primary
beneficiary, James. Therefore, the policy proceeds are payable to the
contingent beneficiary, Gemma.
A simultaneous death act generally does not affect how policy proceeds are
paid in cases in which the beneficiary survives the insured.2 If the beneficiary
survives the insured by any length of time—even if only for a few minutes—then
the beneficiary usually is entitled to receive the policy proceeds. Therefore, if the
beneficiary survives the insured but dies before receiving the policy proceeds,
then the proceeds are payable to the beneficiary’s estate.
The policyowner, however, may prefer that the proceeds be paid to someone
other than the beneficiary’s estate if the beneficiary survives the insured by only
a short time. Some life insurance policies include a survivorship clause to address
this potential problem. A survivorship clause states that the beneficiary must

s urvive the insured by a specified period, usually 30 or 60 days, to be entitled

to receive the policy proceeds. If the beneficiary does not survive the insured by
the stated amount of time, then the policy proceeds are paid as if the beneficiary
predeceased the insured. As a result of the survivorship clause, the policy pro-
ceeds are more likely to be distributed as the policyowner had intended. The sur-
vivorship clause is not limited to cases involving a common disaster. It applies in
all situations in which the beneficiary dies within the stated period of time after
the insured’s death.
Example:
Lars Klunder was insured under a life insurance policy that included a
survivorship clause requiring the beneficiary to survive the insured by
30 days. His son, Nils, was the policy’s primary beneficiary, and his wife,
Hanna, was the contingent beneficiary. Lars and Nils were involved in a
boating accident; Lars died immediately, and Nils died five days later.
Analysis:
Because Nils died only 5 days after Lars died, he did not survive his father
by the required 30 days. Therefore, the proceeds are payable to the
contingent beneficiary, Hanna.
Beneficiary Wrongfully Kills the Insured

Laws in many countries exist to prevent individuals from benefiting from a
criminal act. According to these laws, a beneficiary would be disqualified from
receiving the policy proceeds if the beneficiary is convicted of wrongfully and
intentionally killing the insured.3 In most cases in which a beneficiary is disquali-
fied from receiving policy proceeds, the life insurance contract is valid, and the
insurer is liable to pay the policy proceeds to someone, such as the contingent ben-
eficiary. If, however, the policy was purchased with the intention to profit from the
insured’s death, then the life insurance contract is void because the lawful purpose
requirement was not met when the contract was created.
Calculating the Amount of the Policy Proceeds

For most individual life insurance policies, the insurer calculates the amount of
the proceeds payable following the insured’s death by adding together a number
LEARNING AID
of items and deducting other items. The insurer first adds together the following
items:
The amount of the death benefit payable.
The amount of any accidental death benefits payable.
The amount of any declared but unpaid policy dividends.
The amount of any accumulated policy dividends, including interest, left on

deposit with the insurer.
The face amount of any paid-up additions.

The amount of any unearned premiums paid in advance. Policyowners

sometimes pay premiums before they are due. For example, a policyowner
might pay a renewal premium a month before the premium due date. If the
insured dies shortly before the renewal premium is payable, the insurer usu-
ally refunds the amount of the renewal premium because the insurer has not
earned that premium.
After totaling the amount of the foregoing items, the insurer then subtracts the
following items from that total:
The amount of any outstanding policy loans, including any unpaid interest.
The amount of any premium due and unpaid at the time of the insured’s
death. This situation occurs when the insured dies during the policy’s grace
period before the premium due has been paid.
The result of this calculation is the total policy proceeds payable.
Example:
When Teemu Pulkkenin died in an accident, he was insured under a
$200,000 life insurance policy with a $100,000 accidental death benefit.
At the time of his death, $350 in accumulated policy dividends were on
deposit with the insurer, and Teemu had paid $450 in advance premiums.
Teemu also had an outstanding policy loan of $6,200.
Analysis:
The insurer was liable to pay the beneficiary a total benefit of $294,600.
That amount was calculated as follows:
$200,000 Death benefit of policy
+100,000 Accidental death benefit
+350 Accumulated policy dividends
+450 Premium paid in advance
–6,200 Outstanding policy loan
$294,600 Total benefit amount payable
Paying Policy Proceeds under a Settlement Option

In most cases, the insurer pays the proceeds of a life insurance policy in a lump sum
following the insured’s death. Typically, the insurer pays the lump sum directly to
the beneficiary. In addition to lump-sum settlements of policy proceeds, insur-
ance companies provide several alternative methods that the owner or beneficiary
can elect for receiving payment of the policy proceeds. These alternative methods
are called settlement options or optional modes of settlement, and insurers that
provide such options include a settlement options provision in their life insurance
policies. The settlement options provision grants a policyowner or a beneficiary
several choices as to how the insurance company will distribute the proceeds of a
life insurance policy.
The policyowner may select a settlement option at the time of application or at
any time while the policy is in force. The policyowner also has a right to change to
another settlement option at any time during the insured’s lifetime. A policyowner

who selects a settlement option for the beneficiary may choose to make the settle-
ment mode irrevocable, in which case the beneficiary will not be able to change
to another option when the policy proceeds become payable. For example, the
policyowner might not feel that the beneficiary would handle a single lump sum
responsibly, and would prefer that the death benefit take the form of a series of
payments. In contrast, the settlement mode is considered to be revocable when
the beneficiary has the right to select another settlement option when the proceeds
become payable. Further, if the policyowner has not chosen a settlement option
when the policy proceeds become payable, then the beneficiary has the right to
choose a settlement option.
The person or party who is to receive the policy proceeds under a settlement
option is referred to as the payee. The party who elects an optional mode of settle-
ment—either the policyowner or the beneficiary—also has the right to designate a
contingent payee, or successor payee, who will receive any proceeds still payable
at the time of the payee’s death.
Insurers commonly offer four optional modes of settlement in their individual
life insurance policies. These settlement options are the interest option, the fixed
period option, the fixed amount option, and the life income option.
Interest Option
The interest option is a settlement option under which the insurance company
invests the policy proceeds and periodically pays interest on those proceeds to
the payee. The policy usually guarantees that the insurer will pay at least a stated
minimum interest rate, but the insurer may pay a higher rate if its investment earn-
ings are better than expected.
The payee generally has the right to withdraw all or part of the policy proceeds
at any time or to place all of the proceeds—including any interest that the insurer
is holding—under another settlement option. However, a policyowner who selects
the interest option may place restrictions on the payee’s right to withdraw the
policy proceeds. For example, the policyowner might specify that the payee is not
permitted to withdraw more than 10 percent of the policy proceeds per year for the
first 10 years after proceeds are payable.
Fixed Period Option

The fixed period option is a settlement option under which the insurance company
agrees to pay policy proceeds in equal installments to the payee for a specified
period of time. Each payment will consist partly of the policy proceeds being held
by the company and partly of the interest earned on the proceeds. As with the
interest option, the policy states the minimum guaranteed interest rate that will
be earned on the proceeds and states that the rate may be higher if the insurer’s
investment returns are better than expected.
The amount of each installment paid under the fixed period option depends
primarily on the amount of the policy proceeds, the interest rate, and the length of
the payment period that the policyowner or beneficiary chooses. Installments may
be paid annually or more frequently—even monthly if the amount of each install-
ment is large enough to meet the company’s minimum requirements. For example,
the policyowner might elect for the insurer to pay the policy proceeds in equal
monthly installments for a five-year period.

If the policyowner has not designated the fixed period option as irrevocable,
many policies permit the payee to cancel the option at any time and to collect all
of the remaining policy proceeds and unpaid interest in a lump sum. The payee,
however, usually does not have the right to withdraw only a part of the funds dur-
ing the payment period. Such a partial withdrawal would reduce the amount of the
remaining funds and would require the insurer to recalculate the entire schedule
of benefit payments.
Fixed Amount Option

The fixed amount option is a settlement option under which the insurance com-
pany pays equal installments of a stated amount until the policy proceeds, plus the
interest earned, are exhausted. For example, the policyowner might elect for the
insurer to pay $1,000 a month to the payee until the policy proceeds are exhausted.
The number of installments that the insurer will pay depends on the amount
of the policy proceeds, the interest rate, and the fixed amount selected. As with
the fixed period option, the fixed amount option states the minimum guaranteed
interest rate that the insurer will pay on the policy proceeds it holds. The larger
the amount of the proceeds and all other factors remaining equal, the longer the
period for which the insurer will make installment payments of the fixed amount.
The payee receiving the policy proceeds under the fixed amount option gen-
erally has the right to withdraw part or all of the remaining policy proceeds at
any time. If the payee makes a partial withdrawal, then the insurer will continue
making installment payments of the selected amount but will reduce the number
of installments it pays. In many cases, the payee also has the right to increase or
decrease the amount of each installment payment. Increasing the amount of each
payment means that the proceeds will be exhausted more rapidly and fewer pay-
ments will be made. Alternatively, reducing the amount of each installment means
that the proceeds will be paid over a longer period of time.
Life Income Option

The life income option is a settlement option under which the insurance company
agrees to pay the policy proceeds in periodic installments over the payee’s life-
time. As we have seen, both the fixed amount and fixed period options provide
installment payments for only a limited time. On the other hand, the life income
option provides a permanent source of income for the payee, even though this
method of settlement typically results in smaller installment payments than would
be available under the fixed amount or fixed period options.
Under the life income option, the insurance company agrees to use the policy
proceeds to purchase a life annuity for the payee. Recall that an annuity is a series
of periodic payments. A life annuity is an annuity that provides annuity payments
for at least the lifetime of a named individual. In other words, the payee is entitled
to receive annuity payments throughout his lifetime.
Insurance companies offer several types of life annuities. Therefore, insurance
companies also give a policyowner or beneficiary who chooses the life income
option the right to select from among several types of life annuities. In Chapter 11,
we discuss the various types of life annuities that insurers offer.

The settlement options provision also guarantees that each annuity payment
will be at least as large as a stated amount. Policies typically contain charts that
list the amount of the guaranteed minimum annuity payments that will be avail-
able under each of the life income options. If the insurer’s payout factors in effect
at the time of settlement would result in larger payment amounts, then the insurer
typically provides the larger amounts, rather than the guaranteed amounts. We’ll
go into greater detail about annuities in the next two chapters.
Key Terms
policy proceeds paid-up additional insurance
class designation dividend option
primary beneficiary additional term insurance dividend
contingent beneficiary option
right of revocation assignment
revocable beneficiary assignor
vested interest assignee
irrevocable beneficiary absolute assignment
premium payment mode collateral assignment
participating policy assignment provision
nonparticipating policy preference beneficiary clause
divisible surplus simultaneous death act
policy dividend survivorship clause
dividend options settlement options
automatic dividend option settlement options provision
cash dividend option payee
premium reduction contingent payee
dividend option interest option
policy loan repayment fixed period option
dividend option fixed amount option
accumulation at interest life income option
dividend option life annuity
Endnotes
1. ACLI Life Insurers Fact Book 2015 (Washington, DC: American Council of Life Insurers, 2015), 68,
aspx (30 August 2016).
2. In some jurisdictions, the simultaneous death act applies if the insured and beneficiary die within
a stated amount of time—often 120 hours—of each other. Under such a law, if the beneficiary dies
within 120 hours of the insured, then the insured is deemed to have survived the beneficiary, unless the
policy provides otherwise.
3. In many jurisdictions, the beneficiary’s unintentional wrongful killing of the insured also disqualifies
her from receiving the policy proceeds. For example, the beneficiary might have driven a car while
intoxicated and unintentionally caused an accident that resulted in the death of the insured, who was a
passenger in the car.

Principles of Insurance Chapter 10: Introduction to Annuities 10.1
Chapter 10
Introduction to Annuities
Objectives
10A Define longevity risk and important annuity terms, such as annuity,
annuity payment, contract owner, individual annuity, group annuity,
annuitant, payee, beneficiary, annuity start date, payout period, and
annuity period
10B Distinguish between immediate and deferred annuity contracts,
single-premium and flexible-premium annuity contracts, and fixed
and variable annuity contracts
10C Describe the features of the deferred income annuity (DIA), the
longevity annuity, and the fixed indexed annuity (FIA)
10D Explain standard contract provisions included in individual annuity
contracts

10.2 Chapter 10: Introduction to Annuities Principles of Insurance
Outline
Important Annuity Terms Annuity Contract Provisions
Types of Annuity Contracts 
Standard Annuity Contract
Provisions
 Immediate and Deferred Annuities

Standard Deferred Annuity Contract
 Single-Premium and Flexible- Provisions
Premium Annuities
 Fixed and Variable Annuities
 Other Types of Fixed Annuities
A
ccording to a recent study, most Americans rank death as their second-
greatest fear. What could be scarier than dying? Coming in at first place:
running out of money before you die.1
The life insurance products we have discussed so far in this text can provide
protection against the financial consequences of premature death. However, living
too long is also a risk. As a result of increasing life expectancies, many people now
live for a number of years or even decades longer than they planned. These people
face longevity risk, which is the risk that a person will live longer than expected
and will exhaust her assets.
In the United States, life insurers offer annuities as a means of protection
against longevity risk. As Figure 10.1 demonstrates, policy reserves for annuities
significantly exceed those for life and health insurance in the United States.
In some countries, such as Argentina, companies that issue life insurance poli-
cies and annuity contracts must be different legal entities. In the United States,
annuities are considered to be life insurance products, and only life insurance
companies are permitted to issue annuities. Thus, annuities must comply with
state insurance laws and regulations. Although only insurers may issue annuities,
many types of financial institutions, including depository institutions and broker-
dealers, may market and distribute annuities.
Important Annuity Terms

In the most general terms, an annuity is a series of periodic payments. In an
LEARNING AID annuity contract, these periodic payments are commonly referred to as annuity
payments. (Other terms are annuity benefit payments, annuity income payments,
or periodic income payments.) As noted in Chapter 1, an annuity contract is a
legally enforceable agreement under which an insurer promises to make a series
of periodic payments to a named individual in exchange for one or more premium
payments. In this text, we use both terms—annuity and annuity contract—inter-
changeably to refer to annuity contracts.
The terms of an annuity contract govern the rights and duties of the contracting
parties. The parties to an annuity contract are (1) the insurer that issued the con-
tract and (2) the person or other entity, known as the contract owner, who owns
and exercises all the rights and privileges of the annuity contract. As with a life
insurance policy, the insurer provides the contract owner with a written agreement
that contains all the terms and provisions of the annuity contract.

Figure 10.1 Distribution of Life Insurers’ Policy Reserves, 2014
Supplementary
Contracts
Life 0.4%
Insurance
29% Annuities
66%
Health
Insurance
5%
Insurers issue both individual and group annuities:

An individual annuity is purchased and owned by a person or purchased by
a legal entity, such as a trust, on behalf of a person. We describe individual
annuities in this chapter and the next chapter.
In a retirement plan, a group annuity is purchased by a plan sponsor to pro-
vide annuity payments to plan participants at retirement.
Insurers use a number of terms that specify the roles of certain individuals or
entities under an annuity contract:
The annuitant is the person whose lifetime the insurer uses to determine the
amount and duration of annuity payments under the contract.
The payee is the person or entity that the contract owner names to receive the
annuity payments. Typically, annuity contracts state that the insurer pays the
annuity payments to the annuitant.
The beneficiary is the person or legal entity who may receive benefits accrued
or values remaining in an annuity contract upon the death of the contract
owner or annuitant.

In most cases, the contract owner, annuitant, and payee are the same person.
Important dates and time periods for annuities include the
Annuity start date, also known as the annuity commencement date, income
date, or maturity date, which is the date when the insurer is required to begin
making annuity payments under the contract.
Payout period, also known as the liquidation period or the distribution period,
which is the period during which the insurer makes annuity payments.
Annuity period, which is the time span between each of the annuity payments.
The annuity period is typically either one month or one year, although quar-
terly or semiannual payments are also available.
Example:
Jocelyn Picard used a lump sum of money to purchase an annuity from
the Reliable Insurance Company. According to the terms of this annuity,
Reliable will begin making annuity payments to Jocelyn beginning next
month on March 1, and it will continue making monthly annuity payments
to her for a 10-year period. If Jocelyn should die during this 10-year period,
Reliable will make the remaining annuity payments to her son, Grant.
Analysis:
Jocelyn is the contract owner and annuitant of this annuity. Her son, Grant,
is the beneficiary. The annuity start date is March 1, and the 10-year period
during which Reliable makes the annuity payments is the payout period.
The annuity period is one month, making her annuity a monthly annuity.
Types of Annuity Contracts

As noted earlier, annuity contracts may be issued as either individual or group
annuities. Annuity contracts can be categorized in other ways, based on
When annuity payments begin
How often premiums are paid
What guarantees the insurer offers

As we will show, these categories overlap one another.
Immediate and Deferred Annuities

An annuity can be classified as either an immediate annuity or a deferred annuity,
depending on when the insurer begins making annuity payments. An immediate
annuity is an annuity that provides annuity payments that begin no later than one
year after the annuity is purchased. The owner of an immediate annuity selects the
annuity start date when she applies for the annuity.

Example:
Abigail Choate purchased an immediate annuity on September 1, 2016.
She selected an annuity start date of February 1, 2017, and annual annuity
payments.
Analysis:
Abigail will begin receiving annual annuity payments on her annuity’s
start date of February 1, 2017.
A contract owner often uses an immediate annuity to convert a lump-sum pay-

ment into an income stream. For example, a person who is retiring might take
a portion of her savings and use it to purchase an immediate annuity that will
provide her with monthly payments during her retirement. Note that an annuity
is the only financial product that an individual can purchase that can guarantee a
lifetime income stream.
A deferred annuity is an annuity under which the annuity payments are post-
poned for at least one year after the annuity is purchased. The period between the
contract owner’s purchase of a deferred annuity and either the date when the annu-
ity’s payout period begins or the date when the annuity is terminated is known
as the accumulation period. During the accumulation period, the insurer invests
the premiums paid by the contract owner, and the annuity builds an accumulated
value. A deferred annuity’s accumulated value, also known as the accumulation
value, contract value, or account value, is equal to the amount paid for the annu-
ity, plus the interest earned, minus the amount of any withdrawals and fees. The
accumulated value can be expressed in equation form as:
Accumulated value of a deferred annuity =

(Premiums) + (Interest earned) – (Withdrawals and fees)
People often purchase deferred annuities during their working years to accu-
mulate savings for retirement. At retirement, deferred annuity contract owners
may then convert the contract to payout status and begin receiving annuity pay-
ments. A deferred annuity contract that has been converted to payout status—
whether over the course of the annuitant’s life or a specific time period—is said to
be annuitized.
Figure 10.2 illustrates the difference between an immediate annuity and a
deferred annuity.

Figure 10.2. Immediate vs. Deferred Annuities
Immediate Annuity
Annuity start date
{
2010
Payout Period
Insurance company makes payments
$
Contract owner
pays a single premium
Deferred Annuity
2010 2015 2020
Accumulation Period
Payout Period
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
Contract owner Insurance company makes payments
pays 10 annual premiums
Single-Premium and Flexible-Premium Annuities

Annuity contracts can be categorized as either single-premium annuities or flexi-
ble-premium annuities based on how often premiums are paid. A single-premium
annuity is an annuity that is purchased with the payment of a single, lump-sum
premium amount. A single-premium annuity can be either an immediate annuity
or a deferred annuity:
A single-premium immediate annuity (SPIA) contract is purchased with a
lump-sum premium payment and provides annuity payments that begin no
later than one year after the annuity is purchased. All immediate annuities are
single-premium annuities.
A single-premium deferred annuity (SPDA) contract is purchased with a
lump-sum premium payment and provides annuity payments that are post-
poned for at least one year after the annuity is purchased.
A flexible-premium annuity is an annuity that allows the contract owner to
make additional premium payments after the contract is purchased. Because every
annuity purchased with flexible premiums is a deferred annuity, most insurers
refer to the flexible-premium annuities they issue as flexible-premium deferred
annuity (FPDA) contracts.

Typically, the minimum amount required for the initial premium of an FPDA is
larger than the minimum amount allowed for subsequent premiums. For example,
an FPDA might require the contract owner to pay an initial premium of at least
$2,000 and then allow the contract owner to pay subsequent premiums of at least
$100 each year. The contract owner can also choose not to pay any premium in a
given year; the only requirement is that any premium amount paid each year must
fall within the stated minimum and maximum amounts
Figure 10.3 illustrates some of the different ways that people can use annuities.
Fixed and Variable Annuities

People who purchase annuities have different goals in mind for the funds they
place in an annuity. Annuity contract owners also differ in the amount of risk they
are willing to assume when they place money in their annuities. Thus, many insur-
ers offer two general options for annuity purchasers: fixed annuities and variable
annuities.
Figure 10.3. How People Can Use Annuities
Example 1. Wei-Chao Chen, age 65, is retiring. He sold

his home for $250,000 and moved into an apartment.
Wei-Chao used some of the proceeds from the sale of his
home to purchase a single-premium immediate annuity
that will provide monthly annuity payments beginning one
month after purchase.
Example 2. Marisela Linares, age 45, is employed and

plans to retire at age 65. Marisela’s mother died, and
Marisela received $100,000 as the beneficiary of her
mother’s life insurance p
olicy. Marisela used this money
to purchase a single-premium deferred annuity. Later, she
can request that annuity payments begin at age 65.
Example 3. Francis Moran, age 30, is employed and wants

to save money for his retirement. Francis purchased a
flexible-premium deferred annuity. He paid an initial
premium of $2,000 and paid subsequent monthly

premiums of $100 for three months, when he experienced
a financial emergency. Six months later, after resolving the
emergency, Francis resumed making monthly premium
payments.

Fixed Annuities
A fixed annuity is an annuity contract under which the insurer guarantees
(1) the minimum interest rate that it will apply to any accumulated value and
(2) the minimum amount of the annuity payments that it will pay. Most fixed
annuities state that after the insurer begins making annuity payments, the amount
of each payment will not change.
If the fixed annuity is an immediate annuity, then it has no accumulated value
and the amount of each annuity payment is known when the insurer issues the
contract.
If the fixed annuity is a deferred annuity, then the accumulated value earns
interest throughout the accumulation period. Fixed deferred annuities (FDAs)
typically specify two types of interest rates that apply to the accumulated value:
The guaranteed minimum interest-crediting rate is the minimum interest
rate an insurer must pay on an FDA’s accumulated value. Guaranteed mini-
mum interest rates ensure that the value of an FDA will increase over time and
that the contract owner will not lose any of the premiums—or principal—paid
into the annuity, unless he terminates the contract within a specified time
period.
The current interest-crediting rate is the rate of interest that an insurer
declares and pays on an FDA’s accumulated value for a specified period of
time. Insurers typically offer FDAs with current interest-crediting rates that
are good for one, three, and even five years. After this initial period, the insurer
will set a new interest rate that is good for one year at a time.
Example:
The Reliable Insurance Company offers a guaranteed minimum interest-
crediting rate of 1% on its FDAs. Reliable also offers the following current
interest rates:
1 year 3 years 5 years
1.10% 1.20% 1.25%
The new current interest-crediting rate can be higher or lower than the previ-
ous current rate, but it can’t drop below the guaranteed minimum interest-
crediting rate stated in the contract.
When an insurer provides interest-rate guarantees in a fixed deferred annuity
contract, the insurer agrees to assume the investment risk of the contract. The
insurer places the funds in relatively secure investments as part of its general
account. If the insurer’s general account performs well, the insurer can pay inter-
est rates that are higher than the minimum rates guaranteed in its contracts while
still achieving profits from the general account. The insurer, however, faces the
risk that its investments will perform poorly. If investment returns are less than the
minimum guaranteed in its contracts, the insurer will lose money.

Variable Annuities
A variable annuity is an annuity under which the amount of any accumulated
value and the amount of the annuity payments fluctuate in accordance with the
performance of one or more specified investment funds. In general, insurers make
no guarantees regarding the principal or the interest rate. The contract owner ben-
efits from any gains that result from profitable investments and bears most or all
of the risk of any losses from unprofitable investments. Because the investment
risk is assumed by the contract owner, variable annuities in the United States are
considered securities and must comply with federal securities laws.
Subaccounts and Fixed Accounts for Variable Deferred Annuities

Premiums for variable deferred annuities are generally deposited in the insurer’s
separate account. These premiums are used to purchase investments in one or
more subaccounts chosen by the contract owner. The owner may allocate pre-
miums among a number of subaccounts and has the right to (1) transfer money
among subaccounts, (2) change the percentage of money allocated to specific sub-
accounts, and (3) change the subaccounts in which future premiums are invested.
Typically, variable deferred annuities offer a wide variety of subaccounts.
In addition, contract owners usually can place a portion of their premiums in a
fixed account, which guarantees payment of a fixed rate of interest for a specified
period of time. Unlike money invested in subaccounts, money invested in a fixed
account is held in the insurer’s general account. The insurer bears the investment
risk for the fixed account.
During a variable deferred annuity’s accumulation period, the annuity’s accu-
mulated value will fluctuate directly with the investment performance of the cho-
sen subaccounts.
Accumulation Units for Variable Deferred Annuities

Premiums paid into subaccounts, minus certain expense charges, buy accumulation
units, which are ownership shares in a selected subaccount held during the accu-
mulation period of a variable deferred annuity. The value of an accumulation unit
changes over time. The lower the value of an accumulation unit, the more units a
contract owner can purchase, given the same premium amount.
The contract owner’s subaccount value is equal to the current value of an accu-
mulation unit multiplied by the total number of units the contract owner holds in
the subaccount. The contract’s total accumulated value is equal to the total of all
the contract owner’s subaccount values plus any fixed account value.
These relationships can be expressed in equation form as follows:
Subaccount value = Current value of accumulation unit × Total number of units
Total accumulated value = Total value of + Total value of

of a variable annuity subaccounts fixed account

Example:
On January 15, Trisha Hart paid a $100,000 single premium for a variable
deferred annuity from the Reliable Insurance Company. She chose to
invest her premium payments in two subaccounts, as follows:
25% of $100,000 in Subaccount A, or $25,000
75% of $100,000 in Subaccount B, or $75,000
At the time of purchase, accumulation units in
Subaccount A were valued at $20 per unit
Subaccount B were valued at $15 per unit
Therefore, Trisha purchased
1,250 accumulation units in Subaccount A ($25,000 ÷ $20)
5,000 accumulation units in Subaccount B ($75,000 ÷ $15)
By August 1, the value of the accumulation units in
Subaccount A had increased to $25 per unit
Subaccount B had decreased to $12 per unit
Analysis:
As of August 1, the value of Trisha’s investment in
•• Subaccount A was equal to $31,250, found as $25 × 1,250. Thus, Subac-
count A increased in value by $6,250, found as $31,250 − $25,000.
•• Subaccount B was equal to $60,000, found as $12 × 5,000. Thus, Sub-
account B decreased in value by $15,000, found as $75,000 − $60,000.
The accumulated value of her account was equal to $91,250 ($31,250 +
$60,000), so overall her subaccount investments declined in value during
the period.
Figure 10.4 summarizes the major classifications of annuities.
Figure 10.4. Major Classifications of Annuity Contracts
Immediate Deferred
Annuity Annuity
Single-premium
Fixed
Single-premium OR
Annuity
Flexible-premium
Single-premium
Variable
Single-premium OR
Annuity
Flexible-premium

Other Types of Fixed Annuities

In addition to traditional fixed annuities, insurers offer three other types of fixed
annuities: the deferred income annuity (DIA), the longevity annuity, and the fixed
indexed annuity (FIA).
Deferred Income Annuities and Longevity Annuities

Insurers created deferred income annuities and longevity annuities for individuals
who desire a guaranteed stream of income during retirement. A deferred income
annuity (DIA) is a fixed annuity that an individual typically buys in the years
nearing retirement that locks in a guaranteed stream of income when it is pur-
chased, although the annuity payments do not begin until a specified future date.
Contract owners typically purchase DIAs sometime in their 50s to mid-60s. They
usually schedule their annuity payments to begin in approximately seven or eight
years to replace income when they retire.
A longevity annuity, also known as an advanced life deferred annuity or
longevity insurance, is a fixed annuity that an individual at or near retirement pur-
chases with a lump sum that at the time of purchase locks in a guaranteed stream
of income to begin at a specified advanced age—typically age 80 or 85. Techni-
cally, a longevity annuity is a type of DIA. Note that a longevity annuity was not
designed to provide income throughout retirement. Rather, it covers the long-tail
risk of outliving one’s assets and frees the individual from the worry that she will
run out of money should she live longer than expected.
Deferred income annuities and longevity annuities possess features of both
immediate and deferred annuities:
Like immediate annuities, DIAs and longevity annuities have no accumula-
tion period.
Like deferred annuities, the annuity start date for a DIA and a longevity annu-
ity can be anywhere from 12 months to 40 years or more after purchase.
Fixed Indexed Annuities

An increasingly popular type of annuity in the United States is the fixed indexed
annuity. A fixed indexed annuity (FIA), also known as an indexed annuity, is a
fixed deferred annuity that offers principal and interest rate guarantees, as well as
the possibility of additional earnings based on changes in an index. An index is a
means of measuring the performance of a group of similar investments. For FIAs,
a commonly used index is the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 composite stock price
index. FIAs are classified as fixed annuities because of the guarantees they offer.
However, like variable annuities, FIAs offer the potential for higher returns.
Figure 10.5 illustrates the sales of annuities by product type in the United States
from 2009 to 2014.

Figure 10.5. Sales by Annuity Product Type (Dollars in Billions)
Percentage
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Change
2014/2013
Variable
Deferred $127.9 $140.5 $157.9 $147.4 $145.4 $140.0 -4%
Immediate 0.10 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.13 151%
Total Variable $128.0 $140.5 $157.9 $147.4 $145.4 $140.1 -4%
Fixed
Book Value1 $53.2 $30.3 $29.7 $20.2 $22.2 $20.9 -6%
Market-Value Adjusted 14.4 6.1 5.2 4.5 7.1 9.9 39%
Indexed 29.9 32.1 32.2 33.9 39.3 48.2 23%
Total Deferred $97.5 $68.5 $67.1 $58.6 $68.6 $70.0 15%
Immediate 7.5 7.6 8.1 7.7 8.3 9.7 17%
Deferred Income (DIA) * * 0.20 1.0 2.2 2.7 22%
Structured Settlements 5.6 5.8 5.1 5.0 5.3 5.4 3%
Total Fixed $110.6 $81.9 $80.5 $72.3 $84.4 $96.8 15%
TOTAL $238.6 $222.4 $238.4 $219.7 $229.8 $236.9 3%
•1Book Value = Traditional Fixed Deferred *Less than $50 Million
Source: Adapted from Todd Giesing, U.S. Individual Annuity Yearbook—2014 (Windsor, CT: LL Global, Inc., ©2015), 14.
Used with permission; all rights reserved.
Annuity Contract Provisions

As we mentioned earlier, an annuity is a contract between an insurance company
and a contract owner. Annuity contracts typically contain standard annuity con-
tract provisions. Insurers include some of these standard provisions in all annui-
ties, whereas others apply specifically to deferred annuities.
Standard Annuity Contract Provisions

Many of the provisions that insurers include in individual life insurance policies
are also included in individual annuity contracts. The following provisions are gen-
erally required by law to be included in all types of individual annuity c ontracts:
An entire contract provision, which states that the entire contract consists of
the annuity contract, the application if it is attached to the contract, and any
attached riders.
A free-look provision or free-examination provision, which gives the contract
owner a stated period of time—usually 10 to 30 days—after the contract is
delivered in which to examine it. During the free-look period, the contract
owner has the right to cancel the contract and receive a refund of the premi-
ums paid or the contract’s accumulated value.

An incontestability provision, which describes the insurer’s right to contest

the validity of the annuity contract. In general, the application for an annuity
does not contain questions relating to the insurability of the applicant, and
the applicant does not make representations on which the insurer bases its
decision to issue the annuity. As a result, the incontestability provision in an
annuity contract typically states that, after the contract becomes effective, the
insurer may not contest the validity of the contract. However, some insurers
offer supplemental benefit riders, such as a waiver of premium for disability
benefit rider. In this case, the applicant generally must provide evidence of
insurability, and the annuity’s incontestability provision gives the insurer a
specified period, usually one to two years, in which to contest the validity of
the coverage provided by the rider based on a material misrepresentation in
the application. The annuity contract itself remains in force.
A misstatement of age or sex provision, which states that if the annuitant’s
age or sex was misstated in the application, then the annuity payments will be
adjusted to the amount that the premiums paid would have purchased for the
correct age or sex.
Like participating individual life insurance policies, participating individual
annuity contracts must include a dividends provision, which describes the
contract owner’s right to share in the insurer’s divisible surplus, if any, and the
dividend payment options available to the contract owner.
Standard Deferred Annuity Contract Provisions

Deferred annuity contracts generally include a number of provisions that govern
the rights of the contract owner during the annuity’s accumulation period. For
example, the withdrawal provision gives the contract owner the right to receive
a portion of the contract’s accumulated value during the accumulation period.
Most contracts allow the owner to withdraw up to a stated percentage of the accu-
mulated value each year without charge. For example, fixed deferred annuities
typically allow contract owners to withdraw up to 10 percent of the accumulated
value per year, without penalty. If the contract owner makes excess withdrawals as
defined in the contract, the insurer generally imposes a fee, known as a surrender
charge or a contingent deferred sales charge.
Example:
Imran Kahn owns a fixed deferred annuity from the Reliable Insurance
Company. Imran’s annuity allows him to withdraw up to 10% of the
accumulated value each year without incurring a surrender charge. Last
year, Imran chose to have $400 per month deducted from his annuity’s
accumulated value and deposited into his bank account. Therefore, his
scheduled withdrawals for the year totaled $4,800 ($400 per month × 12
months). The accumulated value of Imran’s annuity on the most recent
contract anniversary date was $40,000.
Analysis:
Reliable determined that Imran’s free withdrawal amount for the contract
year was $4,000, found as $40,000 × 0.10. Because Imran withdrew
$800 more than this amount ($4,800 – $4,000), he was required to pay a
surrender charge on the $800.

Insurers also impose a surrender charge if the contract owner fully surren-
ders the contract within a stated number of years after it was purchased (the sur-
render period). In this case, the contract owner receives the annuity’s surrender
value—the accumulated value less any surrender charges included in the policy.
The amount of any surrender charge that is imposed usually declines over time.
An insurer typically imposes a surrender charge during the early years of a
deferred annuity contract to recover the costs it incurred in issuing the contract.
Example:
Cynthia Quincy purchased a single-premium fixed deferred annuity
contract from the Reliable Insurance Company. Her annuity contract
contained the following surrender charge schedule:
Contract Surrender Charge

Year Percentage
Year 1 7%
Year 2 6%
Year 3 5%
Year 4 4%
Year 5 3%
Year 6 2%
Year 7 1%
Year 8 0%
Cynthia surrendered the contract 18 months after she purchased it. At

that time, the contract had an accumulated value of $100,000.
Analysis:
The insurer imposed a surrender charge of 6% of $100,000, or $6,000, and
paid Cynthia the surrender value of $94,000, found as $100,000 – $6,000.
A special type of fixed deferred annuity, known as a market-value-adjusted

(MVA) annuity, adjusts withdrawal or surrender values based on changes in mar-
ket interest rates. In other words, the insurer imposes a market value adjustment
if a contract owner makes withdrawals in excess of the permissible limits or sur-
renders the contract prior to the end of the surrender period. This adjustment is
in addition to the surrender charge, and it can result in an increase, a decrease, or
no change in the withdrawal amount, depending on current interest rates. MVA
annuities must meet certain requirements to be issued as fixed annuities in the
United States.
If either the annuitant or the contract owner of a deferred annuity (depend-
ing on the contract) dies before the annuity payments begin, the contract usually
provides a death benefit, also known as a survivor benefit, which is an amount
of money payable to a beneficiary designated by the contract owner. The death
benefit usually equals at least the amount of the annuity’s accumulated value at the
date of death. Insurers typically do not impose surrender charges on the payment
of death benefits.

Key Terms
longevity risk single-premium deferred annuity
annuity (SPDA)
annuity payments flexible-premium annuity
contract owner fixed annuity
individual annuity guaranteed minimum interest-crediting
group annuity rate
annuitant current interest-crediting rate
payee variable annuity
beneficiary fixed account
annuity start date accumulation unit
payout period deferred income annuity (DIA)
annuity period longevity annuity
immediate annuity fixed indexed annuity (FIA)
deferred annuity withdrawal provision
accumulation period surrender charge
accumulated value surrender value
single-premium annuity market-value-adjusted (MVA) annuity
single-premium immediate death benefit
annuity (SPIA)
Endnote
1. Allianz Life Insurance Company, Reclaiming the Future, http://www.thepg.com/resources/allianz_
brochure.pdf (9 October 2015).

Principles of Insurance Chapter 11: Annuities and Individual Retirement Arrangements 11.1
Chapter 11
Annuities and Individual

Retirement Arrangements
Objectives
11A Identify and distinguish among the types of annuity options available
under annuity contracts
11B Describe the guaranteed benefits offered as riders on certain annuity
contracts
11C Explain how insurers determine the amount of each annuity payment
for a fixed single premium immediate annuity (SPIA) and describe the
effect of various factors on the amount of each annuity payment
11D Explain how insurers determine the amount of each annuity payment
for a fixed deferred annuity (FDA) and for a variable annuity
11E Explain the fees and charges typically paid by annuity contract
owners
11F Differentiate between qualified and nonqualified annuities and
describe the income tax treatment of annuities
11G Differentiate between an individual retirement account and an
individual retirement annuity and between a traditional and a Roth
individual retirement arrangement

11.2 Chapter 11: Annuities and Individual Retirement Arrangements Principles of Insurance
Outline
Annuity Features Taxation of Annuities
 Annuity Options
Individual Retirement Arrangements
 Annuity Guarantee Riders
Financial Aspects of Annuities
 Determining Annuity Payment
Amounts
 Fees and Charges for Annuities
I
n this chapter, we continue our discussion of annuities by describing impor-
tant annuity features, such as annuity options and guarantee riders. We then
examine some of the financial aspects of annuities by explaining how insurers
determine annuity payment amounts and describing the kinds of fees and charges
they assess for annuities.
We then present another product in the United States that can offer protection
against longevity risk: the individual retirement arrangement. U.S. life insurers
offer one type of individual retirement arrangement—the individual retirement
annuity. Individual retirement arrangements (IRAs) have become the largest com-
ponent of private-sector retirement assets in the United States. According to the
Federal Reserve, as of the end of 2014, IRAs contained $7.4 trillion in assets,
accounting for 30 percent of all retirement assets.1
Annuity Features
Important annuity features include the options for distributing the annuity’s funds
and riders that give contract owners certain guaranteed benefits.
Annuity Options
Every annuity contract includes a list of annuity options, also known as payout
options, which are the choices a contract owner has as to how the insurer will dis-
LEARNING AID
tribute the annuity payments. In the case of an immediate annuity, the applicant
chooses an annuity option when she applies for the annuity. For a deferred annuity,
the contract owner must choose an annuity option if she decides to annuitize the
contract.
All but one of the options described below apply to immediate annuities and
to deferred annuities that have been annuitized. The exception is the lump-sum
distribution, which applies only to deferred annuities.
For all of the examples of annuity options in this chapter, we are assuming that
the contract owner and annuitant are the same person.
Lump-Sum Distribution
A deferred annuity contract owner may choose to have the accumulated value of
the annuity distributed in a single payment, known as a lump-sum distribution.
Once the insurer makes a lump-sum distribution, the annuity contract terminates,
and the insurer has no further obligation to the contract owner.

Fixed Period Annuity

With a fixed period annuity, also known as a period certain annuity or annuity
certain, the insurer provides annuity payments for a specified period of time. The
stated period over which the insurer will make the annuity payments is called the
period certain. At the end of the period, annuity payments cease. If the annui-
tant dies before the end of the period certain, the beneficiary becomes entitled to
receive the remaining annuity payments.
The fixed period annuity is useful when a person needs an income for a speci-
fied period of time. For example, a person might purchase a fixed period annuity
to provide income for a specified period until some other source of income, such
as a retirement plan benefit, becomes payable.
Example:
Miko Yamata plans to retire at age 60. However, she will not receive
benefits from her employer-sponsored retirement plan until she reaches
age 65. Miko purchased a five-year fixed period deferred annuity with an
annuity start date of when she reaches age 60.
Analysis:
When Miko reaches age 60, she will begin receiving annuity payments
from her annuity for five years. At the end of the five-year period, the
payments will cease, but at this time Miko will begin receiving benefits
from her employer-sponsored retirement plan.
Fixed Amount Annuity

With a fixed amount annuity, the insurer provides annuity payments of a specified
amount. The contract owner tells the insurer the amount of the annuity payment
she wants, and the insurer calculates how long the premiums (for an immediate
annuity) or the accumulated value (for a deferred annuity) can provide annuity
payments of the specified amount. Some retirees use fixed amount annuities to
provide extra income at some point during retirement.
Example:
Isabel Loyola, age 60, purchased a fixed amount annuity of $1,000 a
month with her husband, Clyde, as the beneficiary. She paid the insurer a
premium of $55,000.
Analysis:
The insurer will inform Isabel of how long she will receive monthly annuity
payments of $1,000, as well as the amount of the last payment, which will
be less than $1,000. If Isabel dies before the annuity payments have all
been made, Clyde will receive the remaining annuity payments.

Life Annuities
As noted in Chapter 9, a life annuity is an annuity that provides annuity payments
for at least the lifetime of the annuitant. Insurers offer various forms of life annui-
ties as annuity options.
The most basic form of life annuity is the life only annuity, also known as a
single life annuity or a straight life annuity, which provides annuity payments for
only as long as the annuitant lives. Upon the death of the annuitant, the insurer has
no further liability under the contract.
With a life only annuity, if the annuitant lives a very long time, he might receive
more in annuity payments than he paid in premiums. (Remember that we’re assum-
ing the contract owner and annuitant are the same person.) On the other hand, if
the annuitant dies shortly after annuity payments begin, he could end up paying a
great deal more in premiums than he receives in annuity payments. The possibility
of experiencing this second scenario makes many people unwilling to purchase
life only annuities. Instead, they purchase other forms of life annuities that contain
more guarantees than a life only annuity.
Example:
When Gabriel Long retired at age 65, he used a lump sum of $500,000 to
purchase a life only annuity. The annuity began making monthly payments
of $2,955 to Gabriel one month later.
Analysis:
Assume that Gabriel beats the odds by living to the age of 97. Gabriel
would receive a total of $1,134,720 in annuity payments from his life only
annuity—more than double what he paid for the annuity.
Now assume instead that Gabriel dies five years after purchasing his
annuity. At that time, he would have received $177,300 in total payments
from his annuity, an amount considerably less than his premium payment
of $500,000.
A joint and survivor annuity provides a series of annuity payments based on

the life expectancies of two or more annuitants, with payments continuing until
the last annuitant dies. Most joint and survivor annuities cover two lives. The
terms of the contract determine whether, after the death of one of the annuitants,
the amount of each annuity payment remains the same or decreases by a stated
amount, such as 50 percent. A married couple might purchase a joint and survivor
annuity to provide income for the rest of both of their lives.

Example:
When Lawrence and Natasha Raymond retired at age 66, they purchased
a joint and survivor annuity that specified a monthly payment of $2,000,
beginning in one month and continuing until one of them died. In this
event, the insurer would reduce the monthly payments by 50% for the rest
of the survivor’s life.
Analysis:
When Lawrence died 15 years later, the annuity continued to make
payments in the amount of $1,000 a month. The annuity payments
continued until Natasha died at age 88.
A life income with period certain annuity guarantees that the insurer will
make annuity payments throughout the annuitant’s life and for at least a speci-
fied period, even if the annuitant dies before the end of that period. The contract
owner selects the guaranteed period, which is often 5 or 10 years. If the annuitant
dies before the period certain has expired, then the beneficiary becomes entitled
to receive the annuity payments for the rest of the period certain. If the annuitant
dies after the period certain has expired, annuity payments cease.
Example:
Blanche Bessett purchased a life income annuity with a 10-year period
certain. She named herself as the annuitant. She named her daughter,
Elaine, as the beneficiary. Blanche died 7 years after annuity payments
began.
Analysis:
Elaine received annuity payments for the rest of the 10-year period
certain—which was 3 more years. After the 10-year period expired, no
more payments were made. If Blanche had lived 15 years after annuity
payments began, she would have received the payments until she died,
and Elaine would have received no payments after her death.
The life income with refund annuity, also known as a refund annuity, provides
annuity payments throughout the annuitant’s lifetime and guarantees that at least
the purchase price of the annuity will be paid out. Therefore, if the annuitant dies
before the purchase price of the annuity has been paid out, the insurer will pay the
beneficiary an amount equal to the difference between the purchase price and the
amount that has already been paid out.

Example:
Harry Benedict paid a single premium of $150,000 for a life income with
refund annuity that provided an annuity payment of $10,000 per year.
He named his wife, Dorothy, as the beneficiary. Harry died 6 years after
annuity payments began; at the time of his death, he had received annuity
payments totaling $60,000.
Analysis:
Dorothy was entitled to a refund of $90,000, which was the difference
between the $150,000 purchase price and the $60,000 in annuity payments
made during Harry’s lifetime. If Harry had died 20 years after annuity
payments began, he would have received more in annuity payments than
he paid for the annuity (20 years × $10,000 = $200,000). In that case,
Dorothy would not have received a refund following Harry’s death.
Annuity Guarantee Riders

Some annuities give contract owners the option of purchasing riders that offer var-
ious guarantees. The most common of these riders are guaranteed minimum death
benefit riders (GMDBs) and guaranteed living benefit riders (GLBs). Because
these guarantees increase risk for the insurer, insurers generally charge contract
owners extra for these riders.
These riders apply only to deferred annuities in the accumulation period. If a
deferred annuity is annuitized, the riders can no longer be activated.
Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Riders

A guaranteed minimum death benefit rider (GMDB) is a variable deferred
annuity rider that guarantees that, if the annuitant dies before the annuity pay-
ments begin, the beneficiary will receive a stated minimum amount, regardless of
the contract’s accumulated value at the time. Most GMDBs specify a minimum
amount equal to the greater of (1) all premiums paid, adjusted for withdrawals, or
(2) the contract’s accumulated value at the time of death.
Example:
Kishan Halwai purchased a variable deferred annuity with a single premium
payment of $500,000. Kishan’s variable annuity has a GMDB that specifies
a death benefit equal to the greater of (1) all premiums paid, adjusted
for withdrawals, or (2) the accumulated value at the time of his death.
When Kishan died, he had taken no withdrawals from his annuity, and its
accumulated value had fallen to $300,000.
Analysis:
The death benefit of Kishan’s variable annuity was $500,000 (the total
premiums paid), because this value was greater than the accumulated
value of $300,000.

Guaranteed Living Benefit Riders

Many variable deferred annuities and some fixed indexed annuities offer
g uaranteed living benefit riders (GLBs), which are annuity riders that offer con-
tract owners protection from downturns in the market by guaranteeing certain
income, withdrawal, or accumulation amounts. These amounts are calculated with
reference to a “benefit base,” which is determined separately from the annuity’s
accumulated value. The initial benefit base is typically the greater of (1) the total
premium payments less total withdrawals on the date the rider is purchased or (2)
the accumulated value on that date.
Four types of GLBs that insurers offer are the
Guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit (GLWB), which is a GLB that allows
the contract owner to take withdrawals for life without annuitizing the con-
tract, even if the accumulated value is completely depleted. The withdrawal
amount is usually specified as a percentage of the benefit base or the accu-
mulated value, whichever is greater. For variable deferred annuities and fixed
indexed annuities, the GLWB is the most popular of all the GLBs.
Guaranteed minimum income benefit (GMIB), which is a GLB that offers
a lifetime minimum annuity payment amount when the benefit base is annu-
itized, regardless of the investment performance of the accumulated value.
Typically, the contract owner must keep the annuity in force for a certain
number of years—known as the waiting period—before annuitizing. Variable
deferred annuities, but not fixed indexed annuities, may offer the GMIB.
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (GMWB), which is a GLB that
allows the contract owner to withdraw a specified percentage of the benefit
base annually—but not for life—regardless of the investment performance
of the accumulated value. Variable deferred annuities, but not fixed indexed
annuities, may offer the GMWB.
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (GMAB), which is a GLB that
offers the contract owner a minimum protected amount if the annuity stays in
force for a specified period of time, regardless of the investment performance
of the accumulated value. Few insurers offer the GMAB.
Financial Aspects of Annuities

As part of the contractual agreement between the parties to an annuity, the con-
tract owner pays a single premium or multiple premiums to the insurer. The insurer
pools the premiums it receives from a large group of contract owners and invests
the pooled funds. The insurer uses the pooled funds—and investment earnings on
those funds—to provide the benefits promised under the annuity contract. In this
section, we discuss how insurers determine the amounts of annuity payments. We
also explain how insurers cover certain costs through annuity fees and charges.
Determining Annuity Payment Amounts

How an insurer determines annuity payment amounts differs depending on
whether the annuity is a fixed annuity or a variable annuity. The calculation also
differs for fixed immediate and fixed deferred annuities. In this section, we discuss LEARNING AID

how insurers determine annuity payments for fixed single-premium immediate

annuities (fixed SPIAs), fixed deferred annuities (FDAs), and variable annuities.
Determining Annuity Payments for Fixed SPIAs

When an individual purchases a fixed SPIA, the insurer informs him of the amount
of his annuity payments. Insurers determine the annuity payment amount by cal-
culating payout factors. A payout factor represents the amount of each annuity
payment per thousand dollars of premium (for an immediate annuity) or accumu-
lated value (for a deferred annuity).
For an immediate annuity, the basic formula for determining the actual amount
of each annuity payment is
Immediate annuity payment = (Single premium ÷ 1,000) × Payout factor
Example:
Trey Lee, age 65, is interested in purchasing a fixed single-premium
immediate annuity (SPIA). The monthly payout factors per $1,000 of
premium for a male age 65 are
Life Only Life with 10-Year Life with Lump-

Period Certain Sum Refund
$5.91 $5.68 $5.40
Analysis:
If Trey pays $100,000 for a life only fixed SPIA, he will receive $591 per
month for life (100,000 ÷ 1,000 = 100; $5.91 × 100 = $591).
Payout factors differ among products and among insurers. Payout factors take
into account the insurer’s costs, the rate of return the insurer is estimating it will
earn on the premiums over the life of the annuity, the annuitant’s average life expec-
tancy (mortality) based on age and gender, the annuity option selected, and the fre-
quency of the annuity payments. All other factors being equal, for a fixed SPIA,
The higher the estimated rate of return, the larger the amount of each annuity
payment.
The older a person is, the larger the amount of each annuity payment because
his average life expectancy is shorter than a younger person’s. Note, though,
that the payout factors for fixed period annuities and fixed amount annuities
do not take into account mortality.
A man’s annuity payment amount will be larger than a payment to a woman of
the same age because a man’s average life expectancy is less than a woman’s.
The longer the annuity option guarantees payments, the smaller each annuity
payment amount will be.
The less frequently annuity payments are made during the year, the larger
each annuity payment amount will be.

Determining Annuity Payments for FDAs

Fixed deferred annuity contracts contain a payout schedule, which guarantees the
annuitant will get at least a minimum level of annuity payments per $1,000 of
accumulated value. Figure 11.1 illustrates such a payout schedule. In this chart,
notice how, for each age, the payments for the life only annuity are the highest. All
other factors being equal, as period certain guarantees are added to life annuities,
the annuity payments will decrease.
For an FDA, the basic formula for determining the actual amount of each annu-
ity payment is
FDA payment = (Accumulated value ÷ 1,000) × Payout Factor
Example:
Emma Maier, age 65, owns an FDA that has an accumulated value of
$300,000. Emma wants to annuitize her contract and begin receiving
annuity payments for life only.
Analysis:
According to Figure 11.1, the appropriate payout factor is $4.27. With an
accumulated value of $300,000, Emma will receive $1,281 per month for
life (300,000 ÷ 1,000 = 300; $4.27 × 300 = $1,281).
Figure 11.1. Guaranteed Annuity Payments for a Fixed Deferred Annuity
Minimum Monthly Annuity Payment for

Each $1,000 of Accumulated Value
Payments for Life with Period Certain

Female Payments for
10 Years 15 Years 20 Years
Annuitant’s Age Life Only
40 $2.13 $2.12 $2.11 $2.09
45 2.36 2.34 2.32 2.28
50 2.65 2.62 2.58 2.52
55 3.05 2.99 2.91 2.82
60 3.56 3.45 3.32 3.14
65 4.27 4.07 3.82 3.48
70 5.33 4.89 4.38 3.76
75+ 6.95 5.89 4.87 3.92

Determining Annuity Payments for Variable Annuities

Variable deferred annuity contract owners who annuitize their contracts must
(1) select an annuity option and (2) choose between fixed or variable annuity pay-
LEARNING AID ments or a combination thereof. Fixed is the more popular of the payment options.
If the contract owner elects fixed payments, the insurer “cashes in” the subac-
counts by transferring their accumulated value from the separate account to the gen-
eral account. The insurer then uses the funds from the accumulation units and from
any fixed accounts to make annuity payments under the selected annuity option.
Example:
Willow Tannenbaum owns a variable deferred annuity from the Reliable
Insurance Company. Willow decides to annuitize her contract, and she
selects a life only annuity option with fixed payments. Reliable will transfer
the contract’s accumulated value to the general account.
Analysis:
Willow will receive payments for life based on the following formula:
(Accumulated value ÷ 1,000) × Payout factor
An insurer uses this same formula to determine the amount of the fixed annuity
payments for a variable immediate annuity, except that the lump-sum premium pay-
ment is substituted for the funds from the accumulation units and fixed accounts.
If the contract owner annuitizes his variable deferred contract and elects vari-
able annuity payments, the amount of each annuity payment will vary. In this
situation, the accumulation units are used to purchase annuity units. An annuity
unit is a share in an insurer’s subaccount that is used in the calculation of variable
annuity payments; it is obtained by converting a variable deferred annuity’s accu-
mulation units upon annuitization or by making a premium payment for a variable
immediate annuity. Although the number of annuity units is set when the contract
is annuitized, the value of each annuity unit fluctuates daily. The insurer calculates
the value of an annuity unit based on the investment experience of the subaccount.
The insurer then calculates the amount of the annuity payment by multiplying the
total number of annuity units by the current value of an annuity unit.
Example:
Todd Lovett is the contract owner of a variable deferred annuity from
the Reliable Insurance Company. Todd recently decided to annuitize his
contract. At this time, Reliable used the accumulation units in Todd’s
annuity to purchase annuity units. Todd then had
300 annuity units in Subaccount A
150 annuity units in Subaccount B
200 annuity units in Subaccount C
On the date when Reliable made its first monthly annuity payment to
Todd, the value of an annuity unit in
Subaccount A was $5.00
Subaccount B was $4.00
Subaccount C was $2.50

Example (continued):
Therefore, Todd’s first monthly annuity payment was $2,600, found as
(300 × $5.00) + (150 × $4.00) + (200 × $2.50).
On the date when Reliable made its second monthly annuity payment, the
value of an annuity unit in
Subaccount A was $4.00
Subaccount B was $3.50
Subaccount C was $2.00
In this case, Todd’s second monthly annuity payment was $2,125, found as
(300 × $4.00) + (150 × $3.50) + (200 × $2.00). This amount was less than
the previous month’s annuity payment.
Each month Reliable will perform a similar calculation to determine the
amount of Todd’s annuity payment.
Fees and Charges for Annuities

Insurers must cover the expenses they incur for designing, distributing, and
administering annuities. With immediate annuities, insurers build the expenses
into the payout factors. With deferred annuities, insurers charge contract owners
certain fees and charges during the accumulation period to cover these expenses.
These charges can be one-time charges or periodic charges, which are assessed at
predetermined intervals, such as every day or every year. Whether a particular fee
applies to an annuity depends on the insurer and the product.
The following types of fees and charges apply to both fixed and variable
deferred annuities during the accumulation period:
Contract fee and contract maintenance fee. These fees are periodic charges
that insurers assess to cover the general expenses of administering the con-
tract, such as the preparation of account statements. For fixed deferred annui-
ties, this charge is generally known as the contract fee; for variable deferred
annuities, it is usually called the contract maintenance fee. Insurers deduct
this fee from the annuity’s accumulated value. It is typically a flat monetary
amount, although it may be the lesser of a flat amount or a specified percent-
age of the accumulated value. Many insurers waive this fee when an annuity’s
accumulated value exceeds an amount—such as $50,000 or $100,000—speci-
fied in the contract.
Front-end load. When a contract owner pays an initial premium and addi-
tional premiums, an insurer may impose a charge known as a front-end load
to cover its acquisition, issue, and sales costs. A front-end load is calculated
as a percentage of the premiums paid. Insurers subtract the front-end load
from the premiums before applying the premiums to the annuity’s accumu-
lated value.

Surrender charge or contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC). Recall that

insurers assess this fee when a deferred annuity contract owner makes excess
withdrawals as defined in the contract or fully surrenders the contract before
the surrender period is over. This charge compensates the insurer for acquisi-
tion, issue, and sales costs. Typically, when an annuity has a front-end load, it
has no surrender charge. Because most customers don’t like front-end loads,
more contracts impose surrender charges than front-end loads.
Service fee. Insurers use a service fee to charge for specific services or trans-
actions requested by the contract owner. For example, an insurer might impose
a service fee of $20 per additional withdrawal if a contract owner makes more
than the permitted number of free withdrawals from the annuity’s accumu-
lated value in any calendar year.
The following types of fees and charges apply only to variable deferred annuities:
Mortality and expense risks (M&E) charge. This charge covers various risks
and expenses assumed by the insurer, such as the risk of providing the death
benefit and certain other guarantees. The M&E charge is generally expressed
as a percentage of the accumulated value. The addition of a GMDB or GLB
may increase the amount of the M&E charge, although some contracts charge
for these optional benefits separately.
Fund operating expense charge. Each investment fund underlying a subac-
count assesses an annual charge to cover the advisory and administrative
expenses of the fund. Thus, each subaccount will have its own fund operat-
ing expense charge, which can be found in the prospectus for the subaccount’s
underlying investment fund. The amount of each subaccount’s charge will vary.
Taxation of Annuities
In the United States, annuities are classified for tax purposes as either qualified or
nonqualified:
A qualified annuity is an annuity that is purchased to fund or distribute funds
from a tax-advantaged retirement plan or IRA.
A nonqualified annuity is an annuity that is purchased outside of a tax-advan-
taged retirement plan or IRA. All of the examples of annuities in the previous
chapter and this chapter have been nonqualified annuities.
Figure 11.2 illustrates qualified and nonqualified deferred annuity sales in the
United States in 2014.
Under current U.S. federal tax laws, qualified annuities are taxed in accor-
dance with the tax laws that apply to the plan or IRA that the annuities fund or
distribute funds from. In contrast, all nonqualified annuities are treated the same
for purposes of U.S. federal income taxes: premiums are not tax deductible, but
investment earnings are tax deferred until payments are received from the annuity.
Thus, each annuity payment received under a nonqualified annuity is considered
to consist of the following two parts:
1. One portion of each annuity payment is considered a return of premiums,
which is not taxable because the purchaser has already paid income taxes on
that amount.

Figure 11.2 Qualified and Nonqualified Deferred Annuity Sales

in the United States, 2014
In the pie chart below, the segments “IRA” and “Employer Plan” represent qualified annuities.
Amounts in Billions
Employer Plan
$24.8
IRA
$109.80
Nonqualified
$84.5
Source: Adapted from Todd Giesing, U.S. Individual Annuity Yearbook—2014 (Windsor, CT: LL Global, Inc., © 2015), 37.
Used with permission; all rights reserved.
2. The remainder of each annuity payment is considered taxable income because

the purchaser has never paid income taxes on the contract’s earnings.
In contrast, tax laws in many countries, such as Canada, do not provide this
favorable treatment for annuities. In these countries, investment earnings from
an annuity generally are taxable as income during the accumulation period of
the annuity unless the annuity is used to fund a retirement plan that qualifies for
special tax treatment.
Individual Retirement Arrangements

The governments of many countries have enacted laws that provide tax advantages
to certain individuals who deposit funds into specific types of retirement savings
vehicles. These laws are designed to encourage taxpayers to save money for their
retirement. In this section, we describe individual retirement arrangements in the
United States. Many individuals also participate in employer-sponsored retirement
plans, which we describe in a later chapter.

An individual retirement arrangement is a tax-favored retirement savings

vehicle that allows a person with taxable compensation to deposit a stated amount
of that compensation into the vehicle.
An individual retirement arrangement can take one of two forms:
An individual retirement account is a trust or custodial account created in the
United States for the exclusive benefit of a taxpayer or a taxpayer’s beneficia-
ries. The trustee or custodian must be a bank, federally insured credit union,
savings and loan association, or other entity (such as a broker-dealer or invest-
ment company) approved by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to provide
individual retirement accounts. The IRS is the U.S. agency that is responsible
for collecting federal taxes and enforcing laws and regulations concerning
such taxes.
An individual retirement annuity is an individual retirement arrangement
that takes the form of an annuity issued by an insurance company. Individual
retirement annuities can be any of the annuity types we have discussed, but
the most popular are deferred annuities—fixed, variable, and fixed indexed
annuities.
The financial services industry uses the acronym IRA to refer to individual
retirement arrangements as a whole, as well as to individual retirement accounts
and individual retirement annuities. To avoid confusion, we use the acronym IRA
to refer to both types of individual retirement arrangements. When individual dif-
ferences exist, we distinguish between an individual retirement account and an
individual retirement annuity.
The sponsoring financial institution handles the administrative aspects of an
IRA. For example, the insurance company that issues an individual retirement
annuity ensures that the annuity meets the legislative requirements to qualify as
an individual retirement arrangement. The insurer invests the funds deposited into
the individual retirement annuity and manages the account.
Whether an individual chooses to open an IRA as an account or an annuity, the
financial institution that issues and holds the IRA assesses various kinds of fees,
such as initial setup fees, maintenance fees, and fees associated with any invest-
ments funding the IRA.
Individual retirement arrangements also can be categorized as either traditional
IRAs or Roth IRAs, depending on their tax treatment:
A traditional individual retirement arrangement (traditional IRA), also
known as a regular IRA, is a type of individual retirement arrangement into
which a person with taxable compensation can make annual contributions,
which may be tax deductible. Investment earnings are tax deferred until funds
are withdrawn.
A Roth individual retirement arrangement (Roth IRA) is a type of individ-
ual retirement arrangement that permits people within certain income limits
to make nondeductible contributions and to withdraw money on a tax-free
basis, provided certain requirements are met.
Federal tax laws impose certain restrictions on both traditional IRAs and Roth
IRAs. For example, the law imposes limits on the amount of contributions an indi-
vidual can make to an IRA in any year. In addition, because IRAs are intended to
be retirement vehicles, the law typically imposes tax penalties if an individual who
is younger than age 59½ makes a withdrawal from an IRA.

Figure 11.3 compares the features of traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.
Figure 11.3 Traditional IRAs versus Roth IRAs
Traditional IRA Roth IRA
Annual contribution limits? Yes Yes
Withdrawals taxable? Yes, unless the owner made No, provided certain
nondeductible contributions requirements are met
Contributions deductible from Yes, up to certain limits, No
taxable income? unless the owner made
nondeductible contributions
Penalties for early withdrawals Yes, with certain Yes, with certain
(before age 59½)? exceptions exceptions
Key Terms
annuity options payout factor
lump-sum distribution annuity unit
fixed period annuity contract fee
period certain contract maintenance fee
fixed amount annuity front-end load
life only annuity service fee
joint and survivor annuity mortality and expense risks (M&E)
life income with period charge
certain annuity fund operating expense charge
life income with refund annuity qualified annuity
guaranteed minimum death nonqualified annuity
benefit rider (GMDB) individual retirement arrangement
guaranteed living benefit riders (GLBs) (IRA)
guaranteed lifetime withdrawal individual retirement account
benefit (GLWB) individual retirement annuity
guaranteed minimum income traditional individual retirement
benefit (GMIB) arrangement (IRA)
guaranteed minimum withdrawal Roth individual retirement arrangement
benefit (GMWB) (IRA)
guaranteed minimum accumulation
benefit (GMAB)
Endnote
1. Investment Company Institute. 2015 Investment Company Fact Book: A Review of Trends and
Activities in the U.S. Investment Company Industry, 55th ed., (Washington, D.C.: ICI, 2015), 151,
https://www.ici.org/pdf/2015_factbook.pdf (24 September 2015).

Principles of Insurance Chapter 12: Health Insurance Products 12.1
Chapter 12
Health Insurance Products
Objectives
12A Identify some common types of basic medical expense coverage and
describe the benefits that each provides
12B Identify the purpose of expense participation features in major
medical expense policies and give examples of commonly used
expense participation methods
12C Identify and describe common types of medical expense coverage
other than basic and major medical expense coverage
12D Describe the techniques that managed care plans use to manage
access to health care services and the costs of health care services
12E Describe the major characteristics of a consumer-driven health plan
(CDHP), and differentiate between a health savings account (HSA), a
health reimbursement arrangement (HRA), and a health care flexible
spending account (HCFSA)
12F Explain the effects of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act
(ACA) on insurers that offer medical expense insurance coverage
12G Identify the criteria used to classify disability income coverage as
either short-term coverage or long-term coverage
12H Identify the various definitions of total disability that are commonly
used in disability income insurance policies and distinguish among
these definitions
12I Explain the purpose of including an elimination period in a disability
income insurance policy and identify the length of the typical
elimination period
12J Identify and describe some supplemental benefits that may be
included in a disability income insurance policy
12K Identify the causes of disability that a disability income insurance
policy may exclude from coverage
12L Identify two types of specialized disability coverage that are designed
to meet the needs of closely held businesses for disability coverage of
owners, partners, and key people
12M Describe the important features of long-term care insurance (LTCI)
policies, such as benefit triggers, benefits, and elimination periods

12.2 Chapter 12: Health Insurance Products Principles of Insurance
Outline
Medical Expense Coverage Disability Income Coverage
 Traditional Medical Expense  Types of Disability Income Insurance
Insurance  Definitions of Total Disability
 Government-Sponsored Medical  Elimination Period
Expense Coverage  Benefit Amounts
 Managed Care Plans  Supplemental Disability Benefits
 Consumer-Driven Health Plans  Exclusions
 The Patient Protection and  Specialized Types of Disability
Affordable Care Act Coverage
Long-Term Care Coverage
 Important Features of LTCI Policies
 Benefits of LTCI Policies
M
ost people cannot afford to pay the full costs of their medical treatment
should they become seriously ill or require long-term care. Nor can most
people afford a loss of income when they are unable to work because of
an extended illness or injury. Life and health insurance companies market a vari-
ety of individual and group health insurance products designed to protect against
the financial losses that insureds are likely to experience as the result of an illness
or injury. In this chapter, we describe three important types of health insurance
products: medical expense coverage, disability income coverage, and long-term
care coverage.
Medical Expense Coverage

You may recall from Chapter 1 that medical expense coverage is a type of health
insurance that provides benefits to pay for the treatment of an insured’s illnesses
and injuries and some preventive care. In the United States and a number of other
countries, most people are covered by some form of medical expense coverage.
Medical expense coverage in the United States is provided to individuals and
groups primarily by a private system of commercial life and health insurance
companies and other private health insurance providers. Government-sponsored
medical expense insurance programs are designed to cover only specified people,
such as the elderly or the poor. In contrast, in a number of other countries, includ-
ing Canada and the United Kingdom, virtually every resident has medical expense
insurance coverage provided by government-sponsored programs. In these coun-
tries, life and health insurance companies market products designed to supplement
the coverages that governmental programs provide.
Four important forms of medical expense insurance in the United States are
(1) traditional medical expense insurance policies, which offer indemnity benefits;
(2) government-sponsored medical expense coverage; (3) managed care plans; and
(4) consumer-driven health plans.

Traditional Medical Expense Insurance

Traditional medical expense insurance products provide indemnity benefits, or
reimbursement benefits, which are contractual benefits that are based on the actual
amount of the insured’s financial loss. When an insured receives medical treat-
ment for an illness or injury from a licensed provider of recognized medical ser-
vices, the insured or the medical care provider files a claim with the insurance
company for the policy benefits. If the insurer determines that the charges are
covered under the policy, the insurer reimburses the insured or the provider for the
expenses according to the terms of the insurance policy. The insured is responsible
for paying any amount that remains after the insurer pays its share of the claim.
Traditional medical expense insurance provides three types of coverage:
(1) basic medical expense coverage, (2) major medical expense coverage, and
(3) other medical expense coverage. These coverage options can be offered under
separate policies or combined under a single policy, and the coverage can be
offered on a group or individual basis.
Basic Medical Expense Coverage

Basic medical expense coverage provides separate benefits for each of the follow-
ing types of medical care costs:
Hospital expenses, which include charges for specific inpatient and outpatient
hospital services, such as room and board, medications, laboratory services,
and other fees associated with a hospital stay
Surgical expenses, which include charges for inpatient and outpatient surgical
procedures
Physicians’ expenses, which include charges associated with physicians’
visits both in and out of the hospital
Basic medical expense coverage typically provides first-dollar coverage—
that is, the insurer begins to reimburse the insured for eligible medical expenses
without first requiring an out-of-pocket contribution from the insured. However,
benefits provided under basic medical expense policies typically are limited, and
many types of medical expenses are not covered.
Major Medical Expense Coverage

Today, rather than offering basic medical expense coverage, most health insurers
offer major medical expense coverage, which provides substantial benefits for
(1) basic hospital, surgical, and physicians’ expenses; (2) additional medical ser-
vices related to illnesses and injuries; and (3) preventive care. People insured
under major medical expense policies typically receive comprehensive health care
in exchange for a fixed, periodic—usually monthly—premium.

Covered Expenses
The benefits that major medical expense coverage provides include payment for
many different types of medical treatments, supplies, and services. Major medical
expense policies usually cover a wider range of medical expenses than do basic
medical expense policies. The covered services and treatments typically include
all or some of the following medical expenses:
Hospital charges for room and board in a semiprivate room
Miscellaneous inpatient hospital charges, such as laboratory fees, X-rays,
medications, and the use of an operating room
Surgical supplies and services
Anesthesia and oxygen
Physical, occupational, and speech therapy
Surgeons’ and physicians’ services
Registered nurses’ services
Specified outpatient expenses, such as laboratory fees, X-rays, and prescrip-
tion drugs
Preventive services, such as childhood immunizations and periodic screening
and diagnostic tests
Major medical policies allow the insured to seek medically necessary treatment
from any licensed provider of recognized medical services.
Benefit Amounts
Major medical expense policies, like all health insurance policies, pay benefits
only for allowable expenses—that is, those expenses that the insured incurs that
are covered under the policy. Most policies specify a maximum benefit amount
that the insurer will reimburse for any allowable expense. In most cases, the maxi-
mum benefit amount payable for a particular service is based on the usual, custom-
ary, and reasonable fee for that service. The usual, customary, and reasonable
(UCR) fee is the amount that medical care providers within a particular geo-
graphic region commonly charge for a particular medical service. For example,
an insurer might set its maximum benefit amount for an appendectomy in a given
state at 90 percent of the UCR fee for the procedure in that state. If an insured
files a claim for an amount that is equal to or less than the maximum benefit for
the treatment received, then the insurer will allow the entire amount of the claim.
If the amount of the claim is greater than the maximum benefit, then the insurer
will allow expenses up to the maximum, and the insured is responsible for paying
expenses that exceed the maximum benefit amount.
Expense Participation Requirements

Under most major medical expense policies, allowable expenses are subject to expense
participation, or cost-sharing, requirements that are designed to encourage insureds
LEARNING AID to control the amount of their medical expenses. The two most common forms of
expense participation requirements are deductibles and coinsurance, and most major
medical expense policies include both a deductible and a coinsurance feature.

A deductible is usually a flat dollar amount, such as $200 or $500, that the
insured must pay for eligible medical expenses before the insurer begins making
any benefit payments under a medical expense insurance policy. Most major medi-
cal expense policies contain a calendar-year deductible, which is a deductible that
applies to the total of all allowable expenses an insured incurs during a given cal-
endar year. In other words, an insured is required to pay the deductible specified
in the policy each calendar year in which she submits claims.
Example:
Kara Garner is covered by a major medical expense policy that specifies
a $500 calendar-year deductible. Last year, she incurred a total of $400
in allowable expenses. This year, she incurred a total of $800 in allowable
expenses.
Analysis:
Because Kara’s allowable expenses for last year were less than the $500
calendar-year deductible specified in her policy, she was required to pay
the entire $400 in expenses she incurred. For this year, she was required
to pay $500 of the $800 in allowable expenses she incurred to satisfy the
policy deductible, but she was eligible to receive at least a portion of the
remaining $300 from the insurer.
Coinsurance is an expense participation requirement in which the insured must

pay a specified percentage of all allowable expenses that remain after he has paid
the deductible. Most major medical expense policies set the coinsurance amount
at 10, 20, or 30 percent of the allowable expenses that remain after the insured has
paid the deductible.
Example:
Duncan Wu is covered by a major medical expense policy that specifies a
$400 calendar-year deductible and a 20% coinsurance requirement. Last
year, Duncan incurred $1,000 in allowable expenses in March and $500 in
allowable expenses in September.
Analysis:
When Duncan incurred the $1,000 in allowable expenses in March, he first
had to pay the $400 calendar-year deductible. He was responsible for
paying coinsurance of 20% of the remaining $600, or 0.20 × $600 = $120.
So his total expenses in March were $520, found as $400 + $120, and the
insurer paid the remaining $480, found as $1,000 – $520.
In September, Duncan had already satisfied the calendar-year deductible,
so he paid only coinsurance of 20% on the $500 in allowable expenses: 0.20
× $500 = $100. The insurer paid the remaining $400, found as $500 – $100.
Most major medical expense policies limit the amount of money the insured
must pay under the coinsurance provision by including a maximum out-of-pocket
provision. The maximum out-of-pocket provision, also known as the stop-loss
provision, specifies that the policy will cover 100 percent of allowable medical
expenses after the insured has paid a specified amount out of pocket to satisfy the
deductible and coinsurance requirements.

Example:
Marisol Lopez is covered by a major medical expense policy that specifies
a $500 calendar-year deductible, a 20% coinsurance requirement, and
a $5,000 annual out-of-pocket maximum. Last year, Marisol incurred
allowable expenses of $2,500 in January and $30,000 in May.
Analysis:
Of the $2,500 in allowable expenses that Marisol incurred in January of
last year, she was required to pay $500 to meet the policy’s calendar-year
deductible and an additional $400, or 0.20 × $2,000, in coinsurance. The
insurer paid the remaining $1,600. Because she satisfied the deductible
in January, Marisol was required to pay only the 20% coinsurance on the
allowable expenses she incurred in May. The amount of this coinsurance
was $6,000, found as 0.20 × $30,000. However, the maximum annual
out-of-pocket provision in her policy requires Marisol to pay only $5,000
of her expenses per calendar year. Because she had already paid $900
in deductible and coinsurance amounts in January, Marisol paid only
$4,100 of her May expenses, found as $5,000 - $900. The insurer paid the
remaining $25,900.
Exclusions
Although major medical expense policies cover most medical expenses, they com-
monly exclude from coverage any medical expenses that result from the following
health care services:
Cosmetic surgery other than corrective surgery required as a result of an acci-
dental injury or for other medical reasons
Treatment of an illness or injury that occurs while the insured is in military
service or that results from an act of war
Treatment of intentionally self-inflicted injuries
Treatment that is provided free of charge in a government facility or that is

paid for by other organizations
Routine dental treatments, routine eye examinations, and corrective lenses
An insured who incurs expenses for excluded services or services not cov-
ered under the policy is required to pay the full amount of those expenses.
In addition, excluded or nonallowable expenses are not counted toward the
insured’s deductible.
Other Medical Expense Coverages

Insurance companies offer a range of other medical expense coverages to pro-
vide benefits for expenses that exceed the benefit levels covered by major medical
expense policies or for expenses that are not covered under those policies. Exam-
ples of these other medical expense coverages include

Dental expense coverage, which provides benefits for routine dental exami-
nations, preventive dental work, and dental procedures needed to treat tooth
decay and diseases of the tooth and jaw. Dental expense coverage typically is
provided under a stand-alone dental expense policy.
Prescription drug coverage, which provides benefits for the purchase of drugs
and medicines that are prescribed by a physician and are not available over the
counter. Prescription drug coverage usually requires the insured to pay part
of the cost of the prescription out of pocket at the time of purchase. Benefit
levels and expense participation requirements for prescription drug coverage
usually vary according to the type of drug. For example, some policies require
insureds to pay one out-of-pocket amount for generic drugs and a higher
amount for brand-name drugs. Prescription drug costs are a covered expense
under many major medical expense policies, but prescription drug coverage
can also be provided under a stand-alone policy.
Vision care coverage, which provides the insured with benefits for expenses
incurred in obtaining eye examinations and corrective lenses. Vision care cov-
erage generally provides benefits to cover one routine eye examination per
year for each insured. Policies also specify the maximum benefit amount the
insurer will pay for eyeglass lenses and frames or contact lenses.
Government-Sponsored Medical Expense Coverage

In many countries, governments or public agencies provide citizens with compre-
hensive medical expense coverage, including hospital care and physician services.
The scope of such government-sponsored coverage varies greatly from country to
country.
In Canada, for example, the provincial governments each have established
medical expense insurance plans that meet the conditions set out in the federal
Canada Health Act to qualify to receive federal funding for their plans. Each prov-
ince and territory provides a medical expense insurance plan that provides health
care benefits to qualified residents. Although the Canadian health care system is
comprehensive, some health benefits vary from province to province. In addition,
insurance companies can offer medical expense coverage to supplement the ben-
efits provided by the provincial plan. For example, commercial insurers typically
offer coverage for the added cost of a semiprivate or private hospital room. Many
employers offer supplemental health care coverage to their employees under group
health insurance plans issued by life and health insurance companies. Individual
health insurance policies also are available.
The U.S.government provides medical expense insurance benefits through
several government programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Medicare is
a federal government program that provides medical expense benefits to people
age 65 and older and those with certain disabilities. Because Medicare covers
only a portion of enrollees’ expenses, Medicare recipients frequently purchase
supplemental Medicare coverage. These supplements are private medical expense
insurance policies that reimburse insureds for out-of-pocket expenses, such as
deductibles and coinsurance payments, and may also provide benefits for medical
expenses excluded from Medicare coverage. Federal laws contain extensive rules
to prevent overlap or duplication of the benefits provided by Medicare and private
Medicare supplement policies.

Medicaid is a joint U.S. federal and state program that provides basic medi-
cal expense and nursing home coverage to low-income individuals and to certain
elderly and disabled individuals.
Managed Care Plans

In the past, most medical expense insurance coverage was concerned only with
financing an individual’s medical bills. Today, most insureds in the United States
are covered by some type of managed care plan. A managed care plan is an
arrangement that integrates the financing and management of health care with the
delivery of health care services to a group of individuals who have enrolled in the
plan.
Managing Access to Health Care Services

Managed care plans manage access to health care services through the use of
provider networks. A network is a group of physicians, hospitals, and ancillary
service providers that a specific managed care plan has contracted with to deliver
health care services to plan members. Ancillary, or supplemental, service provid-
ers include laboratories, radiologists, home health care providers, and physical,
speech, and occupational therapists. Provider contracts specify how the managed
care plan will pay the providers.
Managed care plans typically require plan members to choose providers from
within the network or offer financial incentives to members who choose net-
work providers. Some managed care plans also require plan members to select a
primary care provider (PCP), also referred to as a primary care physician, who is
a network member selected by a plan member who coordinates the plan member’s
medical care and treatment. In a PCP-based system, a plan member selects a PCP
from among the network of providers and receives basic care directly from the
PCP, without obtaining authorization from the plan. To receive specialized care,
however, the plan member often must obtain authorization or a reference from
the PCP. The PCP thus serves as a plan member’s point of entry into the managed
care system and as a gatekeeper to additional services. Plans typically encourage
members to obtain care through PCPs by offering lower out-of-pocket costs for
PCP-based care.
Managing the Cost of Health Care Services

Managed care plans seek to manage health care costs by requiring plan members
and medical care providers to share the cost of health care services. In most man-
aged care plans, plan members receive comprehensive health care in exchange for
a fixed, periodic—usually monthly—premium. This premium covers the cost of
most health care services, no matter how often the member uses those services. In
addition, at the time a plan member receives certain medical services from a net-
work provider, the plan member generally pays a specified, fixed amount, known
as a copayment, to the provider.

Example:
Melvin Smith is a member of a managed care plan that requires a $30
copayment for physician office visits and a $20 copayment for prescription
drugs. On February 1, Melvin visited his PCP for treatment of a sprained
ankle. During the office visit, X-rays were taken of Melvin’s ankle. The PCP
also wrote Melvin a prescription for pain medication.
Analysis:
Before leaving the PCP’s office, Melvin paid a $30 copayment to cover
the office visit. The remaining charges for the office visit, including the
X-rays, were covered by the managed care plan. When Melvin took his
prescription to the pharmacy, he paid a $20 prescription drug copayment.
The pharmacy billed the managed care plan for the remaining cost of the
prescription drug.
Figure 12.1 describes some common types of managed care plans.
Consumer-Driven Health Plans

In the United States, an alternative approach to providing medical expense insur-
ance coverage is the consumer-driven health plan. A consumer-driven health LEARNING AID
plan (CDHP) is an employer-sponsored health benefit plan that gives individuals
the freedom to choose health care providers and benefits, but also requires them to
assume the financial risk for their choices. The two key components of a CDHP are
(1) financial incentives for individuals to manage health care costs and utilization
and (2) information—usually in the form of Internet-based medical information
tools—to enable individuals to make informed decisions about basic health care.
The financial incentives for managing health care costs are built into each
plan’s funding mechanism. In most CDHPs, a specified amount is available each
year to pay a participating employee’s medical expenses. If an employee’s medi-
cal expenses exceed the amount in the employee’s account, the employee must
pay these excess costs out of pocket. As a result, employees have a considerable
incentive to manage their use of medical services and to ensure that they have a
complete and accurate picture of the quality and cost of those services.
Some CDHPs are accompanied by a high-deductible health plan (HDHP),
which is a medical expense insurance plan that has a high deductible—usually at
least $1,300 or more—and typically costs less than traditional medical expense
insurance. In these plans, after the employee uses up the funds in her account,
she then pays for medical expenses until the HDHP deductible is satisfied. After
the deductible is paid, the HDHP pays benefits according to its terms. In plans
not accompanied by an HDHP, the employee’s out-of-pocket costs are likely to be
greater.

Figure 12.1 Types of Managed Care Plans
Type of Definition Characteristics

Managed
Care Plan
HMO A health maintenance An HMO generally

organization (HMO) is a
•• Requires subscribers to gain access to
health care financing and
services through a primary care provider
delivery s ystem that provides
comprehensive health care •• Requires subscribers to use in-network
services to plan members— providers
often referred to as
•• Does not provide benefits for services
subscribers—in a particular
rendered by non-network providers
geographic area.
(exceptions are made for emergency care)
•• Requires subscribers to pay a copayment
at the time of service, but does not
require subscribers to pay deductibles or
coinsurance, or to file claims for benefits
PPO A preferred provider A PPO generally

organization (PPO) is a
•• Resembles a traditional indemnity plan in
managed health care plan
that it reimburses in-network providers on
that arranges with providers
a fee-for-service basis, although network
for the delivery of health care
providers agree to discount those fees for
at a discounted cost and that
plan participants
provides incentives for PPO
members to use the providers
who have contracted with the
PPO but also provides some
coverage for services rendered
by providers who are not part
of the PPO network.
POS plan A point-of-service (POS) A POS plan generally

plan is a managed care plan
•• Provides a lower level of coverage for
that offers incentives for plan
services received from non-network
members to use providers
providers
who belong to the plan’s
network of providers, but •• Requires a plan member to select a
allows plan members to primary care provider
choose, at the point of service,
whether to seek medical
care from inside or outside
the network.

Example:
Katrina Whitley is a member of a CDHP sponsored by her employer,
the Quark Corporation. This CDHP is accompanied by an HDHP with a
deductible of $1,300. Last year, Quark contributed $2,500 to an account
for Katrina to use for medical expenses. During the year, Katrina incurred
$4,800 in medical expenses.
Analysis:
Katrina used the $2,500 in her account to help pay for the $4,800 in
medical expenses. After the account was depleted, she then paid $1,300
out of pocket to satisfy the HDHP’s deductible. After the deductible was
satisfied, the HDHP paid the remaining $1,000 in medical expenses.
In a CDHP, information provided through Internet sites allows customers to

(1) track and manage health care bills, (2) manage and improve their health through
health education and preventive services, and (3) gather information about pro-
vider quality and services.
In the United States, CDHPs come in several different forms, the most popu-
lar of which are health savings accounts (HSAs), health reimbursement arrange-
ments (HRAs), and health care flexible spending accounts (HCFSAs). All of these
CDHPs can be used to pay for qualified medical expenses, which generally include
any amounts paid for medical care. Employers who sponsor CDHPs generally pro-
vide information to employees on the particular types of medical expenses that
qualify under an HSA, an HRA, and an HCFSA.
Health Savings Accounts

A health savings account (HSA) is a tax-advantaged account in which an indi-
vidual can accumulate money to pay for qualified medical expenses. HSAs can be
established by individuals under age 65 and employers. Both the employee and the
employer can contribute to an HSA. (Note that an eligible individual can establish
an HSA on her own, without involving her employer.) HSAs can be used to cover
the qualified medical expenses of the individual, a spouse, and any dependents. To
be eligible to contribute to an HSA, an individual must be covered by an HDHP.
HSAs have significant tax advantages:
Contributions to an HSA are not taxed, provided they do not exceed the maxi-
mum annual limits. For 2016, the maximum annual contribution limit to an
HSA is $3,350 for single coverage and $6,750 for family coverage. Individu-
als age 55 or older can make an additional catch-up contribution of $1,000.
The maximum annual contribution limits apply to contributions made by the
employer and those made by the employee. For example, if in 2016 an employer
contributed $2,500 to the HSA of a 40-year-old employee with single coverage,
the employee could contribute no more than $850, found as $3,350 – $2,500.
Any earnings, such as interest earnings on the funds in an HSA, grow on a
tax-deferred basis.

HSA distributions used to pay for qualified medical expenses are tax free.
Although distributions can be taken to pay for nonmedical expenses, these
distributions are subject to income tax and may also be subject to an additional
20 percent penalty tax. Exceptions to the penalty tax are for distributions that
occur after the accountholder dies, becomes disabled, or becomes eligible for
Medicare.
Other important characteristics of HSAs are that funds can be carried over
from one year to the next, and HSAs are portable, meaning that an employee who
terminates her employment can take her HSA with her.
Figure 12.2 illustrates the growth in HSAs in the United States from 2009 until
the end of 2014.
Health Reimbursement Arrangements

A health reimbursement arrangement (HRA) is an employer-sponsored health
plan that is used to pay for qualified medical expenses and that allows contribu-
tions only by the employer. An HRA receives tax-favored treatment, provided it
satisfies specific requirements. Unlike an HSA, an employee does not have to be
covered by an HDHP to be eligible to enroll in an HRA; however, the employee
must be enrolled in a qualified group-sponsored health insurance plan. In practice,
most individuals covered by an HRA are also covered by an HDHP.
The employer’s contributions to the HRA are not taxed, and distributions used
to pay for the qualified medical expenses of the employee are tax free. Unlike with
an HSA, the employer typically decides whether coverage is also provided for
the employee’s spouse and dependents. In addition, distributions for nonmedical
expenses are prohibited. If such a distribution is taken, the account will lose its
tax-favored status.
Figure 12.2 National HSA Assets (in Billions)
$24.2 billion
$25 billion
$19.4 billion
$20 billion
$15.4 billion
$15 billion
$12.2 billion
$9.9 billion
$10 billion
$7.2 billion
$5 billion
$0 billion
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
Source: LIMRA analysis of the 2014 Year-End HSA Market Statistics & Trends Executive Summary, Devenir Research, February 2015.
The Retirement Income Reference Book (Windsor, CT: LL Global, Inc., © 2015), 186.

The employer may provide that any unused amounts in an HRA are carried
over from one year to the next. HRAs are not portable, however.
Health Care Flexible Spending Accounts

A health care flexible spending account (HCFSA) is an employer-sponsored
health plan that allows employees to set aside a predetermined amount of their pre-
tax wages to pay for qualified medical expenses. For 2016, the maximum annual
pretax salary reduction contribution to an HCFSA is $2,550.
To receive favorable tax treatment, an HCFSA must satisfy strict requirements.
For example, an HCFSA generally must stipulate that the employee will forfeit
any unused amounts at the end of the year. However, the employer can allow a
limited rollover amount of up to $500 per employee per year. In addition, distribu-
tions used to pay for qualified medical expenses must be substantiated—that is,
the employee must prove that she has incurred the expenses before she receives
reimbursement for them.
For an employee to be eligible to enroll in an HCFSA, the employer must have
offered the employee coverage through a qualified group-sponsored health insur-
ance plan. (Note that the employee does not have to accept this coverage, but the
employer must have offered it to the employee.)
Figure 12.3 compares the features of HSAs, HRAs, and HCFSAs.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

In recent years, insurance companies that offer medical expense insurance cov-
erage in the individual and group market have been affected by the enactment
in 2010 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, also known as the
Affordable Care Act or the ACA. The intent of the ACA was to make health care
more affordable for and accessible to Americans.
One important result of the ACA was the creation of health insurance exchanges.
A health insurance exchange, also known as an exchange or an insurance
marketplace, is an online marketplace in which individuals and small businesses
can purchase medical expense insurance coverage. This coverage is offered in the
form of standardized plans—known as qualified health plans, or QHPs—offered
by insurers licensed in a given state. A health insurance exchange may be state-
based; it may be a partnership with the federal government; or it may be operated
entirely by the federal government.
Another important outcome of the ACA is that most of the new medical expense
insurance plans offered in the United States must satisfy certain requirements:
Guaranteed issue. Health insurance issuers, including insurance companies,
are required to accept all applicants for medical expense insurance coverage,
regardless of age, gender, or health status.
Guaranteed renewal. Health insurance issuers, including insurance compa-
nies, must continue medical expense coverage at the option of the insured, as
long as premiums are paid.

Figure 12.3 Comparison of Consumer-Driven Health Plans
HSA HRA HCFSA
Is an HDHP Yes No, but individual No, but employer must

required? must be covered offer to cover the
under a qualified individual under a
group-sponsored qualified group-
health plan sponsored health plan
Must an employer No Yes Yes

be involved?
Who can Both employee Only employer Both employee

contribute? and employer and employer
Are there Yes, subject to No Yes, subject to

contribution maximum annual maximum annual
limits? dollar amounts dollar amounts
(adjusted annually (adjusted annually
for inflation) for inflation)
What is the tax Tax free Tax free Tax free

treatment of
distributions to
pay for qualified
medical expenses?
What is the tax Subject to income HRA will lose tax- HCFSA will lose
treatment of tax and may be favored status if a tax-favored status if
distributions to pay subject to distribution is taken a distribution is taken
for nonmedical additional 20% under these under these
expenses? penalty tax circumstances circumstances
Can unused funds Yes Yes, if employer The employer can

be carried over? specifically allows allow a limited rollover
carryover of $500 per employee
per year
Is it portable? Yes No No
Essential health benefits. Medical expense insurance plans offered in the

individual and small group market must provide a minimum level of basic
health coverage, known as essential health benefits. Essential health benefits
include 10 categories of care, such as emergency services, hospitalization,
maternity and newborn care, mental health and substance abuse, prescription
drugs, and preventive care.

Coverage of preventive care. Medical expense insurance plans, including

HDHPs, must provide benefits for preventive care without imposing cost-
sharing mechanisms such as deductibles.
Limitations on cost sharing. Medical expense insurance plans must impose
annual limits on the maximum out-of-pocket costs that individuals and fami-
lies pay under a medical expense plan each year. These limitations apply to
cost-sharing mechanisms such as deductibles, copayments, and coinsurance.
No limitations on coverage for essential health benefits. Medical expense
insurance plans must not impose annual or lifetime limits on coverage for
essential health benefits.
Disability Income Coverage

You may recall from Chapter 1 that disability income coverage provides income
replacement benefits to an insured who is unable to work because of illness or
injury. When a person is unable to work due to a disability, the financial effect on
the individual’s family is potentially much greater than if the individual had died.
When a wage earner dies, the family is left without a source of income. When a
wage earner is disabled, the family loses a source of income and also faces addi-
tional expenses resulting from the disability. To help relieve the financial stress
created by disability, insurance companies offer income replacement benefits in
the form of disability income coverage. In addition, in many countries, such as
the United States and Canada, government programs provide certain benefits to
individuals who become disabled.
Types of Disability Income Insurance

Insurance companies issue both individual and group disability income insurance
policies. The coverage provided by such policies is classified as either short-term
or long-term coverage, depending on the length of the benefit period. The benefit
period is the time period during which the insurer agrees to pay income benefits
to the insured. The criteria used to classify the benefit period are different for indi-
vidual and group coverages.
Individual disability income coverage is seldom offered with a maximum ben-
efit period of less than one year:
Short-term individual disability income coverage provides a maximum ben-
efit period of one to five years.
Long-term individual disability income coverage provides a maximum ben-
efit period of five years or more. For this type of coverage, the maximum ben-
efit period for illnesses commonly extends until the insured reaches age 65.
However, for accidents, benefits are often provided for the insured’s lifetime.
Group disability income coverage generally specifies shorter benefit periods
than those included in individual policies:
Short-term group disability income coverage provides a maximum benefit
period of one year or less; such coverage typically specifies a maximum ben-
efit period of 13, 26, or 39 weeks.

Long-term group disability income coverage provides a maximum benefit

period of more than one year. Many policies extend the maximum benefit
period to the insured’s normal retirement age or to age 70.
Definitions of Total Disability

Each disability income policy specifies the definition of total disability that the
insurer uses to determine whether a covered person is entitled to receive disability
LEARNING AID
income benefits. Although this definition varies from policy to policy, we describe
the definitions that insurance companies most commonly include in disability
income policies.
Any Occupation
At one time, disability income policies defined total disability as a disability that pre-
vented the insured from performing the duties of any occupation. Because a strict
interpretation of this definition would prevent most people from ever qualifying for
disability income benefits, most insurers now define total disability more liberally.
Current Usual Definition

Most disability income policies issued today use a two-part definition of total
disability. Under this definition, an insured is considered totally disabled if, at the
start of disability, the disability prevents her from performing the essential duties
of her regular occupation. At the end of a specified period after the disability
begins—usually two to five years—the insured is considered totally disabled if
the disability prevents her from working at any occupation for which she is rea-
sonably fitted by education, training, or experience.
Example:
Enzo Scanno, a surgeon, is insured under a disability income policy that
contains the “current usual” definition of total disability; the policy’s
definition of total disability changes after the insured has been disabled
for two years. Enzo was involved in an accident and lost his left arm.
Although he is unable to perform surgery, he has been hired to teach at
a medical college.
Analysis:
Because Enzo’s injury prevents him from working as a surgeon, he meets
the policy’s initial definition of total disability and therefore will be eligible
to receive disability income benefits for up to two years. At the end of that
time, Enzo will no longer be considered disabled because his disability
does not prevent him from teaching, an occupation for which he is
reasonably fitted by his education and training.
Own Previous Occupation

Some insurers have further liberalized the definition of total disability included in
certain disability income policies. This definition, which is included more often
in individual policies than in group policies, specifies that total disability is the

inability to perform the essential duties of the insured’s own previous o ccupation.
In fact, policies using this “own previous occupation” definition specify that ben-
efits will be paid even while the insured is gainfully employed in another occu-
pation, as long as she is prevented by disability from engaging in the essential
duties of the occupation specified in the policy. Policies containing this definition
of total disability often are sold to people who are employed in certain professional
occupations.
Example:
Suppose that Enzo Scanno from the last example is insured under a
disability income policy that contains this “own previous occupation”
definition of total disability. Because of his accident, Enzo is unable to
perform surgery and has begun teaching at a medical school.
Analysis:
Enzo is unable to perform surgery and therefore will never be able to work
in his own previous occupation. Therefore, even though Enzo is working
as a teacher, the insurance company will pay Enzo the full disability income
benefit until the end of the policy’s benefit period.
Presumptive Disabilities
Some disability income policies classify certain conditions as presumptive disabil-
ities. A presumptive disability is a stated condition that, if present, automatically
causes the insured to be considered totally disabled and thus eligible to receive
disability income benefits. An insured with a presumptive disability receives the
full income benefit amount provided under the policy, even if he resumes full-
time employment in a former occupation. Presumptive disabilities include total
and permanent blindness, loss of the use of any two limbs, and loss of speech or
hearing.
Elimination Period
Although some forms of disability income coverage are designed to provide ben-
efits beginning on the first day of an insured’s disability, most policies specify an
elimination period. An elimination period, often referred to as a waiting period
or a benefit waiting period, is the specific amount of time that the insured must be
disabled before becoming eligible to receive policy benefits.
Like the deductible amount found in medical expense policies, the purpose of
the elimination period is to reduce the cost of coverage. By specifying an elimi-
nation period, the insurer can substantially reduce the expenses involved in pro-
cessing and paying claims for disabilities that last for only a very short time. This
expense savings is reflected in the cost of the coverage; the longer the elimination
period, the lower the cost for otherwise equivalent disability income coverage.
The length of the elimination period included in both short-term and long-term
individual disability income policies is typically 30 days to 6 months. The elimi-
nation period in a group policy is typically related to the length of the maximum
benefit period:

Group short-term disability income policies typically specify no elimination

period for disabilities caused by accidents and an elimination period of one
week for disabilities caused by sickness.
Group long-term disability income policies typically specify an elimination
period of 30 days to 6 months, although such plans also typically coordinate
their short-term and long-term coverages so that short-term coverage ends at
the same time that long-term benefits become payable.
Benefit Amounts
As a general rule, the benefit amount provided by disability income coverage is not
intended to fully replace an individual’s pre-disability earnings. Instead, disability
income benefits are limited to an amount that is lower than the individual’s regular
earnings when not disabled. Without such restrictions, a disabled insured could
receive as much income as he received while working and would have no financial
incentive to return to work.
Disability income benefit amounts, however, should not be so low that a dis-
abled insured suffers a drastic reduction in income and lifestyle; the purpose of
disability insurance, after all, is to provide protection against the economic con-
sequences of income loss. Therefore, the benefit amount should be related to the
amount of the individual’s income before disability and should be available for a
premium that the insured can afford.
Disability income providers use two methods to establish the amount of disabil-
ity income benefits that will be paid to a disabled person: (1) an income benefit for-
mula or (2) a flat benefit amount. The method used generally depends on whether
the coverage is provided by a group or an individual policy and on whether the
coverage is short term or long term.
Income Benefit Formula

Group disability income policies typically include an income benefit formula that
the insurer uses to determine the amount of the periodic benefit that is payable
to a disabled insured. An income benefit formula usually expresses the disabil-
ity income benefit amount as a stated percentage of the insured’s pre-disability
earnings and considers all sources of disability income that the disabled insured
receives.
The amount of the stated percentage in the formula varies from policy to policy:
In group long-term disability income policies, the percentage typically ranges
from 60 to 75 percent. For example, the formula may specify that the insured
will receive a disability income benefit amount equal to 75 percent of her pre-
disability earnings.
In group short-term disability income policies, the percentage is often higher
than in group long-term policies, often ranging from 90 to 100 percent of pre-
disability earnings.
Income benefit formulas in both long-term and short-term group disability
income policies also typically state that the insurer will reduce the benefit amount
by the amount of any disability income benefit the insured receives from other
sources.

Flat Benefit Amount

Individual disability income policies usually specify a flat benefit amount that the
insurer will periodically pay to an insured who becomes totally disabled. The speci-
fied benefit amount is based on the amount of the insured’s income when she pur-
chased the policy. Unlike the benefit paid under group disability income policies,
the specified benefit amount typically is paid to a disabled insured regardless of any
other income benefits she receives during the disability. The income benefit amount
that an individual disability income policy provides is lower than the amount of
income the insured earned before becoming disabled. Insurers also limit the maxi-
mum amount of the disability income benefit that an applicant can purchase.
Supplemental Disability Benefits

What if an insured wants coverage for a partial disability, or wants coverage that
will increase along with increases in her salary or the cost of living? For these
situations, the insurer can offer supplemental disability benefits. These benefits
may be automatically included with the basic coverage or may be available on an
optional basis for an additional premium amount.
Partial Disability Benefits

Some disability income policies provide benefits for periods when the insured
person has a partial disability—a disability that prevents the insured either from
performing some of the duties of his usual occupation or from engaging in that
occupation on a full-time basis. The amount of the disability income benefit paid
when an insured has a partial disability is described in the policy. The benefit
amount is either a specified flat amount or an amount established according to
a formula specified in the policy. Under the formula method, the amount of the
income benefit will vary according to the percentage of income that the insured
has lost due to the partial disability.
Future Purchase Option Benefit

Some disability income policies that specify a flat benefit amount contain a future
purchase option benefit, which grants the insured the right to increase the benefit
amount in accordance with increases in the insured’s earnings. This benefit pro-
vision generally specifies that benefit increases can be made only if the insured
can prove a commensurate increase in income. In addition, the amount of such
increases generally is limited to a specified maximum. The insured, however, is
usually permitted to increase the benefit amount without providing evidence of
insurability.
Cost-of-Living-Adjustment Benefit
A cost-of-living-adjustment (COLA) benefit provides for periodic increases in
the disability income benefit amount that the insurer will pay to a disabled insured.
These increases usually correspond to increases in the cost of living. When a
policy or rider provides a COLA benefit, it usually defines an increase in the cost
of living in terms of a standard index, such as the Consumer Price Index (CPI),
that measures changes in the prices of goods and services.

Exclusions
Disability income policies often specify that income benefits will not be paid to a
disabled insured if the insured’s disability results from certain causes, including
Injuries or sicknesses that result from an act of war
Intentionally self-inflicted injuries
Injuries received as a result of active participation in a riot or the commission

of a crime
Occupation-related disabilities or illnesses for which the insured is entitled to
receive disability income benefits under a government program
Specialized Types of Disability Coverage

In addition to disability income coverage, insurers market specialized types of
disability coverage designed to provide benefits for specific expenses—other than
loss of income—that may result from an insured’s disability.
Just as businesses that rely on the work of a key person may need to purchase
key person life insurance, businesses also may need key person disability
coverage, which provides benefit payments to the business if an insured key
person becomes disabled. When a key person is unable to work because of
disability, the business loses the person’s services and therefore loses money.
Such losses can be offset by key person disability benefits.
In Chapter 5, we described buy-sell agreements and how they can be funded
by life insurance policy death benefits. A buy-sell agreement also may include
provisions concerning the purchase of a partner’s or owner’s interest in the
business should the partner or owner become disabled. Disability buyout
coverage provides benefits designed to fund the buyout of a partner’s or own-
er’s interest in a business should he become disabled.
Long-Term Care Coverage

With increasing life expectancies in many parts of the world, growing numbers
of people are likely to need long-term care at some point in their lives. The costs
of long-term care can quickly deplete an individual’s or couple’s savings, so to
protect themselves against this risk, people may purchase long-term care insur-
ance. In Chapter 1 we defined long-term care insurance (LTCI) as a type of health
insurance that pays benefits for medical or other health-related services needed by
an insured who, because of a serious impairment, needs care in his own home or
a qualified facility.
Insurance companies issue both individual and group LTCI policies. In addi-
tion, many insurers offer long-term care coverage as a rider to life insurance poli-
cies (discussed in Chapter 7), disability income policies, or annuities. In recent
years, sales of these “combo” products have greatly outpaced those for individual
LTCI policies.
An individual generally needs long-term care as the result of a cognitive or
physical impairment. A cognitive impairment is a reduction in a person’s ability

to think, reason, or remember. The most common causes of cognitive impair-

ment are Alzheimer’s disease and dementia. A physical impairment is a treatable,
but generally incurable, chronic condition such as arthritis, emphysema, heart
disease, diabetes, and hypertension. The physical impairments that may require
long-term care services are typically expressed in terms of how difficult it is for
an individual to perform activities of daily living. The activities of daily living
(ADLs) are activities used to measure a person’s functional status, such as eat-
ing, bathing, dressing, continence, toileting, and transferring into or out of a bed,
chair, or wheelchair. Some people can manage ADLs but have difficulty with less
essential types of activities that are called instrumental activities of daily living
(IADLs). IADLs are activities that are necessary for an individual to live indepen-
dently but that are not essential to daily functioning, such as managing finances,
cooking, doing laundry, shopping for food and clothing, using transportation, tak-
ing medications, and using the telephone. Most LTCI policies provide benefits for
individuals who need help with IADLs as well as ADLs.
Important Features of LTCI Policies

Important features of an LTCI policy include benefit triggers and elimination
periods.
Benefit Triggers
A benefit trigger in an LTCI policy specifies the conditions that establish an
insured’s eligibility to receive long-term care benefits. For LTCI policies, the fol-
lowing two occurrences serve as benefit triggers:
The inability of the insured to perform at least two ADLs without assistance
for a period of time expected to last at least 90 days
The need for supervision to protect a person from threats to health and safety
due to a severe cognitive impairment
A licensed health care practitioner, such as a physician, registered nurse, or
licensed social worker, must certify that the insured meets at least one of these
two criteria. Although the inability to perform IADLs is not a benefit trigger,
most LTCI policies provide help with IADLs when an insured becomes eligible
for benefits.
Elimination Period
The elimination period refers to the number of days that a person insured under
an LTCI policy must receive care before benefit payments under the policy can
begin. For individual LTCI policies, the insured generally chooses the elimination
period. Common elimination periods are 30 days, 60 days, and 90 days. Some
individual LTCI policies also offer a 0-day elimination period. In this case, ben-
efits will begin on the first day that the insured receives care. In general, the longer
the elimination period is for a policy, the lower the policy’s premium. Group LTCI
policies typically have a set elimination period of 90 days.

Benefits of LTCI Policies

When applying for an LTCI policy, the applicant chooses a certain dollar amount
LEARNING AID of benefits to be received. In most policies, these benefits are expressed in the form
of a daily dollar amount, although some policies use a monthly dollar amount.
Sellers of LTCI policies generally recommend that an applicant select a daily or
monthly benefit amount that is based on the average cost of a skilled nursing facil-
ity in the area where the applicant plans to receive any needed care.
Example:
Sharon Baumer, age 55, an applicant for an LTCI policy, is trying to
determine the proper daily benefit amount for her policy. Sharon does
not plan to relocate when she retires.
Analysis:
After conducting some research, Sharon chose $250 a day because that
amount represented the average daily cost of nursing home care in her
area.
After choosing a daily or monthly benefit amount, the applicant must select a
benefit period, such as three, four, or five years. In general, longer benefit periods
increase the cost of a policy. In fact, lifetime benefit periods are rarely offered
anymore because of their prohibitive cost.
LTCI policies typically have maximum lifetime benefits, which take one of two
forms: (1) a maximum time period over which benefits will be paid or (2) a maxi-
mum dollar amount of benefits that will be paid. A policy that uses a maximum
time period stipulates that benefits will be paid for the benefit period chosen by the
applicant. A policy that uses a maximum dollar amount of benefits—sometimes
called the “pool of money” method—multiplies the benefit period by the daily or
monthly dollar amount for the policy. The resulting amount becomes the maxi-
mum lifetime benefit under the policy.
Example:
Sharon from the previous example chose a four-year benefit period for
her policy, which provides a $250 daily amount.
Analysis:
If Sharon’s policy uses the maximum time period to determine maximum
lifetime benefits, the policy will pay benefits for four years. If it uses the
maximum dollar amount of benefits, the maximum lifetime benefit will be
$365,000, calculated as $250 × (4 years × 365 days).

In the past, comprehensive LTCI policies frequently provided 100 percent of

the daily or monthly benefit amount for facility care and 50 percent for home
health care. Today, however, most insurers allow the applicant to choose whether
she wishes to receive the same benefit amount for both types of care.
LTCI policies generally offer two different options for paying benefits: the
reimbursement method or the indemnity benefit (per diem) method.
Most LTCI policies sold today use the reimbursement method. With the
reimbursement method, the insurer reimburses eligible expenses that are incurred
by the insured, up to the policy’s daily or monthly benefit amount.
Example:
Riley Nugent owns an LTCI policy that pays a monthly benefit amount of up
to $3,000. The benefit payment option for his policy is the reimbursement
method. Riley incurs charges in a skilled nursing facility of $2,800 a month.
Analysis:
Because Riley’s policy uses the reimbursement method, Riley will pay the
skilled nursing facility $2,800 a month, and the insurer will then reimburse
Riley for $2,800 a month. The remaining $200 a month will remain in the
policy to be used at a later time if needed.
The indemnity benefit method, also known as the per diem method, pays a
stated benefit amount to the insured, regardless of the amount of expenses incurred.
Example:
Assume that Riley from our previous example had an LTCI policy that uses
the indemnity benefit method of paying benefits.
Analysis:
The insurer will pay benefits of $3,000 a month, even though Riley’s actual
expenses are only $2,800 a month.
The premium for an LTCI policy varies based on the benefit payment option
that the policyowner chooses. For example, all other factors being equal, an insured
who owns an LTCI policy that uses the indemnity benefit method will generally
pay a higher premium than he would with the reimbursement method.

Key Terms
indemnity benefits Patient Protection and
basic medical expense coverage Affordable Care Act (ACA)
hospital expenses health insurance exchange
surgical expenses benefit period
physicians’ expenses short-term individual disability
first-dollar coverage income coverage
major medical expense coverage long-term individual disability
usual, customary, and income coverage
reasonable (UCR) fee short-term group disability
deductible income coverage
calendar-year deductible long-term group disability
coinsurance income coverage
maximum out-of-pocket provision total disability
dental expense coverage presumptive disability
prescription drug coverage elimination period
vision care coverage partial disability
Medicare future purchase option benefit
Medicaid cost-of-living-adjustment (COLA)
managed care plan benefit
network key person disability coverage
primary care provider (PCP) disability buyout coverage
copayment cognitive impairment
health maintenance physical impairment
organization (HMO) activities of daily living (ADLs)
preferred provider organization (PPO) instrumental activities of daily living
point-of-service (POS) plan (IADLs)
consumer-driven health plan (CDHP) benefit trigger
high-deductible health plan (HDHP) elimination period
health savings account (HSA) reimbursement method
health reimbursement indemnity benefit method
arrangement (HRA)
health care flexible
spending account (HCFSA)

Principles of Insurance Chapter 13: Principles of Group Insurance 13.1
Chapter 13
Principles of Group Insurance
Objectives
13A Identify the parties to a group insurance contract and distinguish
between contributory and noncontributory group insurance plans
13B Describe the operation of the probationary period and the actively-at-
work requirement
13C Compare group underwriting with individual underwriting and
identify the risk characteristics that group underwriters consider
13D Identify the common types of insurable groups
13E Describe the purpose and operation of benefit schedules in group life
insurance policies
13F Explain the method insurers use to calculate group insurance
premiums
13G Define self-administered group plans and insurer-administered group
plans

13.2 Chapter 13: Principles of Group Insurance Principles of Insurance
Outline
Group Insurance Contracts Group Insurance Premiums
 Certificates of Insurance  Premium Amounts
 Eligibility Provisions  Premium Refunds
Group Insurance Underwriting Group Plan Administration
 Reason for the Group’s Existence
 Size of the Group
 Flow of New Members into the
Group
 Stability of the Group
 Participation Levels
 Determination of Benefit Levels
 Nature of the Business
I
n previous chapters, we discussed mostly individual life and health insurance
products. In this chapter, we turn our attention to group insurance. Group
insurance is a method of providing life or health insurance coverage for a
group of people under one insurance contract. In many parts of the world, group
insurance represents a substantial portion of the overall life insurance market.
Figure 13.1 illustrates the growth of group life insurance coverage in the United
States from 1950 to 2014.
Group Insurance Contracts

Although individual insurance and group insurance are similar in many ways,
these insurance products have some striking differences. For example, an indi-
vidual insurance policy typically insures one person or one family. In contrast, a
group insurance plan insures a number of people, such as a group of employees,
under a single insurance contract. This single insurance contract, which is called
a master group insurance contract, describes the relationship between an insurer
and a group policyholder and specifies the benefits provided by the contract to the
insured group members.
The parties to a master group insurance contract are the insurance company
and the group policyholder, which is the entity or organization that decides what
types of group insurance coverage to purchase for the group members, negoti-
ates the terms of the group insurance contract with the insurer, and purchases
the group insurance coverage. The term policyholder is used rather than the term
policyowner because the group policyholder does not have the same ownership
rights in the group insurance policy that a policyowner has in an individual insur-
ance policy. Instead, some of these rights are granted to the insured group mem-
bers. For example, each group member insured under a group life insurance policy
generally has the right to name the beneficiary who will receive the benefit payable
upon the group member’s death.1 In contrast, an individual life insurance policy
gives that right to the policyowner.
In most jurisdictions, the individuals covered by a group insurance policy are
referred to as the group insureds, or simply as the insureds, and we use those
terms in this text.

Figure 13.1. Group Life Insurance in Force in the United States
23,000
21,000
Insurance in Force (in millions of dollars)

19,000
Face Amount of Group Life
17,000
15,000
13,000
11,000
9,000
7,000
5,000
3,000
1,000
0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2014
Year
Businesses purchase group life and health insurance for their employees as an
employee benefit. Although insurers issue group insurance policies covering other
types of groups, which we will discuss, most group insurance policies insure a
group of employees. For that reason, this text concentrates on employer-employee
group insurance policies. We sometimes refer to the group policyholder as the
employer and to the group insureds as the employees.
The group policyholder usually is responsible for handling some of the admin-
istrative aspects of the group insurance plan. For example, the group policyholder
typically handles the enrollment of new group members into the plan. The group
policyholder also is responsible for making all premium payments to the insurer, LEARNING AID
although the insured group members may be required to contribute some or all of
the premium amount. If the insured group members are not required to pay any
part of the group insurance premium, the group plan is a noncontributory plan.
If insured group members must pay part or all of the premium for their cover-
age, the group insurance plan is a contributory plan. A contributory plan usually
requires covered employees to pay their portion of the premium through payroll
deductions.

Certificates of Insurance
The group insureds are not parties to a master group insurance contract, do not
participate in the formation of the contract, and do not receive individual copies
of the contract. However, as we discussed, insured group members have certain
rights under the contract. Insurance laws typically require the insurer to provide
the group policyholder with written descriptions of the group insurance plan; the
group policyholder then delivers a written description to each group insured. This
document, known as the certificate of insurance, describes (1) the coverage that
the master group insurance contract provides and (2) the group insured’s rights
under the contract. As a result, an insured group member often is referred to as a
certificate holder. Many policyholders describe the group insurance coverage in a
special benefit booklet. In such cases, the benefit booklet contains the information
that would be included in a certificate, and the benefit booklet serves as the group
insurance certificate.
Example:
Sudoku Manufacturing Company purchased from Origami Life Insurance
Company a group life insurance policy covering its employees.
Analysis:
Sudoku and Origami are the parties to the master group insurance contract.
Sudoku is the group policyholder. Sudoku’s employees who are covered
under the policy are the group insureds. Each group insured receives a
certificate of insurance describing the coverage provided under the group
insurance contract and his rights under the contract.
Eligibility Provisions
An important term found in every group insurance policy is a description of the
individuals who are covered by the policy. A group policy often defines the indi-
LEARNING AID
viduals who are eligible for coverage as those employees in a specified class or
classes. These classes typically are defined by requirements that are related to
conditions of employment, such as salary, occupation, specific division within the
company, or length of employment.
Example:
Many group insurance policies state that all full-time employees are
eligible for coverage; therefore, at these companies, part-time workers
are excluded from the class of eligible employees.
Group insurance policies also impose requirements that new group members
must meet to be eligible for coverage. The most common of these eligibility provi-
sions are the actively-at-work provision and the probationary period.
An actively-at-work provision states that, to be eligible for coverage, an
employee must be actively at work—rather than ill or on leave—on the day the
insurance coverage is to take effect. If the employee is not actively at work on the
day the coverage is to take effect, then the employee is not covered by the group

insurance policy until he returns to work. For example, according to this provi-
sion, if an employee who would otherwise become eligible for coverage on March
1 is absent due to illness on that date, coverage would not begin until the day the
employee returns to work.
A probationary period is the length of time—typically, from one to six
months—that a new group member must wait before becoming eligible to enroll in
the group insurance plan. A probationary period requirement can reduce a plan’s
administrative costs by avoiding the cost of enrolling new employees who work
for the company for only a short period. Under a noncontributory group insurance
plan, a new employee who has met all other eligibility requirements is automati-
cally covered at the end of the probationary period. In contrast, if the plan is con-
tributory, then an eligibility period typically follows the probationary period.
An eligibility period, also called an enrollment period, is a specified period
of time, usually 31 days, during which a new group member may first enroll for
contributory group insurance coverage without providing evidence of insurability.
As part of the enrollment process, the employee must sign a written authoriza-
tion allowing the employer to make payroll deductions from her salary to cover
the amount of her premium contributions. Coverage under a contributory group
insurance plan will not become effective until the employee completes such an
authorization.
Example:
John Talbot and Enrique Ramirez both began work on September 1.
John and Enrique are both eligible for coverage under group life
insurance policies that their employers provide. Both policies have a
30-day probationary period. John’s employer has a noncontributory
plan, whereas Enrique’s employer has a contributory plan.
Analysis:
Both John and Enrique became eligible for life insurance coverage
on October 1, the first day following the end of their probationary
periods. John’s coverage under his employer’s noncontributory plan
was automatically effective on that date. Because Enrique’s plan was
contributory, his group coverage will become effective when he enrolls
and signs the payroll deduction authorization form during the eligibility
period.
Sometimes when an employee first becomes eligible for group insurance cover-
age under a contributory plan, she declines the coverage. In such cases, she must
usually submit satisfactory evidence of insurability before she is allowed to join
the plan at a later date. However, some contributory group insurance plans for
larger groups feature an open enrollment period, which is a period of time—typi-
cally a specified 30 or 31 days per year—during which eligible people who did not
join the group insurance plan at the first opportunity may join the plan without
providing evidence of insurability.

Example:
Paige Higgins works for a company that offers a contributory group life
insurance plan to its eligible employees. When Paige first became eligible
to enroll in the plan, she declined the coverage. A year later, however,
she decided she wanted to join the plan. Her company offers an open
enrollment period in December of each year.
Analysis:
As long as Paige enrolls during December, she will be allowed to join the
group life insurance plan without providing evidence of insurability.
Some group insurance policies provide coverage both for eligible group mem-
bers and the dependents of covered group members. Group insureds who are cov-
ered as dependents typically do not have the same rights as do members of the
insured group, such as the employees who are covered by an employer-employee
group policy. For example, a covered dependent typically does not have the right
to name the beneficiary of his group life insurance coverage. Instead, the benefi-
ciary of any dependent group life coverage usually is either (1) the insured group
member himself or (2) a beneficiary selected by the insured group member. Fur-
ther, if dependent coverage is optional, then the insured group members—not their
dependents—have the right to elect or reject that coverage.
Example:
David Hewitt works for Tallulah Enterprises, which purchased a group life
insurance policy to insure its employees and their dependents. The group
policy provides $100,000 of life insurance coverage on David and $25,000
of life insurance coverage on both David’s wife and his son.
Analysis:
According to the requirements of most insurance companies, David has
the right to name the beneficiary who is entitled to receive any group life
insurance benefits following his own death. In addition, depending on the
terms of the group policy, either David is the beneficiary of the coverage
on his wife and his son, or David has the right to name someone else as
the beneficiary of this coverage.
Group Insurance Underwriting

Individual and group insurance policies both require underwriting to determine
whether the proposed insured or group presents an acceptable degree of risk for
the insurer. However, individual life and health insurance underwriting requires
that the proposed individual meet the insurer’s underwriting requirements. In con-
trast, group insurance underwriting generally focuses on the characteristics of the
group and, with the exception of very small groups, usually does not require each
proposed group insured to provide individual evidence of insurability. Each insur-
ance company establishes underwriting guidelines that define the types of groups
it will insure.

In general, group underwriting has the following objectives:

To determine whether the proposed group is an acceptable risk
To prevent antiselection
To keep the administrative costs as low as possible
To determine the appropriate premium rates to charge for the group insurance
Group underwriters consider a number of specific characteristics of a group
when evaluating whether that group is an acceptable risk. These risk characteris-
tics include the reason for the group’s existence, the size of the group, the flow of
new members into the group, the stability of the group, the required percentage of
eligible group members who must participate in the plan, the way in which benefit
levels will be determined, and the activities of the group. The group underwriter
may also consider additional characteristics of the group.
Reason for the Group’s Existence

Group underwriting guidelines usually require that the group must have been
formed for a reason other than obtaining insurance. Antiselection would be likely
in a group formed solely for the purpose of obtaining group insurance. People who
believe they are uninsurable individually would be more likely to join such a group
than would individuals who believe they can qualify for individual insurance. In
general, groups that are eligible for coverage can be placed into one of the follow-
ing categories:
1. A single-employer group consists of the employees of a single employer and
is also known as an employer-employee group. Most group insurance policies
insure the employees of a single employer.
2. A labor union group consists of workers who are members of a labor union,
which is an association that promotes the welfare, interests, and rights of its
members.
3. A multiple-employer group consists of the employees of (1) two or more
employers in the same industry, (2) two or more labor unions, or (3) one or
more employers and one or more labor unions.
4. An association group consists of individuals who share a common bond.
For example, group members may work in a specific industry or may share a
common characteristic, such as individuals who are alumni of a specific college.
An association group is eligible for group insurance only if it was formed for
a purpose other than obtaining group insurance. Figure 13.2 describes some of
the types of association groups that are eligible for group insurance coverage.
5. A debtor-creditor group consists of persons who have borrowed funds from a
lending institution, such as a bank.
6. A credit union group consists of the members of one or more credit unions,
which are cooperative associations that pool the savings of their members and
use those funds to make loans to members.
7. A discretionary group consists of the members of any other type of group that
qualifies for group insurance coverage according to applicable insurance laws.

Underwriting guidelines vary for each of the preceding types of groups. For
example, group underwriting guidelines typically require the employer in an
employer-employee group insurance plan to pay at least a portion of the group
insurance premium. This requirement, which is imposed by law in many juris-
dictions, gives the employer a financial interest in the operation of the plan. In
contrast, other group policyholders usually are not required to pay a portion of the
group insurance premium.
Some underwriting guidelines are more stringent for some types of groups
than others. For example, antiselection by individual group members is much
more likely to occur in association groups in which group membership is volun-
tary than in an employer-employee group. As a result, insurance companies often
impose more stringent underwriting requirements on association groups than on
employer-employee groups. An insurer might be willing to issue an employer-
employee group insurance policy to a group with as few as 10 members, but it
might refuse to issue an association group insurance policy covering fewer than
50 association members.
Size of the Group

The size of the group has a strong impact on the underwriter’s ability to estimate
the group’s probable loss rate. In general, the larger the group, the more likely that
the group will experience a loss rate that approximates the estimated loss rate.
Figure 13.2. Types of Association Groups
Trade association. An association of firms that operate in a specific industry.

Professional association. An association of individuals who share a common
occupation, such as an association of medical doctors, attorneys, or engineers.
Public employee association. An association of individuals employed by a
governmental entity.
Common interest association. An association of individuals who share a common
bond, background, or interest. Examples include associations of retired persons,
participants in a specific sport, or alumni of a specific college. Sometimes referred
to as an affinity group.

The underwriting process varies depending on the size of the group. For very
small groups, such as groups with fewer than 15 members, group underwriting
guidelines may require each individual member of the group to submit evidence of
insurability.2 When calculating the anticipated loss rate of a slightly larger group,
such as a group with between 15 and 50 members, the underwriter often pools
several groups that are of the same approximate size and are in the same business
sector. In this case, the underwriter is expecting the experience of those small
groups taken as a whole to approximate the experience of a single large group.
Most insurers establish minimum size requirements for groups they are willing
to insure. Minimum group sizes typically range from 3 to 50, depending on the
insurer.
Flow of New Members into the Group

Another important group underwriting requirement is that a sufficient number
of new members enter the group periodically. Ideally, underwriters seek a steady
flow of young, new members to replace those members who leave the group.
A steady flow of new members into the group means that both the group’s size and
its age distribution will remain relatively stable. If a group did not add young, new
members for a number of years, then the increasing age of the group’s original
members would adversely affect the group’s age distribution, and the group’s loss
rate and premium rate would increase as a result. If young, new members are con-
tinually joining the group, the age distribution of the group should remain more
stable, as should the expected loss rate.
Stability of the Group

Despite the generally favorable results of changes in group membership, the insur-
ance company also must be able to expect that the group will remain a group for
a reasonable length of time and that its composition will remain relatively stable.
Otherwise, the costs of administering the plan, such as the costs of enrolling new
members in the plan, could become prohibitively high.
Example:
A group of seasonal or temporary workers generally would not be
considered an insurable group.
Participation Levels
Group insurance underwriting requirements impose limits on the minimum per-
centage of eligible group members that a group insurance plan must cover. Note
that these requirements relate to participation by eligible group members. Mini-
mum participation requirements minimize antiselection. Employees who believe
themselves to be in good health are less likely than other employees to choose
to participate in group insurance plans. Without minimum participation require-
ments, an insurance company could not rely on the group underwriting process
because an unusually large percentage of group members might be individuals
who were uninsurable on an individual basis.

Minimum participation requirements vary depending on whether the group

insurance plan is a noncontributory plan or a contributory plan:
Typically, a noncontributory plan requires 100 percent participation of all eli-
gible employees; to do otherwise could be discriminatory.
Because participation in a contributory plan is voluntary, some employees
may decide not to enroll in the plan. Most insurers require that at least 75
percent of all eligible employees participate in a contributory group insurance
plan.3 A higher percentage of employees may participate in the plan, but a
participation level of lower than 75 percent would cause the group to lose its
eligibility for coverage.
Determination of Benefit Levels

The group policyholder typically works with the insurer to establish a fair and
nondiscriminatory method to determine the benefit levels—that is, the types and
amounts of coverage offered to the group insureds. Group life insurance policies
typically include a schedule, known as a benefit schedule, that defines the amount
of life insurance the policy provides for each insured. Including benefit amounts
in the master group contract prevents group insureds from selecting their own
coverage amounts and, thus, helps prevent antiselection. Otherwise, those group
members who are in poor health and unable to secure individual insurance would
probably select larger benefit amounts than healthy members would select.
Some group life insurance plans offer the same benefit amount to all group
members. A more common method is to vary the benefit amount according to
specific objective criteria, such as salary, job classification, or length of employ-
ment. For example, a benefit schedule might provide life insurance coverage to
all eligible employees in an amount equal to one year’s salary. In another benefit
schedule, the amount of life insurance coverage might vary depending on whether
the employee is a senior executive, a manager, or a nonmanagement employee.
Figure 13.3 provides some illustrations of the types of benefit schedules that might
be included in group life insurance policies.
Some group life insurance policies allow covered group members to purchase
additional coverage—under certain conditions—from a schedule of optional cov-
erages. For example, a covered employee might receive group life insurance cover-
age in an amount equal to one year’s salary and also have the option to purchase
additional coverage in the same amount. To avoid antiselection in such situations,
the group insurer may (1) limit the optional coverages that the group plan can offer
and/or (2) require the insured group member to provide satisfactory evidence of
insurability if the optional coverage selected exceeds a certain amount.
If a group life insurance policy provides coverage for dependents, then the
policy includes a separate benefit schedule that defines the amount of coverage
provided for each covered dependent. Such a benefit schedule may specify a flat
amount of coverage for all covered dependents, or the benefit schedule may spec-
ify one amount for the group member’s spouse and a lower amount of coverage
for each covered dependent child. Insurance company requirements and the laws
of some jurisdictions require that the amount of coverage provided on the depen-
dents of an insured group member be less than the amount provided for the group
member.

Figure 13.3. Examples of Group Life Insurance Policy Benefit Schedules
Benefit Schedule Based on Standard Amount

Salary Amount of Life Insurance
Any $50,000 per group insured
Benefit Schedule Based on Annual Salary

Salary Amount of Life Insurance
Less than $50,000 1 × salary
$50,000 to $100,000 2 × salary
Over $100,000 3 × salary
Benefit Schedule Based on Length of Employment

Length of Employment Amount of Life Insurance
Less than 5 years 1 × annual salary
5 years to 10 years 2 × annual salary
Over 10 years 3 × annual salary
Benefit Schedule Based on Job Classification

Job Classification Amount of Life Insurance
Nonmanagement personnel $30,000
Supervisors $50,000
Managers $100,000
Officers $250,000
Nature of the Business

The type of work that group members perform affects the degree of risk the group
presents to an insurer. For example, a group of coal miners has a higher prob-
ability of being injured or killed on the job than a group of office workers. To
develop appropriate group insurance underwriting guidelines, insurers consider
claim experience data concerning the likelihood of people in certain jobs to incur
covered losses.
If an insurer determines that, due to the nature of the group members’ work, a
group can be expected to have a higher-than-average loss rate among its members,
the insurer charges the group more than the standard premium. Some insurers
increase their standard premium rate by a certain percentage to account for the
greater risk that a group in a particular occupation presents. Other insurers charge
a flat extra premium for certain types of coverage for groups that work in hazard-
ous occupations, such as logging. If a group’s occupation is extremely dangerous,
some insurance companies decline the group for coverage.
Example:
Many insurers would decline to issue group disability income coverage to
a team of professional hockey players.

Group Insurance Premiums

Insurance companies typically establish group insurance premium rates on a case-
by-case basis. The insurer evaluates each group and establishes a premium rate
that is adequate to pay the group’s claims. The premium rate should also be equi-
table to the group policyholder—that is, it should fairly reflect the group’s risk. To
establish premium rates that meet these criteria, the insurer must determine what
costs it will incur in (1) providing the benefits promised by the group insurance
policy and (2) administering the group insurance plan.
Unlike individual insurance level-premium rates, the premium rate for a group
insurance policy usually is recalculated every year that the policy remains in force.
The insurer generally guarantees the group’s premium rate for only one year.
However, some group life insurance policies guarantee rates for a longer period
of time, such as two or three years. An insurer that is allowed to change a group’s
premium rate may do so at the beginning of a policy year or on any premium due
date. The insurer may not, however, change the premium rate more than once in
any 12-month period.
Insurance companies generally use one of three methods to calculate the pre-
mium rate to charge for group coverage:
Manual rating is a method of setting group insurance premium rates in which
the insurer establishes rates for very broad classifications of group insureds
using its own experience with a product and information collected by vari-
ous governmental and trade associations rather than the experience of one
particular group. Insurance companies typically use manual rating to set the
initial premium rates for groups that have not been previously insured and to
set both initial and renewal premium rates for small groups. In both cases, the
groups have no reliable claims experience that the insurer can use to set the
premium rate. The claims experience of a small group generally is unreliable
because the group is not large enough for the insurer to determine whether the
group’s prior experience is a result of chance or actually reflects the group’s
average experience.
Experience rating is a method of setting group insurance premium rates in
which the insurer considers the particular group’s prior claims and expense
experience. Insurance companies typically use experience rating to set renewal
premium rates for large groups. In many cases, insurers also use experience
rating to set the initial premium rate for a large group that is currently insured
by another insurance company. In such a case, the insurer can obtain informa-
tion about the group’s prior experience.
Blended rating is a method of setting group insurance premium rates in which
the insurer uses a combination of manual rating and experience rating. Insur-
ers typically use blended rating for groups that are too small for an insurer to
rely fully on experience rating, yet large enough for the insurer to consider
their claims and expense experience to be significant. The larger the group
is, the more the insurer relies on the group’s own experience and the less the
insurer relies on manual rating.

Setting a group’s premium rate is often a complicated process. In addition to

determining whether or to what extent a group’s own experience can be used, an
insurer must consider a number of other factors. For example, the insurer must
consider the specific benefits provided by a particular group plan. Also, the amount
of administrative expenses an insurer incurs in connection with group insurance
coverage varies widely from one group to another and depends on how much of
the plan’s administration the group policyholder will handle. We discuss group
insurance administration later in this chapter.
Premium Amounts
Group insurance premiums typically are payable monthly. The insurer establishes
the premium rate for a group insurance policy at the beginning of each policy year.
LEARNING AID
That premium rate usually is calculated on the basis of a stated benefit unit.
Example:
The premium rate for group life insurance usually is stated as a rate per
$1,000 of death benefit provided by the policy.
Although the premium rate for a group insurance policy generally is guaran-
teed for one year, the premium amount payable each month varies, depending on
the amount of insurance in force that month. A group life insurance policy, for
example, requires a monthly premium amount that is equal to the premium rate
per $1,000 of coverage multiplied by the number of benefit units ($1,000 of cover-
age) in force that month. If additional employees become eligible for coverage dur-
ing the policy year, the number of benefit units in force increases, and the premium
amount the employer pays to the insurer each month increases. The premium rate
per $1,000 of coverage, though, does not change during the year.
Example:
The Polyhedron Company provides $50,000 of noncontributory group
life insurance coverage for each of its full-time employees. The current
monthly premium rate for this coverage is $0.40 per $1,000 of coverage.
In January, Polyhedron had 10 full-time employees. In March, Polyhedron
hired 2 new full-time employees, who became eligible for group life
insurance coverage in April.
Analysis:
In January, February, and March, Polyhedron provided $50,000 of group
life insurance coverage to 10 employees, resulting in a monthly premium
of $200 for each of those three months, calculated as
Coverage per Number of Total group

× =
employee employees coverage
$50,000 × 10 = $500,000

Example (continued):
Monthly premium Number of Monthly

rate (per $1,000 × coverage units = premium
of coverage) ($500,000 ÷ $1,000) amount
$0.40 × 500 = $200
In April, Polyhedron provided $50,000 of group life insurance coverage to

12 employees, resulting in a monthly premium of $240 for April, calculated
as
Coverage per Number of Total group

× =
employee employees coverage
$50,000 × 12 = $600,000
Monthly Number of Monthly

premium rate × coverage units = premium
(per $1,000 of ($600,000 ÷ $1,000) amount
coverage)
$0.40 × 600 = $240
Premium Refunds
Depending on the size of the group and the insurance arrangement, at the end of
each policy year, a portion of the group insurance premiums paid during the year
may be refunded to the group policyholder. Group insurance premium refunds
are similar to the policy dividends paid on individual participating life insurance
policies. These refunds are usually called dividends by those companies that also
issue individual participating policies. Companies that do not issue participating
policies generally call premium refunds for group insurance experience refunds.
The insurer determines the amount of a premium refund by evaluating the
group’s claims experience and expense experience during the policy year. If
the group incurred fewer claims or if the insurer incurred lower administrative
expenses than anticipated when the prior year’s premium rate was established,
then the insurer may refund a portion of the premium paid for the coverage.
All premium refunds are payable to the group policyholder, even if the plan
is contributory. If the amount of the refund to the policyholder of a contributory
plan is greater than the portion of the group premium that was paid out of the
policyholder’s funds, then the excess amount must be used for the benefit of the
individual participants in the plan.

Example:
The Marzipan Company has a contributory group life insurance plan for
its employees. Last year, the premiums that Marzipan paid were higher
than the claims and expenses incurred by the plan. Therefore, Marzipan
received a premium refund for last year’s coverage under the plan.
Analysis:
Marzipan must use this excess refund to benefit the employees who
participate in the group life insurance plan. For example, Marzipan could
use the excess refund to pay a portion of the employees’ contributions for
this year, or it could use the excess refund to pay for additional benefits
for its covered employees.
Group Plan Administration

In general, the expenses an insurer incurs in administering a group insurance
policy are lower than those it would incur in administering a number of individual
insurance policies. For example,
The underwriting costs are generally lower for group insurance because the
insurer usually underwrites the group as a whole rather than each individual
member.
Policy issue costs are lower because the insurer issues a master policy rather
than many individual policies.
Commissions are much lower for one group policy than for a number of indi-
vidual policies.
Group policyholders can reduce an insurer’s administrative expenses further—
and reduce their premium rates as a result—by performing much of the necessary
administrative work themselves. The administration of a group insurance policy is
primarily a matter of recordkeeping. For example, some of the necessary records
for a group life insurance plan include the name and address of each group insured,
the amount of coverage for each group insured, and the name of each beneficiary.
Many group policyholders maintain these records and provide all the needed
reports to the insurer. A self-administered group plan is a group insurance plan
in which the group policyholder is responsible for handling the administrative and
recordkeeping aspects of the plan. Alternatively, an insurer-administered group
plan is a group insurance plan in which the insurer is responsible for handling the
administrative and recordkeeping aspects of the plan.

Key Terms
group insurance
master group insurance contract
group insured
noncontributory plan
contributory plan
certificate of insurance
certificate holder
actively-at-work provision
probationary period
eligibility period
open enrollment period
benefit schedule
manual rating
experience rating
blended rating
self-administered group plan
insurer-administered group plan
Endnotes
1. The same rules and restrictions that apply to individual life insurance beneficiary designations also
apply to group life insurance beneficiary designations. In addition, a group insured may not name the
group policyholder as beneficiary unless the group insurance plan is a group creditor life plan, which
we discuss later.
2. Group life insurance underwriting requirements may vary according to the amount of coverage on
an individual. For example, some insurers may require evidence of insurability from group insureds
with coverage in excess of a certain amount. In addition, in the United States, various state and fed-
eral laws limit the ability of insurers to require evidence of insurability for health insurance under
certain circumstances.
3. In determining minimum participation percentages, insurers typically do not consider employees
who decline coverage because they have other coverage available to them, such as through another
employer or a spouse’s employer.

Principles of Insurance Chapter 14: Group Life Insurance and Group Retirement Plans 14.1
Chapter 14
Group Life Insurance and

Group Retirement Plans
Objectives
14A Identify and describe typical provisions contained in a group life
insurance policy and compare these provisions with similar provisions
contained in individual life insurance policies
14B Describe the features of group term life insurance plans, group
accidental death and dismemberment plans, group cash value
insurance plans, and group creditor life insurance plans
14C Explain the tax benefits generally provided to qualified retirement
plans in the United States
14D Identify the components of a qualified retirement plan and describe
the types of provisions that a plan document contains
14E Identify and describe four common types of qualified retirement plans
and four types of tax-advantaged retirement plans in the United States
14F Describe examples of government-sponsored retirement plans in the
United States and Canada

14.2 Chapter 14: Group Life Insurance and Group Retirement Plans Principles of Insurance
Outline
Group Life Insurance Group Retirement Plans
 Group Life Insurance Policy  Components of a Retirement Plan
Provisions  Types of Qualified Retirement Plans
 Group Life Insurance Plans  Other Types of Retirement Plans
 Government-Sponsored Retirement
Plans
N
ow that you are familiar with the basic principles of group insurance, we
turn to a more specific discussion of group life insurance and group retire-
ment plans.
Group Life Insurance

We begin our discussion of group life insurance by describing some of the provi-
sions that group life insurance policies typically include. Then we describe various
types of group life insurance policies.
Group Life Insurance Policy Provisions

Group life insurance policies usually include a number of standard provisions,
many of which are similar to provisions found in individual life insurance poli-
cies. In Chapter 13, we described typical provisions relating to eligibility for group
insurance coverage. In this chapter, we describe some other provisions typically
found in group life insurance policies.
Grace Period Provision

Group life insurance policies typically contain a 30- or 31-day grace period provi-
sion. As in the case of an individual life insurance policy, the insurance coverage
provided by a group life insurance policy remains in force during the grace period.
If the group policyholder does not pay the premium by the end of this period,
the group policy terminates. Unlike the grace period provision in an individual
life insurance policy, the grace period provision in a group life insurance policy
specifies that if the policy terminates for nonpayment of premiums, then the group
policyholder is legally obligated to pay the premium for the coverage provided
during the grace period.
Example:
The Moonbeam Corporation provides a group life insurance plan for its
eligible employees. The plan specifies a 31-day grace period. Moonbeam
failed to pay the premium that was due on January 1. On February 1,
Moonbeam had still made no premium payments.
Analysis:
Although Moonbeam’s group life insurance plan terminated for
nonpayment of premium on February 1, Moonbeam is obligated to pay
the insurer the premium for the coverage in January.

Incontestability Provision
Group life insurance policies include an incontestability provision, which limits
the period during which the insurance company may use statements in the group
insurance application to contest the validity of the master group insurance con-
tract. Generally, the incontestability provision in a group life insurance policy
limits the period during which the insurer may contest the contract to two years
from the date of issue. Material misrepresentation occurs much less frequently in
group life insurance applications than in individual life insurance applications. As
a result, insurance companies rarely contest the validity of group life insurance
contracts.
Individuals insured under a group life insurance policy usually are not required
to provide evidence of insurability to be eligible for group coverage. Sometimes,
however, group insureds are required to provide such evidence. If a group insured
makes material misrepresentations about his insurability in a written application,
then the insurance company can contest the individual group member’s coverage
on the grounds of material misrepresentation without contesting the validity of the
master group contract itself. The incontestability provision of a group life insur-
ance policy typically states that the insurer cannot contest the insurance coverage
of any group insured after the coverage has been in effect during the lifetime of the
insured for a period of one or two years from the date on which the group insured’s
coverage became effective.
Example:
Jocelyn Picard was required to fill out a medical questionnaire to be eligible
for group life insurance coverage. In completing the questionnaire, Jocelyn
made material misrepresentations about her health. Jocelyn died six
months after her coverage became effective. While investigating the claim,
the insurance company discovered Jocelyn’s material misrepresentations.
The group policy contained a two-year contestable period.
Analysis:
Jocelyn died while her group insurance coverage was contestable.
Therefore, the insurer had the right to contest the validity of Jocelyn’s
coverage on the basis of the material misrepresentations in her medical
questionnaire. Jocelyn’s material misrepresentations did not affect the
validity of the master group contract.
Beneficiary Designation
Under the terms of a group life insurance policy—unless it is a group creditor life
policy—each insured group member has the right to name a beneficiary who will
receive the insurance benefit that is payable when that group insured dies. (We
describe group creditor life policies later in the chapter.) The insured group mem-
ber also has the right to change the beneficiary designation.
The beneficiary designation rules and restrictions that apply to individual life
insurance beneficiary designations also apply to group life insurance beneficiary
designations. The only other restriction on the insured group member’s right to

name the beneficiary is that he may not name the group policyholder as beneficiary
unless the plan is a group creditor life plan.
We discussed beneficiary designations for dependent coverage in the previous
chapter.
Portability Provision
Many group life insurance policies contain a portability provision, which allows
a group insured whose coverage terminates for certain reasons to continue her
coverage under the group plan. Group insurance coverage that can be continued if
an insured employee leaves the group is known as portable coverage. Continued
coverage usually is term insurance coverage.
To continue coverage under the portability provision, a group insured generally
must complete an application and pay the initial premium within a stated time—
usually 31 days or less—after her group coverage terminates. Depending on the
amount of coverage requested and the age of the applicant, the insurer may also
require the group insured to answer some medical questions or submit evidence of
her insurability. The maximum amount of continued coverage available under the
portability provision may be less than the amount of coverage the group insured
had under the group plan. The premium rate is based on the insured’s attained age
when the continued coverage begins.
Some group life insurance policies include a conversion privilege, which
allows a group insured whose coverage terminates for certain reasons to convert
her group life insurance coverage to an individual life insurance policy, usually
without presenting evidence of insurability. The group insured usually can pur-
chase any type of individual life insurance policy that the insurer is then issu-
ing, but the amount of coverage the group insured can purchase is limited. The
premium rate for converted coverage typically is higher than for an equivalent
amount of continued coverage. Some group life insurance policies contain both a
portability provision and a conversion privilege, but the eligibility requirements
and amounts of coverage available may vary depending on the type of coverage.
Misstatement of Age
The misstatement of age or sex provision included in individual life insurance
policies specifies that the insurer will adjust the amount of the death benefit pay-
able to reflect a misstatement of the insured’s age or sex. In contrast, the amount
of the benefit payable following a group insured’s death is specified in the group
life insurance policy’s benefit schedule. As a result, the misstatement of age pro-
vision in most group life insurance policies specifies that, if the amount of the
premium required for the coverage is incorrect as the result of a misstatement
of a group member’s age, then the insurer will retroactively adjust the amount of
the premium required for the coverage to reflect the group insured’s correct age.
Note that the misstatement of age provision comes up most often with voluntary
group life insurance plans, in which employees are given the option of purchasing
life insurance coverage and, if they choose to receive the coverage, they pay 100
percent of the premiums.

Example:
The Einkorn Corporation provides a voluntary group life insurance plan
for its eligible employees. One of Einkorn’s employees, Patricia McElroy,
applied for $100,000 of life insurance coverage under the plan. Patricia
was 35 years old, but her age was mistakenly reported to the insurer as
45 years old. The insurer discovered the mistake one year later when it
received a claim for the policy proceeds.
Analysis:
In this situation, the insurer will retroactively adjust the amount of the
premium for Patricia’s coverage. Because Patricia’s age was younger than
reported to the insurer, the insurer will refund the difference to Patricia’s
beneficiary.
The amount of the death benefit payable remains unaffected. Because group life
insurance premium rates typically do not vary according to the sex of the insured,
such policies typically do not include a misstatement of sex provision.
Settlement Options
When a person insured under a group life insurance policy dies, the beneficiary
of the group insured’s coverage usually receives the death benefit in a lump sum.
Sometimes settlement options also are available. If so, the group life insurance pol-
icy gives the group insured or the beneficiary the right to choose a settlement option.
All of the usual settlement options described in Chapter 9 are generally made avail-
able. However, for a group insured or beneficiary to select the life income option, the
death benefit payable usually must be at least a stated minimum amount.
Group Life Insurance Plans

The majority of all group life insurance policies are yearly renewable term (YRT)
insurance plans. Group accidental death and dismemberment policies are also
commonly issued, either as separate plans or in addition to other group life insur-
ance coverage. Some insurers issue cash value life insurance plans, but they are
less common than group term life insurance plans.
Group Term Life Insurance

The YRT insurance coverage under group life insurance policies is similar to YRT
coverage under individual policies. The insurer does not require the group insureds
to submit evidence of insurability each year when the coverage is renewed. Group
term life insurance policies do not build cash values, and the insurer typically has
the right to change the premium rate each year.

When employers pay the premiums to provide their employees with group term
life insurance, the employees receive a financial benefit. The income tax treatment
of such group term life insurance coverage varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
In some countries, such as the United States and Canada, some or all of the premi-
ums paid by the employer for group term life insurance coverage for employees are
considered taxable income to the employee. In other countries, such as the United
Kingdom, such premiums are not considered taxable income to the employee.
Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance

Accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) benefits may be included as part
of a group life insurance policy, or an insurer may issue them under a separate
LEARNING AID group insurance policy. The low cost of AD&D benefits makes them an attrac-
tive addition to group insurance plans. When the accidental death benefit is added
to a group term life insurance plan, the accidental death benefit amount is usu-
ally equal to the amount of the death benefit provided under the basic group term
insurance plan. For example, a group insured with $50,000 of basic group life
insurance coverage would typically have a $50,000 AD&D benefit as well. If the
group insured dies as the result of an accident, the beneficiary would be entitled
to receive $100,000.
Many AD&D plans provide an additional travel accident benefit that covers only
accidental deaths occurring while the employee is traveling for the employer. If
the accident occurs while the employee is on vacation, his beneficiary will receive
benefits under the AD&D coverage only; if the accident occurs while the employee
is on a business trip, his beneficiary will receive benefits under the AD&D cover-
age plus an additional benefit because he was traveling for the employer.
Example:
Karl Bernhard is covered under the group life insurance plan his employer
provides. The group insurance policy provides $100,000 of group term
life insurance, $100,000 of group accidental death and dismemberment
insurance, and $50,000 of business travel accident insurance.
Analysis:
If Karl dies in an accident while he is traveling on business for his employer,
his beneficiary would be entitled to receive $250,000 in benefits, calculated
as $100,000 + $100,000 + $50,000. If Karl dies in an accident while he is on
a vacation trip, then his beneficiary would be entitled to receive $200,000
in benefits, calculated as $100,000 + $100,000.
Group Cash Value Life Insurance

Employers use group cash value life insurance plans to help employees purchase
life insurance coverage that will continue after their retirement, when their group
term insurance coverage typically ends. Covered employees usually are required
to pay a significant portion of the premium for group cash value life insurance
plans. Therefore, participation levels in group cash value life insurance plans gen-
erally are much lower than those that insurers require under other contributory
group insurance plans.

The specific characteristics of group cash value life insurance coverage vary
from plan to plan. Three commonly offered group cash value life insurance plans
are level premium whole life plans, group universal life plans, and group variable
universal life plans.
Level Premium Whole Life Plans

Some insurance companies make level premium whole life insurance available on
a group basis. Level premium coverage usually is written on a limited-payment
whole life plan, such as whole life paid-up at age 65. If the employee leaves the
group prior to her planned retirement age, her group whole life insurance coverage
typically terminates. Whether the employee has a right to the cash value that has
built up depends on whether the group insurance plan is contributory or noncon-
tributory:
If the plan is a contributory plan, the accumulated cash value belongs to the
employee, based on the portion of the premium that the employee paid. For
example, if the employee paid 25 percent of the premium, then 25 percent of
the accumulated cash value would typically belong to the employee.
If the plan is a noncontributory plan, the accumulated cash value generally
belongs to the employer.
Group Universal Life and Group Variable Universal Life Plans

Some insurers offer group universal life (UL) plans or group variable universal life
(VUL) plans. In many ways, group UL and VUL plans function more like indi-
vidual insurance policies than like typical group insurance policies. The employer
typically does not pay any portion of the premium. Instead, each employee chooses
the amount of the premium she wishes to pay; the amount of the policy’s cash value
depends on the amount of the premiums paid. As with individual VUL insurance,
the participants in a group VUL plan are given a choice of different subaccount
options for investing their cash values.
Group UL and group VUL plans offer certain advantages to employees. For
example, such coverage generally
Can be obtained with minimal underwriting
Is portable
Is cheaper than would be a comparable individual UL or VUL plan
Group Creditor Life Insurance

Group creditor life insurance is insurance issued to a creditor, such as a bank, to
insure the lives of the creditor’s current and future debtors. Unlike other group life
insurance policies, group creditor life policies designate the group policyholder—
the creditor—as the beneficiary who receives the benefit payable when a group
insured dies. At any given time, the amount of insurance on each group insured is
equal to the amount of the outstanding debt that person owes to the policyholder-
creditor. The premium for group creditor life insurance coverage usually is paid by
the debtor, although it may be paid entirely by the creditor or by both the creditor
and the debtor.

Group Retirement Plans

As we discussed in Chapters 10 and 11, people often purchase individual annuities
to provide themselves with an income after they retire. Individual annuities are not
the only source of retirement income, however. Often, people receive retirement
income from various government programs and from private retirement plans
sponsored by employers and unions. Life insurance companies are involved in the
funding and administration of many private retirement plans.
In the United States, the term qualified retirement plan refers to a retirement
plan that receives favorable income tax treatment by meeting the requirements
imposed by federal tax laws and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
(ERISA). The Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) is a U.S. fed-
eral law designed to protect covered employees and their beneficiaries by ensuring
that employee benefit plans, such as retirement plans, meet specified requirements.
A qualified retirement plan provides tax incentives for plan sponsors to estab-
lish such a plan and for plan participants to participate in the plan. A plan sponsor
is a business, government entity, educational institution, nonprofit organization,
or other group that establishes a retirement plan for the benefit of its members.
A plan participant is a member of a covered group who is eligible to participate
in a retirement plan and who actually chooses to take part in the plan or whose
participation is automatic.
Qualified retirement plans provide the following tax benefits:
Within stated limits, the contributions an employer makes to a qualified plan
are considered a business expense and are deductible from the employer’s cur-
rent taxable income.
The contributions an employer makes to a qualified plan on behalf of a plan
participant are not considered current taxable income to the participant.
Instead, these contributions are made on a tax-deferred basis. In other words,
a plan participant’s payment of income taxes on the employer’s contributions
is deferred until she withdraws funds from the plan.
Employee contributions to a qualified plan are typically made on a tax-deferred
basis.
The investment earnings on plan contributions—whether these contributions
are made by the employer or the employee—are allowed to accrue on a tax-
deferred basis.
Components of a Retirement Plan

A qualified retirement plan generally consists of three components: (1) the plan,
which describes how benefits are funded and paid to participants; (2) a method
for administering the plan; and (3) the funding vehicle into which the plan assets
are invested. Insurance companies engage in activities related to all three of these
components—designing and implementing retirement plans, administering retire-
ment plans, and providing retirement plan funding vehicles.

The Plan
The plan sponsor determines the type of plan to establish and the terms of that
plan, which are described in a plan document. A plan document is a detailed
legal agreement that establishes the existence of a retirement plan and specifies
the rights and obligations of various parties to the plan. Among other matters, the
plan document describes the individuals whom the plan covers, the benefits that
the plan provides, and the method for funding the plan. Plan participants typically
receive a summary plan description that informs them of their rights under the
plan.
Coverage, Eligibility, Participation, and Vesting Requirements

The plan document describes which group members the plan covers. Plan docu-
ments are typically written to cover all employees, subject to a specific list of
exclusions. For example, a plan may cover all employees, except leased employees.
The plan document specifies the requirements group members must meet to
be eligible to participate in the plan. The most common eligibility requirement
is a service requirement, which states a minimum length of employment a group
member must have to be eligible to participate in the plan. Some plans also impose
an age requirement, which states the minimum age the group member must be to
be eligible to participate.
Example:
The Peaberry Company offers a qualified retirement plan to its employees
who are 21 years of age or older and who have at least one year of
employment.
Eligibility requirements are limited by law in some jurisdictions. In the United

States, for example, a retirement plan is not allowed to set a maximum age for
participants.
The plan document also specifies when employee participation in the plan
becomes effective. Under an employer-sponsored retirement plan, an employee’s
participation in the plan typically becomes effective on the first day of the month,
quarter, or semiannual period following the person’s completion of the plan’s eli-
gibility requirements. Participation in an employer-sponsored retirement plan can
be automatic or voluntary:
If participation is automatic, all eligible group members are automatically
enrolled as plan participants. Typically, noncontributory plans are automatic
plans.
If participation is voluntary, eligible group members have a choice between
participating or not participating in the plan. Typically, contributory plans
are voluntary plans. In recent years, automatic enrollment in contributory
plans has become increasingly common. With automatic enrollment, eligible
employees are enrolled in the plan at a specified salary deferral rate. However,
the employee can choose to defer a different percentage or opt out of deferrals
altogether.

The plan document also specifies the plan’s vesting requirements, which define
when a plan participant is entitled to receive partial or full benefits under the plan
even if he terminates employment prior to retirement. Vesting requirements differ
for contributions made by plan participants and for those made by the employer:
A plan participant’s right to receive benefits funded by his own contributions
vests immediately because those contributions belong to the participant.
Qualified plans must also include minimum vesting standards, which state
when a plan participant has the right to receive benefits funded by employer
contributions. For example, a participant might become 20 percent vested in
benefits funded by employer contributions each year, until 100 percent vesting
is reached after the fifth year.
Benefit Formulas
A retirement plan’s benefit formula describes the calculation of the plan spon-
sor’s financial obligations to plan participants. Two types of benefit formulas are
LEARNING AID
common:
A defined benefit formula specifies the amount of the retirement benefit a
plan sponsor agrees to provide to each plan participant. A retirement plan
structured according to a defined benefit formula is referred to as a defined
benefit plan.
A defined contribution formula specifies the contributions that the plan spon-
sor agrees to make to the plan. The benefit that a participant will receive is
not determined in advance of the participant’s retirement but depends on the
investment performance of the funds in the plan. A retirement plan struc-
tured according to a defined contribution formula is referred to as a defined
contribution plan.
In recent years, defined contribution plans have become increasingly popular
among plan sponsors establishing retirement plans. The reason for this rise in pop-
ularity is that when an employer establishes a defined contribution plan, it knows
in advance what it will cost to fund the plan each year. In contrast, an employer
that establishes a defined benefit plan must rely on actuarial estimates of what it
will cost each year to fund the plan. The employer also has no guarantee that its
costs will remain at or below the estimated amount.
Figure 14.1 illustrates the differences between defined benefit plans and defined
contribution plans.
Plan Administration
The plan sponsor usually names a plan administrator, who is the party respon-
sible for handling the administrative aspects of a retirement plan. The plan admin-
istrator oversees the plan’s operation and ensures that the plan is administered in
accordance with the plan document. The administrator may be the sponsoring
employer or it may be a board or committee that the employer establishes. The
plan administrator also may need to obtain the services of other professionals,
such as accountants, actuaries, and attorneys.

Figure 14.1. Comparison of Defined Benefit Plans and

Defined Contribution Plans
Amount of
Amount of Sponsor’s
Plan Participant’s
Contributions
Retirement Benefits
For a Typical Defined •• Uncertain, not specified •• Specified

Benefit Plan •• Can only be estimated •• Reasonably certain
•• Uncertain, not
For a Typical Defined •• Specified specified
Contribution Plan •• Reasonably certain •• Can only be
estimated
Life insurers often provide administrative services for retirement plans. In

some cases, a life insurer provides only administrative services to a plan. In oth-
ers, the insurer provides administrative services and a funding vehicle for the plan.
Funding Vehicles
The sponsor of a retirement plan must choose a funding vehicle for the plan.
A funding vehicle, also known as an investment vehicle or a funding instrument,
is an arrangement for investing a retirement plan’s assets as the assets are accumu-
lated. Life insurers offer a variety of products that are designed to serve as retire-
ment plan funding vehicles, including group annuities.
Types of Qualified Retirement Plans

In the United States, four general types of qualified employer-sponsored retire-
ment plans are (1) pension plans, (2) 401(k) plans, (3) profit sharing plans, and
(4) employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs). Most pension plans are defined ben-
efit plans, but 401(k) plans, profit sharing plans, and ESOPs are all defined contri-
bution plans.
Pension Plans
The most common type of defined benefit plan is the defined benefit pension
plan, which is a type of qualified retirement plan that provides plan participants
with a lifetime monthly income benefit—known as a pension—at retirement.

The employer usually makes all plan contributions, and those contributions are
mandatory. To adequately fund the plan, the employer must know how much
money it needs to contribute each year to pay the promised benefits. Actuaries
typically make the required calculations using actuarial methods and assumptions
about the expected investment returns and the make-up of the employee group that
will be entitled to benefits.
401(k) Plans
In the United States, the 401(k) plan has become the most popular type of retire-
ment plan. A 401(k) plan is a type of qualified retirement plan that employers
establish for the benefit of employees and that allows both employers and employ-
ees to make specified contributions to the plan that reduce current taxable income.
Therefore, when an employee contributes to a 401(k) plan, the amount of his con-
tribution is typically not included in his current taxable income.
Example:
The Stardust Corporation provides a 401(k) plan for its employees.
Jonathan Rydal, a Stardust employee, earned $70,000 last year and
contributed $7,000 of that amount to his 401(k) account.
Analysis:
Jonathan’s taxable income for last year was $63,000, found as $70,000 –
$7,000. When Jonathan retires and begins to take distributions from his
401(k) account, he will then pay taxes on the money he contributed to the
plan over the years.
To participate in a 401(k) plan, an employee must enter into a salary reduction

arrangement that permits the employer to deduct the amount of the employee’s
plan contributions from her salary. In addition, the amount that can be contributed
to a participant’s account each year is limited by law.
In recent years, some 401(k) plans have added a Roth contribution feature,
which operates in a similar manner to a Roth IRA. A participant is allowed to
make after-tax contributions to her 401(k) account in place of all or part of the pre-
tax contributions she is eligible to make to her 401(k) account.
Profit Sharing Plans

A profit sharing plan is a type of qualified retirement plan that allows the plan
sponsor to make discretionary contributions funded primarily from its profits.
Because a company’s profits vary from year to year, the amount of the contribution
the employer makes to the plan will also vary from year to year. If conditions war-
rant, the employer may not make any contribution in some years. Although a profit
sharing plan accumulates retirement assets on behalf of plan participants, the plan
does not agree to provide a pension for each participant. Rather, the amount avail-
able to each participant at retirement is determined by the investment performance
of the funds. Although most profit sharing plans are noncontributory plans, some
plans in the United States allow employee contributions.

Note that very few stand-alone profit sharing plans exist in the United States
these days. The vast majority of 401(k) plans allow for profit sharing contributions,
thus eliminating the need to establish a separate profit sharing plan.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans

An employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) is a type of qualified retirement plan
in which employer contributions are invested primarily in the employer’s stock.
For employees, the main advantage of an ESOP is that, should the stock increase in
value, they can sell it for a profit. The gains on such sales are also generally subject
to favorable tax treatment.
Other Types of Retirement Plans

In the United States, employers don’t necessarily have to establish a qualified
retirement plan for their employees. Other types of tax-advantaged retirement
plans are available, such as simplified employee pensions (SEPs), savings incen-
tive match plans for employees (SIMPLE) IRAs, 403(b) plans, and 457(b) plans:
Simplified employee pensions (SEPs) are written arrangements that allow
plan sponsors to make deductible contributions to a traditional IRA—referred
to as a SEP IRA—set up for each plan participant. Only the plan sponsor is
allowed to contribute to a SEP.
Savings incentive match plans for employees (SIMPLE) IRAs are tax-
advantaged retirement plans for small businesses with 100 or fewer employ-
ees. SIMPLE IRAs offer retirement benefits through employee salary reduc-
tions and employer contributions. Like SEPs, SIMPLE IRAs use IRAs to fund
the benefits for plan participants.
403(b) plans are tax-advantaged retirement plans available only to tax-exempt
organizations established for religious, charitable, and educational purposes
and public schools. 403(b) plans operate in some ways like 401(k) plans.
457(b) plans are deferred compensation plans established by a state or local
government or a tax-exempt organization. Like 403(b) plans, 457(b) plans
operate in some ways like 401(k) plans.
Government-Sponsored Retirement Plans

The governments of many countries have established plans that provide periodic
retirement income benefits to qualified residents. For most people in the United
States, government retirement income benefits are provided through Social Secu-
rity. Social Security is a U.S. federal insurance program that provides specified
benefits, including monthly retirement income benefits, to eligible individuals.
The program also provides benefits to qualified disabled individuals, as well as
to the surviving spouses and dependent children of qualified deceased workers.
Nearly all people employed in the United States, including those employed by the
armed forces, are covered under Social Security. Benefits are funded by manda-
tory contributions from covered workers and their employers.

Social Security provides a monthly income benefit to people who have contrib-
uted to the program during their income-earning years. These retirement benefits
are available to covered individuals who are age 62 and older, although people who
claim their retirement benefits prior to a specified retirement age—known as their
full retirement age—receive a lower benefit amount than they would if they claim
benefits at or after the specified retirement age. The federal government admin-
isters the Social Security program and makes frequent changes in the program’s
funding and benefits.
Many other countries have government-sponsored retirement plans; however,
the exact provisions vary widely from country to country. Figure 14.2 describes
government-sponsored retirement plans in Canada.
Figure 14.2. Government-Sponsored Retirement Plans in Canada
In Canada, three separate government plans provide pensions to retirees: (1) the Old Age
Security Act, which is in effect throughout Canada; (2) the Canada Pension Plan, which operates
in all Canadian provinces except Quebec; and (3) the Quebec Pension Plan.
Old Age Security Act

The federal Old Age Security (OAS) Act is a universal public pension plan that provides a pension
to virtually all Canadian residents who are age 65 or older, regardless of a person’s preretirement
wages, current employment, or marital status. Each person who has reached age 65 and has
met certain residency requirements receives the same pension amount. However, individuals
whose incomes exceed certain amounts must repay part or all of the pension amount received.
The overpayment amount is typically deducted from future pension payments. The money to
fund these pensions is taken from federal government general tax revenues.
Canada Pension Plan and Quebec Pension Plan

The Canada Pension Plan (CPP) is a federal program that provides a pension for wage earners
who have contributed to the plan during their working years. The CPP covers workers in all
provinces except Quebec, which has elected to establish its own plan. The Quebec Pension
Plan (QPP) functions in the same manner as the CPP, except that the QPP applies only to wage
earners in Quebec.
Participation in the Canada Pension Plan and the Quebec Pension Plan is mandatory for
employees covered by the plans, and virtually all employees and self-employed persons
in Canada or Quebec, as applicable, are covered. Benefits are funded through compulsory
contributions from employees, their employers, and self-employed persons. The amount of the
monthly benefit paid following retirement is related to the amount contributed to the plan on
behalf of the person. The amount is also limited to a legislatively established maximum amount.
Benefit amounts are adjusted annually to reflect any cost-of-living increases.

Key Terms
portability provision
portable coverage
conversion privilege
group creditor life insurance
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA)
plan sponsor
plan participant
plan document
vesting requirements
benefit formula
defined benefit formula
defined benefit plan
defined contribution formula
defined contribution plan
plan administrator
funding vehicle
defined benefit pension plan
pension
401(k) plan
profit sharing plan
employee stock ownership plan (ESOP)
simplified employee pension (SEP)
savings incentive match plan for employees (SIMPLE) IRA
403(b) plan
457(b) plan
Social Security

Principles of Insurance Glossary GLOSS.1
Glossary
401(k) plan. A type of qualified retirement plan that employers establish for the
benefit of employees and that allows both employers and employees to make
specified contributions to the plan that reduce current taxable income. [14]
403(b) plan. A tax-advantaged retirement plan available only to tax-exempt orga-
nizations established for religious, charitable, and educational purposes and
public schools. [14]
457(b) plan. A deferred compensation plan established by a state or local govern-
ment or a tax-exempt organization. [14]
absolute assignment. An irrevocable assignment of a life insurance policy under
which a policyowner transfers all of his policy ownership rights to the assignee.
Contrast with collateral assignment. [9]
ACA. See Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.
accelerated death benefit. A supplemental life insurance policy benefit that
typically provides that a policyowner may elect to receive all or part of the
policy’s death benefit before the insured’s death, if certain conditions are met.
Also known as a living benefit. [7]
acceptance. The offeree’s unqualified agreement to be bound to the terms of the
offer. [3]
accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) benefit. A supplemental life
insurance policy benefit that provides an accidental death benefit and also pro-
vides a dismemberment benefit payable if an accident causes the insured to lose
any two limbs or sight in both eyes. [7]
accidental death benefit. A supplemental life insurance policy benefit that requires
the insurer to pay a specified amount of money in addition to the policy’s basic
death benefit if the insured dies as a result of an accident. [7]
account value. See accumulated value.
accumulated value. For a deferred annuity, the amount paid for the annuity, plus
the interest earned, minus the amount of any withdrawals and fees. Also known
as the accumulation value, contract value, or account value. [10]
accumulation at interest dividend option. A policy dividend option under which
the policy dividends are left on deposit with the insurer to accumulate at inter-
est. Sometimes called dividends on deposit option. [9]
accumulation period. The period between the contract owner’s purchase of a
deferred annuity and either the date when the annuity’s payout period begins or
the date when the annuity is terminated. [10]

GLOSS.2 Glossary Principles of Insurance
accumulation unit. An ownership share in a selected subaccount held during the

accumulation period of a variable deferred annuity. [10]
accumulation value. See accumulated value.
actively-at-work provision. A group insurance policy provision that states that, to
be eligible for coverage, an employee must be actively at work—rather than ill
or on leave—on the day the insurance coverage is to take effect. [13]
activities of daily living (ADLs). Activities used to measure a person’s functional
status, such as eating, bathing, dressing, continence, toileting, and transferring
into or out of a bed, chair, or wheelchair. Contrast with instrumental activities
of daily living. [12]
actuary. An expert in financial risk management and the mathematics and model-
ing of insurance, annuities, and financial instruments. [4]
AD&D benefit. See accidental death and dismemberment benefit.
additional insured rider. See second insured rider.
additional term insurance dividend option. A policy dividend option under
which the insurer uses each policy dividend to purchase one-year term insur-
ance on the insured’s life. [9]
ADLs. See activities of daily living.
advanced life deferred annuity. See longevity annuity.
adverse selection. See antiselection.
Affordable Care Act. See Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.
aleatory contract. A contract in which one party provides something of value to
another party in exchange for a conditional promise. Contrast with commutative
contract. [3]
annually renewable term insurance. See yearly renewable term insurance.
Annual Statement. An accounting statement that every U.S. insurer prepares
each calendar year and files with the insurance department in each state in
which it operates. [2]
annuitant. The person whose lifetime the insurer uses to determine the amount
and duration of annuity payments under an annuity contract. [10]
annuity. A series of periodic payments. [10]
annuity benefit payments. See annuity payments.
annuity certain. See fixed period annuity.
annuity commencement date. See annuity start date.
annuity contract. A contract under which an insurer promises to make a series of
periodic payments to a named individual in exchange for a premium or series
of premiums. [1]
annuity income payments. See annuity payments.

annuity options. The choices a contract owner has as to how the insurer will dis-
tribute the annuity payments. Also known as payout options. [11]
annuity payments. The monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or yearly payments that
the insurer promises to make under an annuity contract. Also known as annuity
benefit payments, annuity income payments, and periodic income payments.
[10]
annuity period. For an annuity, the time span between each of the annuity
payments. [10]
annuity start date. The date when the insurer is required to begin making annu-
ity payments under the contract. Also known as the annuity commencement
date, income date, or maturity date. [10]
annuity unit. A share in an insurer’s subaccount that is used in the calculation of
variable annuity payments. [11]
antiselection. The tendency of individuals who believe they have a greater-than-
average likelihood of loss to seek insurance protection to a greater extent than
do other individuals. Also known as adverse selection or selection against the
insurer. [1]
APL option. See automatic premium loan option.
applicant. The person or business that applies for an insurance policy. [1]
assets. Items of value, such as cash, buildings, and investments, that a company
owns. [2]
assignee. The party to whom life insurance property rights are transferred. [9]
assignment. An agreement under which the policyowner transfers some or all of
his ownership rights in a life insurance policy to another party. [9]
assignment provision. A life insurance policy provision that describes the roles of
the insurer and the policyowner when the policy is assigned. [9]
assignor. The policyowner who makes an assignment of a life insurance policy. [9]
assuming company. See reinsurer.
attained age. The age the insured has reached (attained) on a specified date. [5]
attained age conversion. A conversion of a term life insurance policy to a cash
value insurance policy in which the premium rate for the cash value policy is
based on the insured’s age at the time the policy is converted. [5]
automatic dividend option. A specified policy dividend option that the insurer
will apply if the owner of a participating policy does not choose an option. [9]
automatic nonforfeiture benefit. A specific nonforfeiture benefit that becomes
effective automatically when a renewal premium for a cash value life insurance
policy is not paid by the end of the grace period and the policyowner has not
elected another nonforfeiture option. [8]
automatic premium loan (APL) option. A cash value life insurance policy non-
forfeiture option under which the insurer will automatically pay an overdue
premium for the policyowner by making a loan against the policy’s cash value
as long as the cash value equals or exceeds the amount of the premium due. [8]

bargaining contract. A contract in which both parties, as equals, set the terms
and conditions of the contract. Contrast with contract of adhesion. [3]
basic medical expense coverage. Medical expense insurance coverage that pro-
vides separate benefits for each type of covered medical care cost: hospital
expenses, surgical expenses, and physicians’ expenses. [12]
beneficiary. (1) For a life insurance policy, the person or party the policyowner
names to receive the policy benefit. [1] (2) For an annuity, the person or legal
entity who may receive benefits accrued or values remaining in an annuity con-
tract upon the death of the contract owner or annuitant. [10]
benefit formula. A formula that describes the calculation of a plan’s financial
obligation to participants in a retirement plan. [14]
benefit period. In a disability income insurance policy, the time period during
which the insurer agrees to pay income benefits to the insured. [12]
benefit schedule. A schedule included in group life insurance policies to define
the amount of life insurance the policy provides for each group insured. [13]
benefit trigger. A long-term care insurance policy feature specifying the condi-
tions that establish an insured’s eligibility to receive long-term care benefits.
[12]
benefit waiting period. See elimination period.
bilateral contract. A contract in which both parties make legally enforceable
promises when they enter into the contract. Contrast with unilateral contract.
[3]
blended rating. A method of setting group insurance premium rates in which the
insurer uses a combination of manual rating and experience rating. Contrast
with manual rating and experience rating. [13]
block of policies. A group of policies issued to insureds who are all the same age,
the same sex, and in the same risk classification. [4]
business continuation insurance plan. An insurance plan designed to ensure the
continued financial viability of a business when faced with the death or disabil-
ity of the business owner or other key person. [5]
buy-sell agreement. An agreement in which (1) one party agrees to purchase the
financial interest that a second party has in a business following the second
party’s death, and (2) the second party agrees to direct his estate to sell his inter-
est in the business to the purchasing party. [5]
calendar-year deductible. In medical expense insurance, a deductible that applies
to the total of all allowable expenses an insured incurs during a given calendar
year. [12]
capital. The amount of money that a company’s owners have invested in the com-
pany, usually through the purchase of company stock. [2]
cash dividend option. A policy dividend option under which the insurance com-
pany sends the policyowner a check in the amount of the policy dividend that
was declared. [9]

cash payment nonforfeiture option. A cash value life insurance policy nonfor-
feiture option under which the policyowner discontinues premium payments,
surrenders the policy, and receives the policy’s cash surrender value in a lump-
sum payment. [8]
cash surrender value. The amount that a policyowner is entitled to receive upon
surrendering a cash value life insurance policy, before adjustments for factors
such as policy loans and applicable charges. Also known as the surrender value
or the surrender benefit. [6]
cash value. The savings element of a cash value life insurance policy. [1]
cash value life insurance. Life insurance that provides coverage throughout the
insured’s lifetime and also provides a savings element, known as the cash value.
Also known as permanent life insurance. Contrast with term life insurance. [1]
CDHP. See consumer-driven health plan.
ceding company. See direct writer.
certificate holder. An individual who is insured under a group insurance plan and
who has received a certificate of insurance. [13]
certificate of authority. A document that grants an insurer the right to conduct an
insurance business and sell insurance products in the jurisdiction that grants the
certificate. Also known as a license. [2]
certificate of insurance. A document that is provided to each person insured by
a group insurance plan that describes (1) the coverage that the master group
insurance contract provides and (2) the group insured’s rights under the
contract. [13]
children’s insurance rider. A supplemental life insurance policy benefit that pro-
vides term life insurance coverage on the insured’s children. [7]
claim. A request for payment under the terms of an insurance policy. [1]
class designation. A life insurance beneficiary designation that identifies a certain
group of people rather than naming each person individually. [9]
closed contract. A contract for which only those terms and conditions that are
printed in—or attached to—the contract are considered to be part of the con-
tract. Contrast with open contract. [8]
cognitive impairment. A reduction in a person’s ability to think, reason, or
remember. Contrast with physical impairment. [12]
coinsurance. In medical expense insurance, an expense participation requirement
in which the insured must pay a specified percentage of all allowable expenses
that remain after he has paid the deductible. [12]
COLA benefit. See cost-of-living-adjustment benefit.
collateral assignment. A temporary assignment of the monetary value of a life
insurance policy as collateral—or security—for a loan. Contrast with absolute
assignment. [9]

commutative contract. A contract in which the parties specify in advance the

values that they will exchange, and the parties generally exchange items or
services that they think are of relatively equal value. Contrast with aleatory
contract. [3]
compounding. Calculating interest on both the principal and the accrued interest.
[4]
compound interest. Interest on both the principal and accrued interest. Contrast
with simple interest. [4]
conditional promise. A promise to perform a stated act if a specified, uncertain
event occurs. [3]
consideration. A requirement for the formation of a valid informal contract that
is met when each party gives or promises something that is of value to the other
party. [3]
consolidation. In the financial services industry, typically refers to the combina-
tion of financial institutions within or across sectors. [2]
consumer-driven health plan (CDHP). An employer-sponsored health benefit
plan that gives individuals the freedom to choose health care providers and ben-
efits, but also requires them to assume the financial risk for their choices. [12]
contingent beneficiary. The party named to receive the policy proceeds only if
all designated primary beneficiaries have predeceased the insured. Also called
a secondary beneficiary or successor beneficiary. [9]
contingent deferred sales charge. See surrender charge.
contingent payee. For a life insurance policy, the person or party who will receive
any proceeds still payable at the time of the payee’s death. Also known as the
successor payee. [9]
continuous-premium whole life insurance policy. A whole life insurance policy
under which premiums are payable until the death of the insured. Also called a
straight life insurance policy or ordinary life insurance policy. [6]
contract. A legally enforceable agreement between two or more parties. [3]
contract fee. For fixed deferred annuities, a periodic charge that an insurer
assesses to cover the general expenses of administering the contract, such as
the preparation of account statements. [11]
contract maintenance fee. For variable deferred annuities, a periodic charge that
an insurer assesses to cover the general expenses of administering the contract,
such as the preparation of account statements. [11]
contract of adhesion. A contract that one party prepares and that the other party
must accept or reject as a whole, generally without any bargaining between the
parties to the agreement. Contrast with bargaining contract. [3]
contract of indemnity. An insurance policy under which the amount of the policy
benefit payable for a covered loss is based on the actual amount of the financial
loss that results from the covered event, as determined at the time of the event. [1]

contract owner. The person or other entity who owns and exercises all the rights
and privileges of an annuity contract. [10]
contract value. See accumulated value.
contractual capacity. The legal capacity to make a contract. [3]
contractual reserves. See policy reserves.
contributory plan. A group insurance plan in which group members are
required to pay part or all of the premium for their coverage. Contrast with
noncontributory plan. [13]
convergence. A movement toward a single financial institution being able to serve
a customer’s banking, insurance, and securities needs. [2]
conversion privilege. (1) For individual life insurance, a term life insurance pro-
vision that gives the policyowner the option to change—or convert—the term
insurance policy to a cash value policy without providing evidence of insurabil-
ity. [5] (2) In group life insurance, a policy provision that allows a group insured
whose coverage terminates for certain reasons to convert her group life insur-
ance coverage to an individual life insurance policy, usually without presenting
evidence of insurability. [14]
convertible term insurance policy. A term insurance policy that gives the poli-
cyowner the option to convert the term policy to a cash value life insurance
policy without providing evidence of insurability. [5]
cooling-off provision. See free-look provision.
copayment. In managed care plans, a specified, fixed amount that a plan member
must pay to a network provider for certain medical services at the time the ser-
vices are received. [12]
corporation. A legal entity that is created by the authority of a governmental unit,
through a process known as incorporation, and that is separate and distinct
from its owners. [2]
cost of benefits. The value of all the contractually required benefits a product
promises to pay. Sometimes known as the cost of insurance. [4]
cost of insurance. See cost of benefits.
cost-of-living-adjustment (COLA) benefit. In disability income insurance poli-
cies, a benefit that provides for periodic increases in the disability income ben-
efit amount that the insurer will pay to a disabled insured. [12]
credit life insurance. A type of term life insurance designed to pay the balance
due on a loan other than a mortgage if the borrower dies before the loan is
repaid. [5]
critical illness benefit. See dread disease (DD) benefit.
current interest-crediting rate. (1) For universal life (UL) insurance policies, the
rate of interest that an insurer declares and pays on the policy’s cash value for
a specified period of time. [6] (2) For fixed deferred annuities, the rate of inter-
est that an insurer declares and pays on the annuity’s accumulated value for a
specified period of time. [10]

DD benefit. See dread disease benefit.

death benefit. (1) For a life insurance policy, the primary policy benefit payable by
an insurer when an insured dies while the policy is in force. [4] (2) For a deferred
annuity, an amount of money payable to a beneficiary designated by the contract
owner if the contract owner or annuitant (depending on the contract) dies before
the annuity payments begin. Also known as a survivor benefit. [10]
declined risk. A proposed insured who presents a risk that is too great for the
insurer to cover. [1]
decreasing term life insurance. Term life insurance that provides a death benefit
that decreases in amount over the policy term. [5]
deductible. In medical expense insurance, a flat dollar amount of eligible medical
expenses that an insured must pay before the insurer begins making any benefit
payments under the policy. [12]
deferred annuity. An annuity under which the annuity payments are postponed
for at least one year after the annuity is purchased. Contrast with immediate
annuity. [10]
deferred income annuity (DIA). A fixed annuity that an individual typically buys
in the years nearing retirement that locks in a guaranteed stream of income
when it is purchased, although the annuity payments do not begin until a speci-
fied future date. [10]
defined benefit formula. A retirement plan benefit formula that specifies the
amount of the retirement benefit a plan sponsor agrees to provide to each plan
participant. Contrast with defined contribution formula. [14]
defined benefit pension plan. A type of qualified retirement plan that provides
plan participants with a lifetime monthly income benefit at retirement. [14]
defined benefit plan. A retirement plan that specifies the amount of the bene-
fit that each plan participant will receive at retirement. Contrast with defined
contribution plan. [14]
defined contribution formula. A retirement plan benefit formula that specifies
the contributions that the plan sponsor agrees to make to the plan. Contrast with
defined benefit formula. [14]
defined contribution plan. A retirement plan that describes the annual contribu-
tion that the plan sponsor will deposit into the plan on behalf of each plan par-
ticipant. Contrast with defined benefit plan. [14]
dental expense coverage. A type of medical expense coverage that provides ben-
efits for routine dental examinations, preventive dental work, and dental proce-
dures needed to treat tooth decay and diseases of the tooth and jaw. [12]
DIA. See deferred income annuity.
director of insurance. See insurance commissioner.
direct writer. In a reinsurance transaction, the insurance company that purchases
reinsurance to transfer all or part of the risks on insurance policies the company
issued. Also known as a ceding company. Contrast with reinsurer. [1]

disability buyout coverage. A type of disability income insurance coverage that

provides benefits designed to fund the buyout of a partner’s or owner’s interest
in a business should he become disabled. [12]
disability income benefit. A supplemental life insurance policy benefit that pro-
vides a monthly income benefit to the insured if she becomes totally disabled
while the policy is in force. [7]
disability income coverage. A type of health insurance coverage that provides
income replacement benefits if an insured is unable to work because of illness
or injury. [1]
distribution period. See payout period.
dividend options. Specified methods by which the owner of a participating life
insurance policy or the contract owner of a participating annuity may receive
dividends. [9, 10]
dividends on deposit option. See accumulation at interest dividend option.
divisible surplus. A portion of an insurance company’s surplus set aside specifi-
cally for distribution to owners of participating policies. [9]
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-
Frank). A U.S. federal law designed to (1) promote the financial stability of
the United States by improving accountability and transparency in the financial
system and (2) protect consumers from abusive financial services practices. [2]
Dodd-Frank. See Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection
Act.
domicile. The jurisdiction in which a company incorporates. [2]
dread disease (DD) benefit. An accelerated death benefit under which the insurer
agrees to pay a portion of the policy’s death benefit to the policyowner if the
insured suffers from one of a number of specified diseases. Also known as a
critical illness benefit. [7]
eligibility period. In contributory group insurance plans, the period of time—
usually 31 days—during which a new group member may first enroll for con-
tributory group insurance coverage without providing evidence of insurability.
Also called the enrollment period. [13]
elimination period. (1) In a disability income insurance policy, the specific
amount of time that the insured must be disabled before becoming eligible to
receive policy benefits. Also known as a waiting period or a benefit waiting
period. [12] (2) In a long-term care insurance policy, the number of days that
the insured must receive care before becoming eligible to receive benefits. [12]
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA). A U.S. federal law designed
to protect covered employees and their beneficiaries by ensuring that employee
benefit plans, such as retirement plans, meet specified requirements. [14]
employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). A type of qualified retirement plan in
which employer contributions are invested primarily in the employer’s stock. [14]
endorsement. See policy rider.

endowment insurance. Life insurance that provides a policy benefit payable

either when the insured dies or on a stated date if the insured is still alive on
that date. [1]
enrollment period. See eligibility period.
entire contract provision. An insurance policy or annuity contract provision that
defines the documents that constitute the contract between the insurance com-
pany and the policyowner or contract owner. [8, 10]
equity indexed universal life insurance. See indexed universal life insurance.
ERISA. See Employee Retirement Income Security Act.
ESOP. See employee stock ownership plan.
estate. The accumulated assets that an individual owns when he dies. [5]
estate plan. A plan that considers the amount of assets and debts that a person is
likely to have when he dies and how best to preserve those assets so that they
can be distributed as he desires. [5]
evidence of insurability. Proof that a given person is an insurable risk. [5]
exchange. See health insurance exchange.
exclusion. An insurance policy provision that describes circumstances under
which the insurer will not pay the policy benefit following an otherwise cov-
ered loss. [8]
experience rating. A method of setting group insurance premium rates in which
the insurer considers the particular group’s prior claims and expense experi-
ence. Contrast with manual rating and blended rating. [13]
extended term insurance nonforfeiture option. A cash value life insurance pol-
icy nonforfeiture option under which the policyowner discontinues paying pre-
miums and uses the policy’s net cash surrender value as a net single premium to
purchase term insurance for the full coverage amount provided under the origi-
nal policy, for as long a term as the net cash surrender value can provide. [8]
face amount. The amount of life insurance policy benefits for which an individual
applies and that the insurer approves. [5]
family income coverage. A plan of decreasing term life insurance that pays the
beneficiary a stated monthly income benefit amount if the insured dies during
the policy term. [5]
family income policy. A cash value life insurance policy with a decreasing term
insurance benefit that usually pays the death benefit as a lump sum when the
insured dies and provides a stated monthly income benefit amount for a prede-
termined period to the insured’s beneficiary—typically the surviving spouse. [5]
family insurance rider. See spouse and children’s insurance rider.
family policy. A whole life insurance policy that includes term life insurance cov-
erage on the primary insured’s spouse and children. [6]

Federal Insurance Office (FIO). Created by Dodd-Frank, a U.S. federal agency

authorized to monitor the insurance industry, identify areas with inadequate
state regulation, and handle international insurance issues. [2]
federal system. A system of government in which a federal government and a
number of lower-level governments share governmental powers. [2]
FIA. See fixed indexed annuity.
financial institution. A business that owns primarily financial assets, such as stocks
and bonds, rather than fixed assets, such as equipment and raw m aterials. [2]
financial intermediary. An organization that collects funds from one group of
people, businesses, and governments, known as suppliers, and channels them
to another group, known as users. [2]
financial model. A computer-based mathematical model that approximates the
operation of real-world financial processes. [4]
financial services industry. The industry that offers financial products and ser-
vices to help individuals, businesses, and governments meet their financial
goals of protecting against financial losses, accumulating and investing money
and other assets, and managing debt and payments. [2]
Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC). Created by Dodd-Frank, a U.S.
independent agency responsible for monitoring the safety and stability of the
nation’s financial system, identifying threats to the system, and coordinating
regulatory responses to any such threats. [2]
FIO. See Federal Insurance Office.
first beneficiary. See primary beneficiary.
first-dollar coverage. Medical expense coverage under which the insurer begins
to reimburse the insured for eligible medical expenses without first requiring an
out-of-pocket contribution from the insured. [12]
first-to-die life insurance. See joint whole life insurance.
fixed account. For variable annuities, an account that guarantees payment of a
fixed rate of interest for a specified period of time. [10]
fixed amount annuity. An annuity option in which the insurer provides annuity
payments of a specified amount. Contrast with fixed period annuity. [11]
fixed amount option. A life insurance policy settlement option under which the
insurance company pays equal installments of a stated amount until the policy
proceeds, plus the interest earned, are exhausted. [9]
fixed annuity. An annuity contract under which the insurer guarantees (1) the
minimum interest rate that it will apply to any accumulated value and (2) the
minimum amount of the annuity payments that it will make. Contrast with
variable annuity. [10]
fixed indexed annuity (FIA). A fixed deferred annuity that offers principal and
interest rate guarantees as well as the possibility of additional earnings based
on changes in an index. Also known as an indexed annuity. [10]

fixed period annuity. An annuity option in which the insurer provides annuity
payments for a specified period of time. Also known as a period certain annuity
or annuity certain. Contrast with fixed amount annuity. [11]
fixed period option. A life insurance policy settlement option under which the
insurance company agrees to pay policy proceeds in equal installments to the
payee for a specified period of time. [9]
fixed-premium universal life insurance policy. A universal life insurance policy
that requires a series of scheduled premium payments of a specified amount for
a specified length of time (typically 8 to 10 years) or until the insured’s death,
whichever comes first. [6]
flexible-premium annuity. An annuity that allows the contract owner to make
additional premium payments after the contract is purchased. Contrast with
single-premium annuity. [10]
flexible-premium variable life insurance. See variable universal life (VUL)
insurance.
flexible-premium universal life insurance policy. A universal life insurance pol-
icy that allows the policyowner to alter the amount and frequency of premium
payments, within specified limits. [6]
formal contract. A written contract that is enforceable because the parties
met certain formalities concerning the form of the agreement. Contrast with
informal contract. [3]
fraternal benefit society. A nonprofit organization that is operated solely for the
benefit of its members and that provides social, as well as insurance, benefits to
its members. Also known as a fraternal insurer. [2]
fraternal insurer. See fraternal benefit society.
fraudulent misrepresentation. A misrepresentation that was made with the
intent to induce another party to enter into a contract that results in the giving
up of something of value or a legal right and that did induce the innocent party
to enter the contract. [8]
free-examination provision. See free-look provision.
free-look provision. An insurance policy or annuity contract provision that gives
the policyowner or contract owner a stated period of time—usually at least 10
days—after the policy is delivered within which to cancel the policy. For an
insurance policy, the policyowner receives a refund, and for an annuity con-
tract, the contract owner receives a refund of the premiums paid or the con-
tract’s accumulated value. Also called a free-examination provision or cooling-
off provision. [8, 10]
front-end load. For deferred annuities, a charge that an insurer imposes when a
contract owner pays an initial premium and any additional premiums to help
cover the costs of selling the annuity. [11]
FSOC. See Financial Stability Oversight Council.

fund operating expense charge. For variable deferred annuities, an annual charge
that each investment fund underlying a subaccount assesses to cover the advi-
sory and administrative expenses of the fund. [11]
funding instrument. See funding vehicle.
funding vehicle. An arrangement for investing a retirement plan’s assets as the
assets are accumulated. Also known as an investment vehicle or a funding
instrument. [14]
future purchase option benefit. In certain disability income policies that specify
a flat benefit amount, an option that grants the insured the right to increase the
benefit amount in accordance with increases in the insured’s earnings. [12]
general account. An asset account in which an insurer maintains funds that sup-
port its contractual obligations to pay benefits under its guaranteed insurance
products, such as whole life insurance, fixed annuities, and other nonvariable
products. [6]
GI benefit. See guaranteed insurability benefit.
GLBs. See guaranteed living benefit riders.
GLWB. See guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit.
GMAB. See guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit.
GMDB. See guaranteed minimum death benefit rider.
GMIB. See guaranteed minimum income benefit.
GMWB. See guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit.
grace period. A specified time (often 31 days) following each premium due date
during which the contract remains in effect regardless of whether the premium
is paid. [8]
grace period provision. An insurance policy provision that specifies a length of
time following each renewal premium due date within which the premium may
be paid without loss of coverage. [8]
group annuity. In a retirement plan, an annuity that is purchased by a plan spon-
sor to provide annuity payments to plan participants at retirement. Contrast
with individual annuity. [10]
group creditor life insurance. Group life insurance issued to a creditor, such as a
bank, to insure the lives of the creditor’s current and future debtors. [14]
group insurance. A method of providing life or health insurance coverage for a
group of people under one contract. [13]
group insurance policy. A policy that insures the lives or health of a specific
group of people, such as a group of employees. [1]
group insured. In most jurisdictions, an individual covered by a group insurance
policy. Also known simply as the insured. [13]
group policyholder. The person or organization that decides what types of group
insurance coverage to purchase for a specific group, negotiates the terms of the
group insurance contract, and purchases the group insurance coverage. [3]

guaranteed insurability (GI) benefit. A supplemental life insurance policy ben-

efit that gives the policyowner the right to purchase additional insurance of
the same type as the basic life insurance policy—for an additional premium
amount—on specified option dates (typically every three years) during the
life of the policy without supplying evidence of the insured’s insurability.
Also known as a guaranteed insurability option. [7]
guaranteed insurability option. See guaranteed insurability (GI) benefit.
guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit (GLWB). A guaranteed living benefit
rider that allows the contract owner to take withdrawals for life without annui-
tizing the contract, even if the accumulated value is completely depleted. [11]
guaranteed living benefit riders (GLBs). For many variable annuities and some
fixed indexed annuities, riders that offer contract owners protection from down-
turns in the market by guaranteeing certain income, withdrawal, or accumula-
tion amounts. [11]
guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (GMAB). A guaranteed living ben-
efit rider that offers the contract owner a minimum protected amount if the
annuity stays in force for a specified period of time, regardless of the investment
performance of the accumulated value. [11]
guaranteed minimum death benefit rider (GMDB). A variable deferred annu-
ity rider that guarantees that, if the annuitant dies before the annuity payments
begin, the beneficiary will receive a stated minimum amount, regardless of the
contract’s accumulated value at the time. [11]
guaranteed minimum income benefit (GMIB). A guaranteed living benefit rider
that offers a lifetime minimum annuity payment amount when the benefit base
is annuitized, regardless of the investment performance of the accumulated
value. [11]
guaranteed minimum interest-crediting rate. (1) For universal life (UL) insur-
ance policies, the minimum interest rate that an insurer must pay on the policy’s
cash value. [6] (2) For fixed deferred annuities, the minimum interest rate that
an insurer must pay on the annuity’s accumulated value. [10]
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (GMWB). A guaranteed living ben-
efit rider that allows the contract owner to withdraw a specified percentage of
the benefit base annually—but not for life—regardless of the investment per-
formance of the accumulated value. [11]
HCFSA. See health care flexible spending account.
HDHP. See high-deductible health plan.
health care flexible spending account (HCFSA). An employer-sponsored health
plan that allows employees to set aside a predetermined amount of their pre-tax
wages to pay for qualified medical expenses. [12]
health insurance. Insurance that provides protection against the risk of financial
loss resulting from illness, injury, or disability. [1]

health insurance exchange. Created as a result of the Patient Protection and

Affordable Care Act, an online insurance marketplace in which individuals
and small businesses can purchase medical expense insurance coverage. Also
known as an insurance marketplace or an exchange. [12]
health maintenance organization (HMO). In the United States, a health care
financing and delivery system that provides comprehensive health care services
to plan members, often referred to as subscribers, in a particular geographic
area. [12]
health reimbursement arrangement (HRA). An employer-sponsored health
plan that is used to pay for qualified medical expenses and that allows contribu-
tions only by the employer. [12]
health savings account (HSA). A tax-advantaged account in which an individual
can accumulate money to pay for qualified medical expenses. [12]
high-deductible health plan (HDHP). A medical expense insurance plan that
has a high deductible (usually at least $1,300 or more) and typically costs less
than traditional medical expense insurance. [12]
HMO. See health maintenance organization.
hospital expenses. Medical expenses that include charges for specific inpatient
and outpatient hospital services, such as room and board, medications, labora-
tory services, and other fees associated with a hospital stay. [12]
HRA. See health reimbursement arrangement.
HSA. See health savings account.
IADLs. See instrumental activities of daily living.
immediate annuity. An annuity that provides annuity payments that begin no
later than one year after the annuity is purchased. Contrast with deferred
annuity. [10]
income date. See annuity start date.
incontestability provision. A life insurance policy or annuity contract provision
that denies the insurer the right to rescind—or cancel—the contract on the
grounds of a material misrepresentation in the application after the contract has
been in force for a specified period of time. [8, 10]
increasing term life insurance. Term life insurance that provides a death benefit
that starts at one amount and increases by some specified amount or percentage
at stated intervals over the policy term. [5]
indemnity benefit method. In long-term care insurance policies, a benefit pay-
ment method in which the insurer pays a stated benefit amount to the insured,
regardless of the amount of expenses incurred. Also known as the per diem
method. [12]
indemnity benefits. Contractual benefits that are based on the actual amount of
the insured’s financial loss. Also known as reimbursement benefits. [12]
index account. The portion of the cash value of an indexed universal life insurance
policy for which the crediting rate is determined by changes in an index. [6]

indexed annuity. See fixed indexed annuity.

indexed universal life (IUL) insurance. A type of universal life insurance that
offers the same features as universal life insurance, but also offers the possibil-
ity of additional earnings based on changes in a published index. Also called
equity indexed universal life (EIUL) insurance. [6]
individual annuity. An annuity that is purchased and owned by a person or pur-
chased by a legal entity, such as a trust, on behalf of a person. Contrast with
group annuity. [10]
individual insurance policy. A policy that insures the life or health of a named
person. [1]
individual retirement account. An individual retirement arrangement that takes
the form of a trust or custodial account created in the United States for the exclu-
sive benefit of a taxpayer or a taxpayer’s beneficiaries. Contrast with individual
retirement annuity. [11]
individual retirement annuity. An individual retirement arrangement that
takes the form of an annuity issued by an insurance company. Contrast with
individual retirement account. [11]
individual retirement arrangement (IRA). In the United States, a tax-favored
retirement savings vehicle that allows a person with taxable compensation to
deposit a stated amount of that compensation into the vehicle. [11]
informal contract. An oral or a written contract that is enforceable because the
parties met requirements concerning the substance of the agreement rather
than requirements concerning the form of the agreement. Contrast with formal
contract. [3]
initial premium. The first premium paid for an insurance policy. [3]
instrumental activities of daily living (IADLs). Activities that are necessary
for an individual to live independently but that are not essential to daily func-
tioning, such as managing finances, cooking, doing laundry, shopping for food
and clothing, using transportation, taking medications, and using the telephone.
Contrast with activities of daily living. [12]
insurable interest. The interest an insurance policyowner has in the risk that is
insured. A policyowner has an insurable interest if he is likely to suffer a genu-
ine loss or detriment should the event insured against occur. [1]
insurance commissioner. The individual who is responsible for directing the
operations of the state insurance department. Also known as the superintendent
of insurance or director of insurance. [2]
insurance company. See insurer.
insurance contract. See insurance policy.
insurance marketplace. See health insurance exchange.
insurance policy. A written document that contains the terms of the agreement
between the insurer and the owner of the policy. Also known as a policy or an
insurance contract. [1]

insured. (1) The person whose life, health, or property is insured under an insur-
ance policy. [1] (2) In group insurance plans, an alternate term for a group
insured. [13]
insurer. A company that accepts risk and makes a promise to pay a policy benefit
if a covered loss occurs. Also known as an insurance company. [1]
insurer-administered group plan. A group insurance plan in which the insurer
is responsible for handling the administrative and recordkeeping aspects of the
plan. Contrast with self-administered group plan. [13]
interest. A payment for the use of money. [4]
interest option. A life insurance policy settlement option under which the insur-
ance company invests the policy proceeds and periodically pays interest on
those proceeds to the payee. [9]
investment earnings. The money an insurer earns from investing the funds it
receives from customers. [4]
investment vehicle. See funding vehicle.
IRA. See individual retirement arrangement.
IUL insurance. See indexed universal life insurance.
irrevocable beneficiary. A life insurance policy beneficiary whose designation as
beneficiary cannot be changed by the policyowner unless the beneficiary gives
written consent. Contrast with revocable beneficiary. [9]
joint and survivor annuity. An annuity option in which the insurer provides a
series of annuity payments based on the life expectancies of two or more annui-
tants, with payments continuing until the last annuitant dies. [11]
joint mortgage life insurance. A variation of mortgage life insurance that pro-
vides the same benefit as a mortgage life insurance policy except the joint pol-
icy insures the lives of two people. [5]
joint whole life insurance. A plan of whole life insurance that has the same fea-
tures and benefits as individual whole life insurance, except that it insures two
people under the same policy. Often referred to as first-to-die life insurance. [6]
juvenile insurance policy. An insurance policy that is issued on the life of a
child but is owned and paid for by an adult, usually the child’s parent or legal
guardian. [7]
key employee life insurance. See key person life insurance.
key person. For insurance purposes, any person or employee whose continued par-
ticipation in a business is vital to the success of the business and whose death or
disability would cause the business to incur a significant financial loss. [5]
key person disability coverage. A type of disability income insurance coverage
that provides benefit payments to the business if an insured key person becomes
disabled. [12]
key person life insurance. Individual life insurance that a business purchases on
the life of a key person. Also known as key employee life insurance. [5]

lapse. The termination of an insurance policy for nonpayment of premium. [4]

lapse rate. The percentage of a specified group of policies in force at the begin-
ning of a specified period, such as a year, that are terminated by the end of that
period for reasons other than the death of the insured. [4]
last survivor life insurance. A variation of joint whole life insurance under which
the death benefit is paid only after both people insured by the policy have died.
Also known as second-to-die life insurance or survivorship life insurance. [6]
law of large numbers. A concept that states that, typically, the more times we
observe a particular event, the more likely that our observed results will approx-
imate the true probability that the event will occur in the future. [1]
legal reserves. See policy reserves.
legal reserve system. The system insurers use to set financial values for life insur-
ance products. [4]
level premium system. A life insurance premium system that allows a policyowner
to pay the same premium amount each year a policy is in force. [4]
level term life insurance. Term life insurance that provides a death benefit that
remains the same over the policy term. [5]
liabilities. A company’s debts and future obligations. [2]
license. See certificate of authority.
life and health insurance company. A company that issues and sells products
that insure against financial losses that result from personal risks. [1]
life annuity. An annuity that provides annuity payments for at least the lifetime
of a named individual. [9]
life income option. A life insurance policy settlement option under which the
insurance company agrees to pay the policy proceeds in periodic installments
over the payee’s lifetime. [9]
life income with period certain annuity. An annuity option that guarantees that
the insurer will make annuity payments throughout the annuitant’s life and for
at least a specified period, even if the annuitant dies before the end of that
period. [11]
life income with refund annuity. An annuity option that provides annuity pay-
ments throughout the annuitant’s lifetime and guarantees that at least the pur-
chase price of the annuity will be paid out. Also known as a refund annuity. [11]
life insurance. Insurance that provides protection against the economic loss
caused by the death of the person whose life is insured. [1]
life only annuity. An annuity option in which the insurer provides annuity pay-
ments for only as long as the annuitant lives. Also known as a single life annuity
or a straight life annuity. [11]
limited-payment whole life insurance policy. A whole life insurance policy
for which premiums are payable only for a stated period of time or until the
insured’s death, whichever occurs first. [6]

liquidation period. See payout period.

living benefit. See accelerated death benefit.
longevity annuity. A fixed annuity that an individual at or near retirement pur-
chases with a lump sum that at the time of purchase locks in a guaranteed
stream of income to begin at a specified advanced age—typically age 80 or 85.
Also known as an advanced life deferred annuity or longevity insurance. [10]
longevity insurance. See longevity annuity.
longevity risk. The risk that a person will live longer than expected and will
exhaust her assets. [10]
long-term care insurance (LTCI). A type of health insurance that pays ben-
efits for medical or other health-related services needed by an individual who,
because of his advanced age or the effects of a serious illness or injury, needs
care in his own home or a qualified facility. [1]
long-term care (LTC) insurance benefit. An accelerated death benefit under
which the insurer agrees to pay a monthly benefit to a policyowner if the insured
requires constant care for a medical condition. [7]
long-term group disability income coverage. Group disability income coverage
that provides a maximum benefit period of more than one year. Contrast with
short-term group disability income coverage. [12]
long-term individual disability income coverage. Individual disability income
coverage that provides a maximum benefit period of five years or more. Contrast
with short-term individual disability income coverage. [12]
LTC insurance benefit. See long-term care insurance benefit.
LTCI. See long-term care insurance.
lump-sum distribution. For deferred annuities, an annuity option in which the
contract owner chooses to have the accumulated value of the annuity distrib-
uted in a single payment. [11]
M&E charge. See mortality and expense risks (M&E) charge.
major medical expense coverage. Medical expense insurance that provides sub-
stantial benefits for (1) basic hospital expenses, surgical expenses, and physi-
cians’ expenses; (2) additional medical services related to illness or injuries;
and (3) preventive care. [12]
managed care plan. An arrangement that integrates the financing and manage-
ment of health care with the delivery of health care services to a group of indi-
viduals who have enrolled in the plan. [12]
manual rating. A method of setting group insurance premium rates in which the
insurer establishes rates for very broad classifications of group insureds using
its own experience with a product and information collected by various gov-
ernmental and trade associations rather than the experience of one particular
group. Contrast with experience rating and blended rating. [13]

market conduct law. A law designed to make sure that insurance companies con-
duct their businesses fairly and ethically. [2]
market-value-adjusted (MVA) annuity. A type of fixed deferred annuity that
adjusts withdrawal and surrender values based on changes in market interest
rates. [10]
master group insurance contract. A contract that describes the relationship
between an insurer and a group policyholder and specifies the benefits provided
by the contract to the insured group members. [13]
material misrepresentation. A statement made in an application for insurance
that is not true and that caused the insurer to enter into a contract it would not
have agreed to if it had known the truth. [8]
maturity date. (1) The date on which the insurer will pay an endowment policy’s
face amount to the policyowner if the insured is still living. [6] (2) For annuities,
an alternate term for annuity start date. [10]
maximum out-of-pocket provision. A major medical expense insurance policy
provision that states that the policy will cover 100 percent of allowable medi-
cal expenses after the insured has paid a specified amount out of pocket to
satisfy the deductible and coinsurance requirements. Also known as a stop-loss
provision. [12]
McCarran-Ferguson Act. A U.S. federal law under which Congress left insur-
ance regulation to the state governments, as long as Congress considers this
regulation to be adequate. [2]
Medicaid. In the United States, a joint federal and state program that provides
basic medical expense and nursing home coverage to low-income individuals
and to certain elderly and disabled individuals. [12]
medical expense insurance. A type of health insurance coverage that provides
benefits to pay for the treatment of an insured’s illnesses and injuries and some
preventive care. [1]
Medicare. In the United States, a federal government program that provides
medical expense benefits to people age 65 and older and those with certain
disabilities. [12]
minor. A person who has not attained the age of majority. [3]
misrepresentation. A false or misleading statement in an application for
insurance. [8]
misstatement of age or sex provision. An insurance policy or annuity contract
provision that describes the action the insurer will take in the event that the age
or sex of the insured or annuitant is incorrectly stated. [8, 10]
modified coverage whole life insurance policy. A whole life insurance policy
under which the amount of insurance provided decreases by specific percent-
ages or amounts either when the insured reaches certain stated ages or at the
end of stated time periods. [6]

modified-premium whole life insurance policy. A whole life insurance policy

for which the annual premium amount changes after a specified initial period
(typically 5 or 10 years). [6]
moral hazard. A characteristic that exists when the reputation, financial posi-
tion, or criminal record of an applicant or a proposed insured indicates that the
person may act dishonestly in the insurance transaction. Contrast with physical
hazard. [1]
morbidity rate. The incidence of sickness and accidents, by age, occurring among
a given group of people. Contrast with mortality rate. [1]
morbidity tables. Charts that show the incidence of sickness and accidents, by age,
occurring among a given group of people. Contrast with mortality tables. [1]
mortality and expense risks (M&E) charge. For variable deferred annuities, a
charge that covers various risks and expenses assumed by the insurer, such as
the risk of providing the death benefit and certain other guarantees. [11]
mortality charge. The insurer’s cost to cover the mortality risk assumed in issu-
ing a life insurance policy. [6]
mortality rate. The rate at which death occurs among a specified group of people
during a specified period, typically one year. Contrast with morbidity rate. [1]
mortality tables. Charts that indicate the number of people in a large group who
are likely to die at each age. Contrast with morbidity tables. [1]
mortgage life insurance. A plan of decreasing term insurance designed to pro-
vide a benefit amount that corresponds to the decreasing amount owed on a
mortgage loan. Also known as mortgage redemption insurance. [5]
mortgage redemption insurance. See mortgage life insurance.
mutual assent. A meeting of the minds about the terms of an agreement. [3]
mutual insurance company. An insurance company that is owned by its
policyowners. Contrast with stock insurance company. [2]
MVA annuity. See market-value-adjusted annuity.
NAIC. See National Association of Insurance Commissioners.
National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC). In the United
States, a nongovernmental association of the insurance commissioners of all
the states whose primary function is to promote the uniformity of state insur-
ance regulation by developing model laws and regulations as guidelines for the
states. [2]
net cash surrender value. The amount the policyowner actually receives—after
the insurer makes any additions or subtractions to the cash surrender value—
upon surrendering the policy. [8]
network. A group of physicians, hospitals, and ancillary service providers that a
specific managed care plan has contracted with to deliver health care services
to plan members. [12]

noncontributory plan. A group insurance plan in which group members are

not required to pay any part of the premium for their coverage. Contrast with
contributory plan. [13]
nonforfeiture provision. A cash value life insurance policy provision that sets
forth the options available to the owner of a cash value policy if the policy
lapses or if the policyowner decides to surrender—or terminate—the policy. [8]
nonpar policy. See nonparticipating policy.
nonparticipating policy. A type of insurance policy under which the policyowner
does not share in the insurance company’s divisible surplus. Also called a
nonpar policy. [9]
nonqualified annuity. An annuity that is purchased outside of a tax-advantaged
retirement plan or individual retirement arrangement. Contrast with qualified
annuity. [11]
offer. A proposal to enter into a binding contract with another party. [3]
open contract. A contract that identifies the documents that constitute the con-
tract between the parties, but all the enumerated documents are not necessarily
attached to the contract. Contrast with closed contract. [8]
open enrollment period. In group insurance, a period of time—typically a speci-
fied 30 or 31 days per year—during which eligible people who did not join the
group insurance plan at the first opportunity may join the plan without provid-
ing evidence of insurability. [13]
operating expenses. The costs of operations other than expenses for contractual
benefits, or the cost of benefits. [4]
Option 1 plan. See Option A plan.
Option 2 plan. See Option B plan.
Option A plan. A universal life insurance policy under which the amount of the
death benefit at any given time is level; the death benefit payable is always equal
to the policy’s face amount. Also known as an Option 1 plan. [6]
Option B plan. A universal life insurance policy under which the amount of the
death benefit at any given time is equal to the policy’s face amount plus the
amount of the policy’s cash value. Also known as an Option 2 plan. [6]
optional insured rider. See second insured rider.
optional modes of settlement. See settlement options.
ordinary life insurance policy. See continuous-premium whole life insurance
policy.
original age conversion. A conversion of a term life insurance policy to a cash
value insurance policy in which the premium rate for the cash value policy is
based on the insured’s age when the original term policy was issued. [5]
other insured rider. See second insured rider.

owners’ equity. The owners’ financial interest in a company, which is the differ-
ence between the amount of the company’s assets (what it owns) and the amount
of its liabilities (what it owes). [2]
ownership of property. The sum of all the legal rights that exist in a piece of
property. [3]
P&C insurance company. See property/casualty insurance company.
paid-up additional insurance dividend option. A policy dividend option under
which the insurer uses any declared policy dividend to purchase paid-up addi-
tional insurance on the insured’s life. [9]
paid-up additions option benefit. A supplemental life insurance policy benefit
offered in connection with a whole life insurance policy that allows the poli-
cyowner to purchase single-premium paid-up additions to the policy on stated
dates in the future without providing evidence of the insured’s insurability. [7]
paid-up policy. A life insurance policy that requires no further premium pay-
ments but continues to provide coverage. [6]
par policy. See participating policy.
partial disability. A disability that prevents the insured either from performing
some of the duties of his usual occupation or from engaging in that occupation
on a full-time basis. [12]
partial surrender provision. See policy withdrawal provision.
participating policy. A type of insurance policy under which the policyowner
shares in the insurance company’s divisible surplus. Also called a par policy. [9]
partnership. A business that is owned by two or more people, who are known as
the partners. [2]
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. Enacted by the U.S. Congress in
2010, legislation intended to make health insurance more affordable for and
accessible to Americans. Also known as the Affordable Care Act or the ACA. [12]
payee. (1) For a life insurance policy, the person or party who is to receive the
policy proceeds under a settlement option. [9] (2) For an annuity, the person or
entity designated by an annuity contract owner to receive the annuity payments.
[10]
payout factor. The amount of each annuity payment per thousand dollars of pre-
mium (for an immediate annuity) or accumulated value (for a deferred annuity).
[11]
payout options. See annuity options.
payout period. For an annuity, the period during which the insurer makes annuity
payments. Also known as the liquidation period or the distribution period. [10]
PCP. See primary care provider.
pension. A lifetime monthly income benefit paid to a person upon her retirement.
[14]
per diem method. See indemnity benefit method.

period certain. For a fixed period annuity, the stated period over which the insurer
will make the annuity payments. See fixed period annuity. [11]
period certain annuity. See fixed period annuity.
periodic income payments. See annuity payments.
permanent life insurance. See cash value life insurance.
personal property. All property other than real property. Contrast with real
property. [3]
personal risk. The risk of economic loss associated with death, poor health,
injury, and outliving one’s economic resources. [1]
physical hazard. A physical characteristic that may increase the likelihood of
loss. Contrast with moral hazard. [1]
physical impairment. A treatable, but generally incurable, chronic condition such
as arthritis, emphysema, heart disease, diabetes, and hypertension. Contrast
with cognitive impairment. [12]
physicians’ expenses. Medical expenses that include charges associated with phy-
sicians’ visits both in and out of the hospital. [12]
plan administrator. The party responsible for handling the administrative aspects
of a retirement plan. [14]
plan document. A detailed legal agreement that establishes the existence of a
retirement plan and specifies the rights and obligations of the various parties to
the plan. [14]
plan participant. A member of a covered group who is eligible to participate in
a retirement plan and who actually chooses to take part in the plan or whose
participation is automatic. [14]
plan sponsor. A business, government entity, educational institution, nonprofit
organization, or other group that establishes a retirement plan for the benefit of
its members. [14]
point-of-service (POS) plan. A managed care plan that offers incentives for plan
members to use providers who belong to the plan’s network of providers, but
allows plan members to choose, at the point of service, whether to seek medical
care from inside or outside the network. [12]
policy. See insurance policy.
policy anniversary. The anniversary of the date on which coverage under an
insurance policy became effective. [5]
policy benefit. A specific amount of money an insurer agrees to pay under an
insurance policy when a covered loss occurs. [1]
policy dividend. An amount of money that an insurer pays to the owner of a par-
ticipating policy from the insurer’s divisible surplus. [9]
policy loan. A loan a policyowner receives from an insurer using the cash value of
a life insurance policy as security. [6]

policy loan provision. A cash value life insurance policy provision that specifies
the terms under which the policyowner of a cash value insurance policy can
obtain a loan from the insurer against the policy’s cash value. [8]
policy loan repayment dividend option. A policy dividend option under which
the insurer applies policy dividends toward the repayment of an outstanding
policy loan. [9]
policyowner. The person or business that owns an insurance policy. [1]
policy proceeds. The total monetary amount paid by an insurer if the insured dies
while the policy is in force. [9]
policy reserves. Liabilities that represent the amount an insurer estimates it needs
to pay future benefits. Sometimes referred to as contractual reserves, legal
reserves, or statutory reserves. [4]
policy rider. An amendment to an insurance policy that becomes part of the insur-
ance contract and changes its terms. Also known as an endorsement. [5]
policy term. The specified period of time during which a term life insurance
policy provides coverage. [5]
policy withdrawal provision. A universal life insurance policy provision that
permits the policyowner to reduce the amount of the policy’s cash value by
withdrawing up to the amount of the cash value in cash. Also called a partial
surrender provision. [8]
portability provision. A provision in a group insurance policy that allows a group
insured whose coverage terminates for certain reasons to continue her coverage
under the group plan. [14]
portable coverage. Group insurance coverage that can be continued if an insured
employee leaves the group. [14]
POS plan. See point-of-service plan.
PPO. See preferred provider organization.
preference beneficiary clause. A provision included in some life insurance poli-
cies that states that if the policyowner does not name a beneficiary, then the
insurer will pay the policy proceeds in a stated order of preference. Also called
a succession beneficiary clause. [9]
preferred premium rate. A lower-than-standard premium rate charged to
insureds who are classified as preferred risks. [1]
preferred provider organization (PPO). A managed health care plan that
arranges with providers for the delivery of health care at a discounted cost and
that provides incentives for PPO members to use the providers who have con-
tracted with the PPO, but also provides some coverage for services rendered by
providers who are not part of the PPO network. [12]
preferred risk. A proposed insured who presents a significantly lower-than-aver-
age likelihood of loss. [1]
premium. A specified amount of money an insurer charges in exchange for agree-
ing to pay a policy benefit when a covered loss occurs. [1]

premium payment mode. The frequency at which an insurance policy’s renewal

premiums are payable. [9]
premium rate. The amount an insurer charges per unit of insurance coverage. [4]
premium reduction dividend option. A policy dividend option under which the
insurer applies policy dividends toward the payment of renewal premiums. [9]
prescription drug coverage. A type of medical expense coverage that provides
benefits for the purchase of drugs and medicines that are prescribed by a physi-
cian and are not available over the counter. [12]
presumptive disability. According to the terms of some disability income poli-
cies, a stated condition that, if present, automatically causes an insured to
be considered totally disabled and thus eligible to receive disability income
benefits. [12]
primary beneficiary. The party designated to receive a life insurance policy’s
proceeds following the death of the insured. Also known as a first beneficiary.
[9]
primary care physician. See primary care provider.
primary care provider (PCP). In a managed care plan, a network member
selected by a plan member who coordinates the plan member’s medical care
and treatment. Also known as a primary care physician. [12]
principal. The sum of money originally invested, loaned, or borrowed. [4]
probability. The likelihood that a given event will occur in the future. [1]
probationary period. In group insurance, the length of time—typically, from one
to six months—that a new group member must wait before becoming eligible to
enroll in a group insurance plan. [13]
profit. The money or revenue that a business receives for its products minus the
expenses it incurs to create and support the products. [2]
profit sharing plan. A type of qualified retirement plan that allows the plan spon-
sor to make discretionary contributions funded primarily from its profits. [14]
property. A bundle of rights that a person has with respect to something. See real
property and personal property. [3]
property and liability insurer. See property/casualty (P&C) insurance
company.
property/casualty (P&C) insurance company. An insurer that issues and sells
insurance policies that cover property damage risk and liability risk. Also
known as a property and liability insurer. [1]
pure risk. A risk that involves no possibility of gain; either a loss occurs or no
loss occurs. [1]
qualified annuity. An annuity that is purchased to fund or distribute funds from a
tax-advantaged retirement plan or individual retirement arrangement. Contrast
with nonqualified annuity. [11]
rate of return. The investment earnings expressed as a percentage of the principal.
[4]

real property. Land and whatever is growing on or attached to the land. Contrast
with personal property. [3]
reduced paid-up insurance nonforfeiture option. A cash value life insurance
policy nonforfeiture option under which the policyowner discontinues paying
premiums and uses the policy’s net cash surrender value as a net single premium
to purchase paid-up life insurance of the same plan as the original policy. [8]
refund annuity. See life income with refund annuity.
regular individual retirement arrangement. See traditional individual
retirement arrangement.
reimbursement benefits. See indemnity benefits.
reimbursement method. In long-term care insurance policies, a benefit payment
method in which the insurer reimburses eligible expenses that are incurred by
the insured, up to the policy’s daily or monthly benefit amount. [12]
reinstatement. The process by which an insurer puts back into force an insur-
ance policy that either has been terminated because of nonpayment of renewal
premiums or has been continued under the extended term or reduced paid-up
insurance nonforfeiture option. [8]
reinstatement provision. An individual life insurance policy provision that
describes the conditions that the policyowner must meet for the insurer to rein-
state a policy. [8]
reinsurance. Insurance that one insurance company, known as the direct writer
or ceding company, purchases from another insurance company, known as the
reinsurer or assuming company, to transfer all or part of the risk on insurance
policies that the direct writer issued. [1]
reinsurer. An insurance company that accepts risks transferred from another
insurer in a reinsurance transaction. Also known as an assuming company.
Contrast with direct writer. [1]
renewable term insurance policy. A term life insurance policy that gives the
policyowner the option to continue the coverage at the end of the specified term
without presenting evidence of insurability, although typically at a higher pre-
mium because the premium amount is based on the insured’s attained age. [5]
renewal premium. An insurance policy premium payable after the initial
premium. [3]
renewal provision. A term life insurance policy provision that gives the
policyowner the option to continue the coverage for an additional policy term
without providing evidence of insurability. [5]
return of premium (ROP) term insurance. A form of term life insurance that
provides a death benefit if the insured dies during the policy term and promises
a return of all or a portion of the premiums paid for the policy if the insured
does not die during the policy term. [5]
revocable beneficiary. A life insurance policy beneficiary whose designation as
beneficiary can be changed by the policyowner at any time before the insured’s
death. Contrast with irrevocable beneficiary. [9]

right of revocation. A life insurance policyowner’s right to change the beneficiary

designation at any time during the insured’s lifetime. [9]
risk. The chance or possibility of an unexpected result, either a gain or a loss. [1]
risk class. A grouping of insureds who represent a similar level of risk to an
insurer. [1]
risk management. The process in which individuals and businesses identify and
assess the risks they face and determine how to deal with their exposure to
these risks. [1]
risk selection. See underwriting.
ROP term insurance. See return of premium term insurance.
Roth individual retirement arrangement (Roth IRA). A type of individual
retirement arrangement that permits people within certain income limits to
make nondeductible contributions and to withdraw money on a tax-free basis,
provided certain requirements are met. Contrast with traditional individual
retirement arrangement (IRA). [11]
Roth IRA. See Roth individual retirement arrangement.
savings incentive match plan for employees (SIMPLE) IRA. For small busi-
nesses with 100 or fewer employers, a tax-advantaged retirement plan that
offers retirement benefits through employee salary reductions and employer
contributions. [14]
secondary beneficiary. See contingent beneficiary.
second insured rider. A supplemental life insurance policy benefit that provides
term insurance coverage on the life of a person other than the policy’s insured.
Also known as an optional insured rider, other insured rider, or additional
insured rider. [7]
second-to-die life insurance. See last survivor life insurance.
security. A financial asset that represents either (1) an obligation of indebtedness
owed by a business, a government, or an agency, which is known as a debt
security, or (2) an ownership interest, which is known as an equity security. [2]
segregated account. See separate account.
selection against the insurer. See antiselection.
self-administered group plan. A group insurance plan in which the group policy-
holder is responsible for handling the administrative and recordkeeping aspects
of the plan. Contrast with insurer-administered group plan. [13]
SEP. See simplified employee pension.
separate account. An asset account the insurer maintains separately from its gen-
eral account to isolate and help manage the funds placed in its variable prod-
ucts. Also called a segregated account. [6]
service fee. For deferred annuities, a fee that is charged for specific services or
transactions requested by the contract owner. [11]

settlement options. Alternative methods that the owner or beneficiary of a life

insurance policy can elect for receiving payment of the policy proceeds. Also
known as optional modes of settlement. [9]
settlement options provision. A life insurance policy provision that grants a poli-
cyowner or a beneficiary several choices as to how the insurance company will
distribute the proceeds of a life insurance policy. [9]
share. A unit of ownership in a stock corporation. Also known as a share of stock.
[2]
shareholder. See stockholder.
share of stock. See share.
short-term group disability income coverage. Group disability income coverage
that provides a maximum benefit period of one year or less. Contrast with long-
term group disability income coverage. [12]
short-term individual disability income coverage. Individual disability income
coverage that provides a maximum benefit period of one to five years. Contrast
with long-term individual disability income coverage. [12]
SIFI. See systemically important financial institution.
simple interest. Interest on the principal only. Contrast with compound interest.
[4]
SIMPLE IRA. See savings incentive match plan for employees IRA.
simplified employee pension (SEP). A written arrangement that allows a plan
sponsor to make deductible contributions to a traditional IRA—referred to as a
SEP IRA—set up for each plan participant. [14]
simultaneous death act. A law in many jurisdictions that governs how insurance
companies evaluate common-disaster situations. [9]
single life annuity. See life only annuity.
single-premium annuity. An annuity that is purchased with the payment of a
single, lump-sum premium amount. Contrast with flexible-premium annuity.
[10]
single-premium deferred annuity (SPDA). An annuity that is purchased with
a lump-sum premium payment and provides annuity payments that are post-
poned for at least one year after the annuity is purchased. [10]
single-premium immediate annuity (SPIA). An annuity that is purchased with a
lump-sum premium payment and provides annuity payments that begin no later
than one year after the annuity is purchased. [10]
single-premium whole life insurance policy. A type of limited-payment whole
life insurance policy that requires only one premium payment. [6]
social insurance program. A welfare plan that is established by law and admin-
istered by a government and that provides assistance to specified groups of the
population, such as the elderly, disabled, and unemployed. [2]

Social Security. A U.S. federal insurance program that provides specified ben-
efits—such as monthly retirement income benefits—to eligible individuals. [14]
sole proprietorship. A business that is owned and operated by one person. [2]
solvent. A term used to describe an insurance company that is able to meet its
debts and pay policy benefits when they come due. [2]
SPDA. See single-premium deferred annuity.
special class rate. See substandard premium rate.
special class risk. See substandard risk.
speculative risk. A risk that involves three possible outcomes: loss, gain, or no
change. [1]
SPIA. See single-premium immediate annuity.
spouse and children’s insurance rider. A supplemental life insurance policy
benefit offered by some insurers that provides term life insurance coverage on
the insured’s spouse and children. Also known as a family insurance rider. [7]
spouse insurance rider. A supplemental life insurance policy benefit that pro-
vides term life insurance coverage on the insured’s spouse. [7]
standard premium rate. A premium rate charged to insureds who are classified
as standard risks. [1]
standard risk. A proposed insured who has a likelihood of loss that is not signifi-
cantly greater than average. [1]
state insurance code. A set of laws in each state that regulates insurance in that
state. [2]
state insurance department. An administrative agency in each state that is
responsible for making sure that companies operating in the state comply with
applicable regulatory requirements. [2]
statutory reserves. See policy reserves.
stock corporation. A corporation whose ownership is divided into units known as
shares or shares of stock. [2]
stockholder. A person or organization that owns shares of stock in a corporation.
Also known as a shareholder. [2]
stockholder dividend. A portion of a corporation’s earnings paid to the owners of
its stock. Contrast with policy dividend. [2]
stock insurance company. An insurance company that is owned by the people and
organizations that own shares of the company’s stock. Contrast with mutual
insurance company. [2]
stop-loss provision. See maximum out-of-pocket provision.
straight life annuity. See life only annuity.
straight life insurance policy. See continuous-premium whole life insurance
policy.

subaccount. (1) One of several investment funds to which a variable life insurance
policyowner allocates the premiums she has paid and the cash values that have
accumulated under her policy. [6] (2) An investment fund within an insurance
company’s separate account; used with variable life insurance policies and vari-
able annuities. [6, 10]
substandard premium rate. A higher-than-standard premium rate charged to
insureds who are classified as substandard risks. Also known as a special class
rate. [1]
substandard risk. A proposed insured who has a significantly greater-than-aver-
age likelihood of loss but is still found to be insurable. Also known as a special
class risk. [1]
succession beneficiary clause. See preference beneficiary clause.
successor beneficiary. See contingent beneficiary.
successor payee. See contingent payee.
suicide exclusion provision. A life insurance policy provision that states that the
insurance company does not have to pay the death benefit if the insured dies as
the result of suicide as defined by the policy within a specified period following
the date of policy issue. [8]
superintendent of insurance. See insurance commissioner.
surgical expenses. Medical expenses that include charges for inpatient and outpa-
tient surgical procedures. [12]
surplus. The amount by which a company’s assets exceed its liabilities and capital.
[2]
surrender benefit. See cash surrender value.
surrender charge. (1) For a cash value life insurance policy, a specific charge
imposed if the owner surrenders the policy for its cash surrender value. [8] (2)
For a deferred annuity, a fee an insurer imposes if the contract owner makes
excess withdrawals as defined in the contract or fully surrenders the contract
before the surrender period is over. Also known as a contingent deferred sales
charge. [10]
surrender value. (1) For cash value life insurance, an alternate term for cash
surrender value. [6] (2) For deferred annuities, the amount of the annuity’s
accumulated value, less any surrender charges, that the contract owner is enti-
tled to receive if the contract is surrendered during its accumulation period. [10]
survivor benefit. For annuities, an alternate term for death benefit. [10]
survivorship clause. A provision included in some life insurance policies that
states that the beneficiary must survive the insured by a specified period, usu-
ally 30 or 60 days, to be entitled to receive the policy proceeds. [9]
survivorship life insurance. See last survivor life insurance.

systemically important financial institution (SIFI). As identified by the Finan-

cial Stability Oversight Council, a financial institution whose failure could
potentially pose a risk to the U.S. financial system and that is therefore subject
to more stringent regulatory standards than other institutions. [2]
terminal illness (TI) benefit. A supplemental life insurance policy benefit under
which the insurer typically pays a portion of the policy’s death benefit to a poli-
cyowner if the insured suffers from a terminal illness and has a physician-cer-
tified life expectancy of less than a stated time, generally 12 or 24 months. [7]
term life insurance. Life insurance that provides a policy benefit only if the
insured dies during the period specified in the policy. Contrast with cash value
life insurance. [1]
third-party policy. A policy purchased by one person or business on the life of
another person. [1]
TI benefit. See terminal illness benefit.
total disability. A disability that meets the requirements of a disability benefit
provision in an insurance policy or policy rider and that qualifies a covered
person to receive disability income benefits. [12]
traditional individual retirement arrangement (IRA). A type of individual
retirement arrangement into which a person with taxable compensation can
make annual contributions, which may be tax deductible. Also known as a
regular individual retirement arrangement. Contrast with Roth individual
retirement arrangement (IRA). [11]
traditional IRA. See traditional individual retirement arrangement.
UCR fee. See usual, customary, and reasonable fee.
UL insurance. See universal life insurance.
underwriter. An insurance company employee who is responsible for evaluating
proposed risks. [1]
underwriting. The process of assessing and classifying the degree of risk repre-
sented by a proposed insured and making a decision to accept or decline that
risk. Also known as risk selection. [1]
underwriting guidelines. The general rules that an insurer uses when assigning
proposed insureds to an appropriate risk class. [1]
unilateral contract. A contract in which only one of the parties makes a legally
enforceable promise when entering into the contract. Contrast with bilateral
contract. [3]
universal life (UL) insurance. A form of cash value life insurance that is char-
acterized by its separation of the three primary policy elements and its flexible
face amount, death benefit amount, and premiums. [6]
usual, customary, and reasonable (UCR) fee. The amount that medical care pro-
viders within a particular geographic region commonly charge for a particular
medical service. [12]

valid contract. A contract that is enforceable at law. Contrast with void contract
and voidable contract. [3]
valued contract. An insurance policy that specifies the amount of the policy ben-
efit that will be payable when a covered loss occurs, regardless of the actual
amount of the loss that was incurred. [1]
variable annuity. An annuity under which the amount of any accumulated value
and the amount of the annuity payments fluctuate in accordance with the perfor-
mance of one or more specified investment funds. Contrast with fixed annuity.
[10]
variable life (VL) insurance. A form of cash value life insurance in which pre-
miums are fixed, but the death benefit and other values may vary, reflecting the
performance of the investment subaccounts that the policyowner selects. [6]
variable universal life (VUL) insurance. Cash value life insurance that com-
bines the premium and death benefit flexibility of universal life insurance
with the investment flexibility and risk of variable life insurance. Also called
flexible-premium variable life insurance. [6]
vested interest. A property right that has taken effect and cannot be altered or
changed without the consent of the person who owns the right. [9]
vesting requirements. For a retirement plan, requirements that define when a plan
participant is entitled to receive partial or full benefits under the plan even if he
terminates employment prior to retirement. [14]
vision care coverage. A type of medical expense coverage that provides the
insured with benefits for expenses incurred in obtaining eye examinations and
corrective lenses. [12]
VL insurance. See variable life insurance.
voidable contract. A contract under which one party has the right to avoid his obli-
gations under the contract. Contrast with valid contract and void contract. [3]
void contract. A contract that does not meet one or more of the legal requirements
to create a valid contract and, thus, is never enforceable. Contrast with valid
contract and voidable contract. [3]
VUL insurance. See variable universal life insurance.
waiting period. See elimination period.
waiver of premium for disability (WP) benefit. A supplemental life insurance
policy benefit under which the insurer promises to give up—to waive—its
right to collect premiums that become due when the insured is totally disabled
according to the policy or rider’s definition of disability. [7]
waiver of premium for payor benefit. A supplemental life insurance policy
benefit that provides that the insurer will waive its right to collect a renewal
premium if the payor—the person who pays the policy premiums—dies or
becomes totally disabled. [7]
whole life insurance. A type of cash value life insurance that provides lifetime
insurance coverage, usually at a level premium rate that does not increase as
the insured ages. [6]

will. A legal document that directs how an individual’s property is to be distrib-

uted after her death. [5]
withdrawal provision. For deferred annuities, a provision that gives the contract
owner the right to receive a portion of the contract’s accumulated value during
the accumulation period. [10]
WP benefit. See waiver of premium for disability benefit.
yearly renewable term (YRT) insurance. A one-year term insurance policy or
rider that is renewable for a stated number of years. Also known as annually
renewable term (ART) insurance. [5]
YRT insurance. See yearly renewable term insurance.

Principles of Insurance Index INDEX.1
Index
Numbers in italics indicate figures aleatory contract, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6

allowable expenses, 12.4
——— ancillary service providers, 12.8
annually renewable term (ART) insurance,
A 5.15
Annual Statement, 2.12
absolute assignment, 9.10 annuitant, 10.3–10.4
ACA. See Patient Protection and Affordable annuities, 9.18, 10.2
Care Act classifications of, 10.10
accelerated death benefits, 7.2, 7.7–7.9 deferred, 10.4, 10.5–10.6, 10.8, 10.10,
acceptance, 3.7 10.11, 10.13–10.14
accidental death benefit, 7.6–7.7, 8.13, fees and charges for, 11.11–11.12
9.15–9.16, 14.6 financial aspects of, 11.7–11.12
accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) fixed, 10.7–10.8, 10.10, 10.11, 11.7
benefit, 7.7 immediate, 10.4–10.5, 10.6, 10.8, 10.10,
accidental death and dismemberment 10.11
insurance, 14.6 incontestabililty provision for, 10.13
accident benefits, 7.2, 7.6–7.7 individual, 10.12–10.13
account value. See accumulated value issuance of, 10.2
accumulated policy dividends, 9.15–9.16 as life insurance products, 10.2
accumulated value, 10.5, 10.8, 10.9 marketing and distribution of, 10.2
accumulation at interest dividend option, payment amounts for, determining,
9.6, 9.7 11.7–11.11
accumulation period, 10.5, 10.9 regulation of, 2.10
accumulation units, 10.9, 11.10 sales of, 10.12, 11.13
accumulation value. See accumulated value taxation of, 11.12–11.13
acquisition, 2.7 types of, 10.3
actively-at-work provision, 13.4–13.5 use of, 10.7
activities, risk and, 1.12, 1.13, 8.15 variable, 10.7, 10.9–10.10
activities of daily living (ADLs), 12.21 annuity benefit payments. See annuity
actuaries, 4.2, 4.4, 4.11, 14.12 payments
AD&D benefit. See accidental death and annuity certain. See fixed period annuity
dismemberment benefit annuity commencement date. See annuity
additional insured rider. See second start date
insured rider annuity contracts, 1.6, 10.2
additional term insurance dividend option, provisions for, 10.12–10.14
9.6, 9.8 types of, 10.4–10.11
ADLs. See activities of daily living annuity guarantee riders, 11.6–11.7
administrator, 5.4 annuity income payments. See annuity
advanced life deferred annuity. payments
See longevity annuity annuity options, 11.2–11.6
adverse selection. See antiselection annuity payments, 10.2, 11.7–11.13
advertisements, 2.13 annuity period, 10.4
affiliates, 2.6, 2.7 annuity start date, 10.4
affinity group. See common interest annuity unit, 11.10–11.11
association antiselection, 1.11
Affordable Care Act. See Patient Protection conversion and, 5.17
and Affordable Care Act group underwriting and, 13.7, 13.8,
age, misstatement of. See misstatement of age 13.9, 13.10
provision; misstatement of age or sex reinstatement and, 8.8
provision renewability and, 5.14, 5.15
age of majority (age of maturity), 3.8 suicide exclusion and, 8.15
agents, 2.13 any occupation, 7.4, 12.16
alcohol abuse, 1.12 APL option. See automatic premium
loan option

INDEX.2 Index Principles of Insurance
applicant, 1.5, 1.7, 3.2, 3.5 benefit schedule, 13.10, 13.11

Argentina, annuity sales in, 10.2 benefit trigger, 12.21
ART insurance. See annually renewable benefit waiting period. See elimination period
term insurance bilateral contract, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6
assets, 2.4, 2.11, 2.12, 4.2, 5.3 blended rating, 13.12
assignee, 9.9–9.12 blindness, 12.17
assignment provision, 9.11–9.12 block of policies, 4.3
assignments, 9.5, 9.9–9.12 business continuation insurance plan, 5.5–5.6
assignor, 9.9–9.12 businesses
association group, 13.7, 13.8 needs of, 5.4–5.7
assuming company. See reinsurer organizational types for, 2.2–2.3
assured, 1.5 buy-sell agreement, 5.6, 12.20
attained age, 5.14, 7.11, 7.12, 8.9, 8.13
attained age conversion, 5.16–5.17
automatic dividend option, 9.7
C
automatic enrollment, 14.9 calendar-year deductible, 12.5
automatic nonforfeiture benefit, 8.11 Canada
automatic premium loan (APL) option, 8.13 government-sponsored retirement plans
aviation exclusion provision, 8.15 in, 14.14
medical expense coverage in, 12.2, 12.7
B mortgage life policies in, 5.10

survivor income benefit in, 5.12
banks, insurance and, 2.6 tax treatment in, of annuities, 11.13
bargaining contract, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6 universal life in, 6.18
basic accounting equation, 2.11, 2.12 waiver of premium for disability
basic medical expense coverage, 12.3 benefit in, 7.3
beneficiaries, 1.5, 1.7, 1.13–1.14 Canada Health Act, 12.7
for annuities, 10.3 Canada Pension Plan (CPP), 14.14
businesses as, 5.5 Canadian Life and Health Insurance
changing of, 3.12, 9.4–9.5 Association (CLHIA), 2.10
common disaster and, 9.14 cap, 6.16
contingent, 9.3–9.4 capital, 2.11
credit life insurance and, 5.12 cash dividend option, 9.6, 9.7
irrevocable, 9.4, 9.5 cashing in, 11.10
joint whole life insurance and, 6.8 cash payment nonforfeiture option, 8.12
minors as, 9.4 cash surrender value, 6.2, 6.11, 8.12, 9.6
mortgage life insurance and, 5.10 cash value, 1.6, 6.2
naming of, 3.12, 9.2–9.5, 13.2, 13.6, amount of, 8.12
13.16n1, 14.3–14.4 endowment insurance and, 6.19
primary, 9.2–9.4 grace period and, 8.7
revocable, 9.4–9.5 group life insurance and, 14.7
survivorship clause and, 9.14–9.15 growth of, 6.4, 6.5
vested interest of, 9.4–9.5 indexed universal life insurance and,
wrongfully killing the insured, 6.15–6.16
9.15, 9.19n3 paid-up additions and, 7.12
beneficiary designation, 9.2. See also reinstatement of, 8.9
beneficiaries, naming of single-premium whole life and, 6.6
benefit booklet, 13.4 size of, 6.4
benefit formula, 14.10 term insurance and, 5.8
benefit payments, 4.7 universal life policies and, 6.11, 6.12,
benefit period, 12.15, 12.22 6.14, 6.15
benefits variable life insurance and, 6.17
for additional insureds, 7.2 waiver of premium for disability benefit
cost of. See cost of benefits and, 7.3
for disability income coverage, 12.18
endowment insurance and, 6.19
for group insurance, 13.10
for long-term care insurance policies, 12.22
payments of, 4.6

cash value life insurance, 1.6, 4.12, 5.15, 5.16, contracts, 3.2
6.2. See also variable life insurance; consideration for, 3.9, 3.10
whole life insurance group insurance, 13.2
paid-up additions with, 9.8, 9.9 indemnity, 3.2–3.3
provisions unique to, 8.10–8.13 lawful purpose for, 3.9–3.10
surrender of, 6.2 legal status of, 3.7
taxation and, 6.2 provisions of, 8.2, 10.12–10.14
CDHP. See consumer-driven health plan requirements for, 3.6–3.11
CDSC. See contingent deferred sales charge types of, 3.2–3.6
ceding company. See direct writer valid, 9.15
certificate of authority, 2.9 valued, 3.3
certificate holder, 13.4 void, 9.15
certificate of insurance, 13.4 written, 3.3
chance, loss and, 1.8 contractual capacity, 3.6, 3.7–3.9, 3.11, 9.9
change of ownership provision, 9.12 contractual reserves. See policy reserves
children’s insurance rider, 7.10 contract value. See accumulated value
claim, 1.5, 1.7 contributory plan, 13.3, 13.10, 14.7
class designation, 9.2 convergence, 2.6
CLHIA. See Canadian Life and Health conversion privilege, 5.15, 7.10, 14.4
Insurance Association convertibility, value of, to insurers, 5.18
closed contract, 8.3 convertible term insurance policy, 5.15–5.17
cognitive impairment, 12.20–12.21 cooling-off provision. See free-look provision
coinsurance, 12.4, 12.5 copayment, 12.8–12.9
COLA benefit. See cost-of-living-adjustment corporations, 2.3, 3.7, 3.9, 5.6
benefit cost of benefits (cost of insurance), 4.4
collateral assignment, 9.10–9.11 cost-of-living-adjustment (COLA) benefit,
commercial loans, 8.10, 8.11 12.19
common disaster, 9.14 cost sharing, limitations on, 12.15
common interest association, 13.8 cost-sharing requirements. See expense
commutative contract, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6 participation requirements
composite mortality table, 4.5 coverage units, 4.3, 7.10
compounding, 4.8–4.9, 4.10 CPI. See Consumer Price Index
compound interest, 4.8–4.9, 4.10 CPP. See Canada Pension Plan
conditional promise, 3.5 crediting rate, 6.15
consideration, 3.6, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11 credit life insurance, 5.10, 5.12
consolidation, 2.7 creditor life insurance, 14.7
Consumer Price Index (CPI), 5.13, 5.19n4 credit union group, 13.7
consumer-driven health plan (CDHP), 12.2, credit unions, 13.7
12.9, 12.11–12.13, 12.14 critical illness benefit. See dread disease
contestable periods, 8.9, 8.16n1 benefit
contingent beneficiary, 9.3–9.4 current interest-crediting rate, 6.10, 10.8
contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC), customer service, costs of, 4.6
10.13, 11.12
contingent owner, 9.13
contingent payee, 9.17
D
continued insurance coverage nonforfeiture DD benefit. See dread disease benefit
options, 8.12, 8.13 death
continuous-premium whole life insurance cause of, 7.6
policy, 6.4, 6.6, 6.8 fear of, 10.2
contract of adhesion, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6 death benefit, 4.4, 9.15
contract fee, 11.11 accidental death and, 7.6–7.7
contract of indemnity, 1.8 for annuities, 10.14
contract law, fundamentals of, 3.2–3.10, 3.11 joint whole life insurance and, 6.8
contract maintenance fee, 11.11 policy loans and, 8.11
contract owner, 10.2, 10.4 term insurance and, 5.7
universal life insurance and, 6.12–6.13,
6.14, 6.15
variable life insurance and, 6.17
variable universal life insurance and, 6.18
whole life insurance and, 6.4

debtor-creditor group, 13.7 employee benefit plans, 14.8

debts, personal, payment of, 5.3, 5.4 employee benefits
debt security, 2.4 costs of, 4.6
declaration of insurability, 8.3 financial products as, 5.7
declined risk, 1.13 Employee Retirement Income Security Act
decreasing term life insurance, 5.9–5.13 (ERISA), 14.8
deductibles, 12.4–12.5 employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs),
deferred annuities, 10.4, 10.5–10.6, 10.8, 10.10, 14.11, 14.13
10.11, 10.13–10.14, 11.2–11.6, 11.11 employer-employee group, 13.7, 13.8
deferred income annuity (DIA), 10.11 employer-employee group insurance policies,
defined benefit formula, 14.10 13.3, 13.6
defined benefit pension plan, 14.11–14.12 employer-sponsored retirement plans,
defined benefit plan, 14.10, 14.11 11.13, 14.9
defined contribution formula, 14.10 endorsement. See policy rider
defined contribution plan, 14.10, 14.11 endorsement method, 9.12
dental expense coverage, 12.7 endowment insurance, 1.6, 4.12, 6.18–6.19
dependents, support of, 5.2–5.3 enrollment period. See eligibility period
depository institutions, 2.4 entire contract provision, 8.2, 8.3–8.4, 10.12
DIA. See deferred income annuity equity indexed universal life insurance.
director of insurance. See insurance See indexed universal life insurance
commissioner equity security, 2.4
direct writer, 1.10 ESOPs. See employee stock ownership plans
disability essential health benefits, 12.14, 12.15
definition of, 7.3, 7.4 estate, 5.3–5.4
exclusions for, 7.3 estate plan, 5.4
risk of, 1.2 estate taxes, 6.9
disability benefits, life insurance and, 7.2–7.5 evidence of insurability. See insurability,
disability buyout coverage, 12.20 evidence of
disability income benefit, 7.2, 7.4–7.5 exchange. See health insurance exchange
disability income coverage, 1.6, 12.15–12.20 exclusions, 7.3, 8.14–8.15
disability income policy, 1.7 accidental death benefit riders and, 7.6
disability income rider, 7.4 in disability income policies, 12.20
discretionary group, 13.7 from major medical expense policies, 12.6
dismemberment benefit, 7.7 executor, 5.3–5.4
distribution, costs of, 4.6 expense charges, 6.11, 8.7, 8.13
distribution period. See payout period expense participation requirements, 12.4–12.6
dividends, 13.14 expenses, 4.11, 6.11
options for, 9.6–9.7 experience rating, 13.12
withdrawal of, 9.7 experience refunds, 13.14
dividends on deposit option. See accumulation expiration date, 5.7
at interest dividend option extended term insurance, 8.11
dividends provision, 10.13 extended term insurance nonforfeiture option,
divisible surplus, 9.6 8.8, 8.13
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act (Dodd-Frank), 2.10, 2.11
domicile, 2.9
F
double indemnity benefit, 7.6 face amount, 5.7
dread disease (DD) benefit, 7.7, 7.8–7.9 accidental death benefit and, 7.6
“during the lifetime of the insured,” 8.5–8.6 death benefit and, 6.4
endowment insurance and, 6.19
E misstatement of age or sex and, 8.9–8.10

universal life insurance and,
education, funding of, 5.3 6.12–6.13, 6.14
eligibility period, 13.5 variable universal life insurance and, 6.18
eligibility provisions, for group insurance family income coverage, 5.10, 5.12–5.13
policies, 13.4–13.6 family income policy, 5.13
eligible group members, 13.9 family insurance rider. See spouse and
elimination period, 12.17, 12.21 children’s insurance rider
family maintenance policy, 5.19n3

family policy, 6.8 FPDA contracts. See flexible-premium

family relationships, insurable interest and, deferred annuity contracts
1.14, 1.15 fraternal benefit societies (fraternal insurer),
FDAs. See fixed deferred annuities 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 8.3
federal government, 2.9 fraudulent misrepresentation, 8.5
Federal Insurance Office (FIO), 2.11 free-examination provision, 10.12. See also
federal securities laws, 10.9 free-look provision
federal system, 2.9 free-look provision, 8.2–8.3, 10.12
FIA. See fixed indexed annuity front-end load, 11.11, 11.12
final expenses, 5.3, 5.4 FSOC. See Financial Stability
finance companies, 2.4 Oversight Council
financial assets, 2.4 full retirement age, 14.14
financial condition examination, 2.12 funding vehicle (funding instrument), 14.11
financial holding company, 2.6, 2.7 fund operating expense charge, 11.12
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority future purchase option benefit, 12.19
(FINRA), 2.10
financial institutions, 2.4–2.7, 2.8
financial intermediaries, 2.6
G
financial model, 4.11 general account, 6.15–6.16, 10.8
financial products, needs met by, 5.2 GI benefit. See guaranteed insurability benefit
financial services industry, 2.4, 2.6–2.7 GIO. See guaranteed insurability benefit
Financial Stability Oversight Council GLBs. See guaranteed living benefit riders
(FSOC), 2.11 globalization, 2.7
FINRA. See Financial Industry Regulatory GLWB. See guaranteed lifetime
Authority withdrawal benefit
FIO. See Federal Insurance Office GMAB. See guaranteed minimum
first beneficiary. See primary beneficiary accumulation benefit
first-to-die life insurance. See joint whole life GMDB. See guaranteed minimum death
insurance benefit rider
first-dollar coverage, 12.3 GMIB. See guaranteed minimum
fixed account, 6.15, 6.17, 10.9 income benefit
fixed amount annuity, 11.3 GMWB. See guaranteed minimum
fixed amount option, 9.17, 9.18 withdrawal benefit
fixed annuities, 10.7–10.8, 10.10, 10.11, 11.7 government, role of, in insurance, 2.8–2.13
fixed assets, 2.4 government-sponsored medical expense
fixed deferred annuities (FDAs), 10.8, 11.7, coverage, 12.2, 12.7–12.8
11.8, 11.9 government-sponsored retirement plans, 14.13
fixed immediate annuities, 11.7 grace period, 8.6, 9.16
fixed indexed annuity (FIA), 10.11 grace period provision, 8.2, 8.6–8.7, 14.2
fixed period annuity, 11.3 group annuity, 10.3
fixed period option, 9.17–9.18 group cash value life insurance, 14.6–14.7
fixed-premium universal life insurance policy, group creditor life insurance, 14.7
6.13–6.14 group disability income coverage, 12.15–12.16
fixed single-premium immediate annuities group insurance, 13.2
(fixed SPIAs), 11.8 administration of, 13.13, 13.15
flat benefit amount, 12.18, 12.19 contracts for, 13.2–13.6
flat extra premium, 13.11 declining, 13.5
flexible-premium annuity, 10.6 eligibility for, 13.7
flexible-premium deferred annuity (FPDA) in force, 13.3
contracts, 10.6–10.7 participation levels and, 13.9–13.10
flexible-premium universal life insurance policyholder rights and, 13.2
policy, 6.13 premiums for, 13.12–13.15
flexible-premium variable life insurance. See underwriting for, 13.6–13.11, 13.16n2
variable universal life insurance group insurance certificate, 13.4
floor, 6.16 group insurance contracts
formal contract, 3.3, 3.6 as contracts of adhesion, 3.6
401(k) plans, 14.11–14.12, 14.13 insurable interest and, 3.10
403(b) plan, 14.13 parties to, 3.2
457(b) plan, 14.13 group insurance policy, 1.6, 3.2

group insureds, 13.2, 13.6 health insurance products, 3.2, 12.2

group life insurance, 9.14, 14.2–14.7 disability income coverage, 12.15–12.20
beneficiaries and, 3.12 long-term care coverage, 12.20–12.23
plans for, 14.5–14.7 medical expense coverage, 12.2–12.15
policy provisions, 14.2–14.5 health maintenance organization (HMO), 12.10
group long-term disability income policies, health reimbursement arrangement (HRA),
12.18 12.11, 12.12–12.13, 12.14
group policyholder, 3.2, 13.2 health savings account (HSA), 12.11–12.12, 12.14
group retirement plans, 14.8–14.13 hearing, loss of, 12.17
groups high-deductible health plan (HDHP),
nature of business for, 13.11 12.9–12.11, 12.12, 12.14
new members in, 13.9 HMO. See health maintenance organization
size of, 13.8–13.9 holding company, 2.6, 2.7
stability of, 13.9 hospital expenses, 12.3
group short-term disability income policies, 12.18 HRA. See health reimbursement arrangement
group term life insurance, 5.7, 14.5–14.6 HSA. See health savings account
group universal life plans, 14.7
group variable universal life plans, 14.7
growth cap, 6.16
I
growth floor, 6.16 IADLs. See instrumental activities of
guarantee riders, 11.2 daily living
guaranteed insurability (GI) benefit immediate annuities, 10.4–10.5, 10.6, 10.8,
(guaranteed insurability option), 7.11 10.10, 11.2–11.6, 11.11
guaranteed insurance products, 6.15 income benefit formula, 12.18
guaranteed issue, 12.13 income date. See annuity start date
guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit income replacement benefits, 12.15
(GLWB), 11.7 incontestability provision, 8.2, 8.4–8.6, 8.10,
guaranteed living benefit riders (GLBs), 11.6, 10.13, 14.3
11.7, 11.12 incorporation, 2.3
guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit increasing term life insurance, 5.9, 5.13
(GMAB), 11.7 indemnity benefit method, 12.23
guaranteed minimum death benefit rider indemnity benefits, 12.2, 12.3
(GMDB), 11.6, 11.12 indemnity contracts, 3.2–3.3
guaranteed minimum income benefit index, 10.11
(GMIB), 11.7 index account, 6.15
guaranteed minimum interest-crediting rate, index crediting rate, 6.16
6.10, 10.8 indexed annuity. See fixed indexed annuity
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit indexed universal life (IUL) insurance,
(GMWB), 11.7 6.15–6.16, 6.19
guaranteed renewal, 12.13 index performance rate, 6.16
India, insurance regulation in, 2.9
H individual annuities, 10.3, 10.12–10.13

individual disability income coverage, 12.15
hazardous activities exclusion provision, 8.15 individual insurance, 1.10
HCFSA. See health care flexible spending individual insurance company, 1.6
account individual insurance policy, 3.2
HDHP. See high-deductible health plan applicant’s choices for, 3.5
health care flexible spending account parties to, 3.2
(HCFSA), 12.11, 12.13, 12.14 individual life insurance policies
health insurance, 1.6, 1.8, 5.7 beneficiaries and, 3.12
health insurance policies, 3.2 provisions required in, 8.2
as aleatory contracts, 3.5, 3.6 individual retirement account, 11.14
as contracts of adhesion, 3.5, 3.6 individual retirement annuity, 11.14
as informal contracts, 3.3, 3.6 individual retirement arrangement (IRA), 11.2,
insurable interest and, 1.14–1.15 11.14
as unilateral contracts, 3.4, 3.6 individuals, contractual capacity for, 3.7–3.8
health insurance exchange, 12.13 informal contract, 3.3, 3.6, 3.11
initial premiums, 3.9, 3.10, 4.2, 4.6, 5.9, 6.13

instrumental activities of daily living (IADLs), insurers, 1.4, 1.5, 1.7. See also insurance
12.21 companies
insurability, evidence of, 1.14, 5.14, 6.8 intangible property, 3.11
and additional term insurance dividend interest, 4.8–4.9
option, 9.8 policy loans and, 8.11
and annuity benefit riders, 10.13 policy withdrawals and, 8.11
and group insurance, 13.5–13.6, 13.9, 14.3, universal life insurance and, 6.10
14.4 interest option, 9.17
reinstatement provisions and, 8.8 interest rates, 4.11
universal life insurance and, 6.13 Internal Revenue Code, Section 7702, 6.13, 6.15
and waiver of premium for payor benefit, Internal Revenue Service, 11.14
7.4 investment earnings, 4.8–4.11, 4.12
insurability benefits, 7.2, 7.11–7.12 investment expenses, 4.7
insurable events, for dread disease benefit, 7.9 investment-linked insurance products, 2.10.
insurable interest, 1.13–1.15, 3.10, 9.10 See also variable annuities; variable life
insurable risks, 1.7–1.10, 1.11 insurance
insurance, 1.3, 1.4–1.7 investments, 4.8–4.11, 6.10, 10.8
government’s role in, 2.8–2.13. See also investment vehicle. See funding vehicle
taxation IRAs. See individual retirement arrangements
selling of, 2.13 IRDA. See Insurance Regulatory and
supply and demand for, 2.8 Development Authority
wagering and, 1.13 irrevocable beneficiary, 9.4, 9.5, 9.10
insurance agents, 2.13 issue age, 8.8
insurance commissioner, 2.10 IUL insurance. See indexed universal life
insurance companies, 1.7. See also insurers insurance
contractual capacity for, 3.7–3.9
expenses for, 4.6
financial condition of, 2.12
J
as financial institutions, 2.4–2.8 joint mortgage life insurance, 5.11
financial models for, 4.11 joint and survivor annuity, 11.4–11.5
investment earnings for, 4.8, 4.11, 4.12, joint whole life insurance, 6.8–6.9
6.10, 10.8 juvenile insurance policy, 7.4
nonfinancial operations of, 2.13
operating expenses for, 4.6, 4.8, 4.11 K
organization types for, 2.3–2.4 key person, 5.5–5.6
regulation of, 2.9–2.13 key person disability coverage, 12.20
taxes paid by, 4.7 key person insurance, 5.4
insurance contract. See also insurance policy key person life insurance (key employee life
acceptance of, 3.7 insurance), 5.5, 9.10
insurance marketplace. See health insurance
exchange
insurance policies, 1.4–1.5, 3.2 L
as contracts, 9.2 labor union, 13.7
policy riders and, 5.13 labor union group, 13.7
as property, 3.11–3.12 lapse, 4.7, 4.11, 6.11
provisions of, 8.2–8.14 lapse rate, 4.7
requirements for, 6.15 last survivor life insurance, 6.8, 6.9
termination of, 4.7, 8.11, 8.12 lawful purpose, 3.11
insurance producers, 2.13 law of large numbers, 1.9
insurance products, taxation and, 2.13 legal reserves. See policy reserves
insurance regulation, goals of, 2.10 legal reserve system, 4.2–4.3
Insurance Regulatory and Development lenders mortgage insurance (LMI), 5.19n2
Authority (IRDA; India), 2.9 level premiums, 5.9
insurance riders, 7.10 level premium system, 4.12, 4.13, 6.3
insureds, 1.5, 1.7, 7.10–7.11. See also group level premium whole life insurance, 14.7
insureds level term life insurance, 5.9
insurer-administered group plan, 13.15 liabilities, 2.11, 2.12, 4.2

liability insurance, 1.5 LMI. See lenders mortgage insurance

liability risk, 1.5 loans, payment of. See credit life insurance;
license. See certificate of authority mortgage life insurance; policy loan
life annuity, 9.18–9.19, 11.4, 11.9 lodge system, 2.4
life expectancies, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6 longevity annuity (longevity insurance), 10.11
Life Happens, 5.5 longevity risk, 10.2, 11.2
life and health insurance companies, 1.5 long-term care insurance (LTCI), 1.6,
life income option, 9.17, 9.18–9.19 12.20–12.23
life income with period certain annuity, 11.5 long-term care (LTC) insurance benefit, 7.7, 7.9
life income with refund annuity, 11.5–11.6 long-term group disability income
life insurance, 1.6 coverage, 12.16
amount purchased, 5.5 long-term individual disability income
applications for, 8.4–8.6 coverage, 12.15
in force, 2.5 loss, potential for, 1.7–1.10
loss and, 1.8 loss rate, 1.9
needs met by, 5.2–5.7 LTCI. See long-term care insurance
life insurance calculators, 5.5 LTC insurance benefit. See long-term care
life insurance companies. See also fraternal insurance benefit
benefit societies; mutual insurance lump-sum distribution, for deferred
companies; stock insurance annuities, 11.2
companies
expenditures for, 4.6–4.7
number of, 2.8
M
profit and, 2.2 major medical expense coverage, 12.3–12.6
life insurance contract. See life insurance managed care plans, 12.2, 12.8–12.9, 12.10
policies manual rating, 13.12
life insurance needs calculators, 5.5 market conduct examination, 2.13
life insurance policies, 3.3. See also life market conduct laws, 2.13
insurance contract market conduct regulation, 2.10, 2.13
as aleatory contracts, 3.5, 3.6 market-value-adjusted (MVA) annuity, 10.14
assignment of, 9.5 market value adjustment, 10.14
assignment provision in, 9.11 master group insurance contract, 13.2
cancellation of, 8.2–8.3 material misrepresentation, 8.4–8.6, 8.9, 14.3
contingent owner for, 9.13 maturity date, 6.18, 6.19. See also annuity
as contracts of adhesion, 3.5, 3.6 start date
exclusions in, 8.14–8.15 maximum out-of-pocket provision, 12.5–12.6
as informal contracts, 3.3, 3.6 McCarran-Ferguson Act, 2.9
insurer’s rescinding of, 8.4 M&E charge. See mortality and expense
ownership rights and. See ownership risks charge
rights Medicaid, 12.7, 12.8
requirements for, 6.13 medical expense insurance, 1.6, 1.8, 12.2–12.15
riders with, 7.2 ACA’s effect on, 12.13–12.15
supplemental benefits with, 7.2–7.12 traditional, 12.2–12.7
surrender of, 8.12 medical supplement coverage, 12.2
termination of, 4.7 Medicare, 2.8, 12.7
transfer of, 9.8–9.12 Medicare supplement insurance policies,
as unilateral contract, 3.4, 3.6 2.8, 12.7
life insurance products, 3.2, 4.2–4.3 Medigap policies, 2.8
life only annuity, 11.4 mental capacity, contracts and, 3.8–3.9
lifestyle, 1.12 merger, 2.7
lifetime income stream, guarantee of, 10.5 military service exclusion clause, 8.15
limb, loss of, 7.7, 12.17 minimum guaranteed interest rate, 9.17, 9.18
limited-payment whole life insurance policy, minimum participation percentages, 13.16n3
6.4–6.6 minimum participation requirements,
liquidation period. See payout period 13.9–13.10
living benefit. See accelerated death benefit

minors, 3.8
as beneficiaries, 9.4
O
contracts and, 3.8, 3.12n1 occupation, 1.12
misrepresentation, 8.4–8.6 offer, 3.7
misstatement of age provision, 14.4–14.5 offeree, 3.7
misstatement of age or sex provision, 8.2, offeror, 3.7
8.9–8.10, 10.13, 14.4 Old Age Security Act (Canada), 14.14
model laws and regulation, 2.10 one-year term insurance, policy dividends and,
modified coverage whole life insurance 9.8
policy, 6.7 open contract, 8.3
modified-premium whole life insurance policy, open enrollment period, 13.5–13.6
6.7, 6.8 operating expenses, 4.6, 4.7, 4.11
modified whole life insurance, 6.6–6.7, 6.8 operating units, 2.6
monthly deduction waiver benefit. See waiver optional insured rider. See second insured rider
of cost of insurance benefit optional modes of settlement. See settlement
moral hazard, 1.12, 1.16n1 options
morbidity rates, 1.10 Option A (Option 1) plan, 6.13, 6.14
morbidity tables, 1.10 Option B (Option 2) plan, 6.13, 6.14
mortality charges, 6.10, 6.11, 8.7, 8.13 Option C plan, 6.13
mortality expense, 4.12 oral statements, 3.3, 8.3
mortality and expense risks (M&E) ordinary life insurance policy. See continuous-
charge, 11.12 premium whole life insurance policy
mortality rates, 1.9, 4.4–4.5, 4.11 original age conversion, 5.16–5.17
mortality tables, 1.9, 1.10, 4.4–4.5, 6.4 other insured rider. See second insured rider
mortgage insurance, 5.19n2 owners’ equity, 2.11, 2.12
mortgage life insurance (mortgage redemption ownership of property, 3.11–3.12
insurance), 5.10–5.11 ownership rights
multiple-employer group, 13.7 for annuities, 10.2
mutual assent, 3.6, 3.7, 3.11 beneficiary designation and, 9.2–9.5
mutual fund, 2.4 and irrevocable beneficiary designations,
mutual fund companies, 2.4 9.5
mutual insurance companies, 2.3–2.4, 2.5, 2.11, for life insurance policies, 9.2–9.19
2.12, 9.6 policy dividends and, 9.6–9.8
MVA annuity. See market-value-adjusted policy transfer and, 9.8–9.12
annuity premium payment mode and, 9.5–9.6
transfer of, 9.2
N own previous occupation, 12.16–12.17
NAIC. See National Association of Insurance

Commissioners
P
Nasdaq 100, 6.15 paid-up additional insurance dividend option,
National Association of Insurance 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9
Commissioners (NAIC), 2.10, 2.12 paid-up additions, 9.15
necessaries, 3.12n1 paid-up additions option benefit, 7.12
net amount at risk, 6.10, 6.13, 6.14 paid-up insurance, 8.12
net cash surrender value, 8.12, 8.13 paid-up policy, 6.5–6.6, 6.13–6.14
network, 12.8 parent company, 2.6, 2.7
no-lapse guarantee, 6.11 par policy. See participating policy
noncontributory plan, 13.3, 13.10, 14.7 partial disability, 12.19
nonforfeiture options, 8.8 partial surrender provision. See policy
nonforfeiture provision, 8.6, 8.11–8.13 withdrawal provision
nonforfeiture values, guaranteed, 8.14 participating policy, 9.6
nonparticipating policy (nonpar policy), 9.6 participation rate, 6.16
nonqualified annuity, 11.12, 11.13 partners, 2.2–2.3
nonrenewable term life insurance policy, 5.15 partnership, 2.2–2.3, 5.6
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act
(ACA), 12.13–12.15

payee, 9.17, 10.3–10.4 policy provisions

payor, 7.4 actively-at-work provision, 13.4–13.5
payout factor, 11.8 for annuities, 10.12–10.14
payout options. See annuity options assignment provision, 9.11–9.12
payout period, 10.4 aviation exclusion provision, 8.15
payout schedule, 11.9 for cash value policies, 8.10–8.13
payroll, costs of, 4.6 change of ownership provision, 9.12
PCP. See primary care provider dividends provision, 10.13
pension, 14.11–14.12 eligibility provisions, for group insurance
pension plans, 14.11–14.12 policies, 13.4–13.6
per diem method. See indemnity entire contract provision, 8.2,
benefit method 8.3–8.4, 10.12
period certain, 11.3 free-look provision, 8.2–8.3, 10.12
period certain annuity. See fixed grace period provision, 8.2, 8.6–8.7, 14.2
period annuity group life insurance, 14.2–14.5
period certain guarantees, 11.9 hazardous activities exclusion
periodic income payments. See annuity provision, 8.15
payments incontestability provision, 8.2, 8.4–8.6,
permanent life insurance. See cash value life 8.10, 10.13, 14.3
insurance maximum out-of-pocket provision,
personal property, 3.11 12.5–12.6
personal risk, 1.5 misstatement of age or sex provision, 8.2,
physical hazard, 1.12 8.9–8.10, 10.13, 14.4
physical impairment, 12.20–12.21 misstatement of age provision, 14.4–14.5
physicians’ expenses, 12.3 nonforfeiture provision, 8.6, 8.11–8.13
plan administrator, 14.10 policy loan provision, 8.10–8.11
plan document, 14.9 reinstatement provision, 8.2, 8.8–8.9
plan participant, 14.8 renewal provision, 5.14
plan sponsor, 14.8 settlement options provision, 9.16
PMI. See private mortgage insurance suicide exclusion provision, 8.14–8.15
point-of-service (POS) plan, 12.10 withdrawal provision, 10.13
policy. See insurance policies; policy listings policy reserves, 2.11, 4.2–4.3, 4.7
policy anniversary, 5.7 for annuities, 10.2
policy benefits, 1.4, 5.2. See also benefits distribution of, 10.3
amount of, 1.8 reinstatement and, 8.8
taxation of, 5.3 policy riders, 5.13, 7.2
use of, 5.2–5.7 policy term, 5.7
policy date, 5.7 policy withdrawal provision, 8.11
policy dividends, 2.3, 9.6–9.8 policy withdrawals, 8.10–8.11
declared but unpaid, 9.15 pool of money method, 12.22
rights and, 9.2 portability provision, 14.4
policy fee, 6.11 portable coverage, 12.12, 14.4
policyholder, 13.2, 13.15 POS plan. See point-of-service plan
policy loan provision, 8.10–8.11 PPO. See preferred provider organization
policy loan repayment dividend option, 9.6, 9.7 preference beneficiary clause, 9.13–9.14
policy loans, 6.2, 6.11, 8.10–8.11 preferred premium rates, 1.13
cash surrender value and, 8.12 preferred provider organization (PPO), 12.10
outstanding, 9.16 preferred risk, 1.13
universal life insurance and, 8.11 premium charges, for supplemental
policyowner, 1.5, 1.7, 3.2, 3.12, 9.12–9.13 benefits, 7.8
policyowner-insured, 1.5 premium payments
policy proceeds, 9.2, 9.4 modes of, 9.5–9.6
calculating, 9.15–9.16 rights and, 9.2
determining payee for, 9.13–9.15 universal life insurance and, 6.11
paid under settlement options, 9.16–9.19 premium rates, 1.10–1.13, 4.3, 4.12
rights to, 9.13–9.19 characteristics of, 4.4
withdrawal of, 9.17, 9.18 establishing, 4.3–4.11
for second-insured rider, 7.11
term life insurance policies and, 5.14–5.18

premium reduction dividend option, 9.6, 9.7

premium refunds, 13.14
R
premiums, 1.4, 4.2. See also premium rates rate of return, 4.10–4.11
annual, 4.3 real property, 3.11
back, payment of, 8.8 reduced paid-up insurance, 8.11
due and unpaid, 9.16 reduced paid-up insurance nonforfeiture
endowment insurance and, 6.19 option, 8.8, 8.12–8.13
for group insurance, 13.13–13.15 refund annuity. See life income with refund
initial, 3.9. See also initial premiums annuity
level, 4.12, 5.9. See also level premium regular IRA. See traditional individual
listings retirement arrangement
misstatement of age or sex and, 8.9–8.10 regular occupation, 12.16
paid in advance, 9.16 regulation, 2.8, 2.9–2.13, 6.15
payment periods for, with whole life reimbursement benefits, 12.3
insurance, 6.4–6.6 reimbursement method, 12.23
renewal, 3.9. See also renewal premiums reinstatement, 8.8–8.9, 8.15
universal life insurance and, 6.12, reinstatement provision, 8.2, 8.8–8.9
6.13–6.14 reinsurance, 1.10
variable universal life insurance and, 6.18 reinsurer, 1.10
waiver of, for disability, 7.2–7.4 renewability, value of, to insurers, 5.18
prescription drug coverage, 12.7 renewable/convertible term insurance
presumptive disability, 12.17 policies, 5.15
preventive care, 12.15 renewable term insurance policy, 5.14–5.15
primary beneficiary, 9.2–9.4 renewal premiums, 3.9, 4.2, 5.7, 5.9, 5.10
primary care physician. See primary care administrative costs and, 9.6
provider dividends applied to, 9.7
primary care provider (PCP), 12.8 payment modes for, 9.5
principal, 4.8–4.9, 10.8 universal life and, 6.13
private mortgage insurance (PMI), 5.19n2 renewal provision, 5.14
probability, 1.9 reserves, 4.2–4.3
probationary period, 13.4, 13.5 endowment insurance and, 6.19
producers, 2.13, 4.6 universal life policies and, 6.10
product development, costs of, 4.6 whole life insurance and, 6.4
professional association, 13.8 retirement age, 14.14
profit, 2.2
retirement plans, 5.7
profit sharing plans, 14.11, 14.12–14.13
return of premium (ROP) term insurance,
promotion costs, costs of, 4.6
5.17–5.18
property, 3.11–3.12
revenue, 2.2
property and casualty insurance. See property
revocable beneficiary, 9.4–9.5
insurance
revocation, right of, 9.4
property/casualty insurance (P&C)
right of revocation, 9.4
companies, 1.5
risk, 1.2
property damage risk, 1.5
acceptance of, 1.2, 1.3–1.4
property insurance, 1.5
property insurance companies, 1.10 assessment of, 1.10–1.13
property and liability insurers. See property/ avoidance of, 1.2–1.3, 1.4
casualty insurance companies classification of, 1.12–1.13
provincial governments, 2.9 control of, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4
prudential regulation. See solvency regulation declined, 1.13
public employee association, 13.8 identification of, 1.3, 1.12
pure risk, 1.2 insurable, 1.7–1.10, 1.11
liability, 1.5
Q

longevity, 10.2
personal, 1.5
QHPs. See qualified health plans preferred, 1.13
QPP. See Quebec Pension Plan spread of, 1.10
qualified annuity, 11.12, 11.13 standard, 1.12
qualified health plans, 12.13 substandard, 1.13
qualified medical expenses, 12.11 transfer of, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4
qualified retirement plan, 14.8–14.13 risk class, 1.12–1.13
Quebec Pension Plan (QPP), 14.14 risk management, 1.2–1.4, 1.7–1.15

risk pooling, 1.7 single-premium deferred annuity (SPDA),

risk selection. See underwriting 10.6, 10.7
ROP term insurance. See return of premium single-premium immediate annuity (SPIA),
term insurance 10.6, 10.7, 11.8
Roth contribution feature, 14.12 single-premium paid-up additions, 7.12
Roth individual retirement arrangement single-premium whole life insurance
(Roth IRA), 11.14, 11.15 policy, 6.6
social insurance programs, 2.8
S Social Security, 14.13–14.14
sole proprietorships, 2.2, 2.3, 5.6
savings incentive match plan for employees solvency regulation, 2.10–2.13
(SIMPLE) IRAs, 14.13 solvent, 2.10–2.13
SEC. See Securities and Exchange SPDA. See single-premium deferred annuity
Commission special class rate. See substandard
secondary beneficiary. See contingent premium rate
beneficiary special class risk. See substandard risk
second-to-die life insurance. See last survivor speculative risk, 1.2
life insurance speech, loss of, 12.17
second insured, 7.10–7.11 S&P 500. See Standard & Poor’s 500
second insured rider, 7.10–7.11 SPIA. See single-premium immediate annuity
Section 7702 corridor, 6.15 spouse and children’s insurance rider, 7.10
Securities and Exchange Commission spouse insurance rider, 7.10
(SEC), 2.10 SROs. See self-regulatory organizations
securities firms, 2.4 Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500, 6.15, 10.11
securities laws, federal, 6.17, 6.18. See also standard premium rates, 1.12
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and standard risk, 1.12
Consumer Protection Act state governments, 2.9
security, 2.4 state insurance code, 2.9–2.10
segregated account. See separate account state insurance department, 2.9–2.10
selection against the insurer. See antiselection statutory reserves. See policy reserves
self-administered group plan, 13.15 stock, 2.3, 4.10
self-regulatory organizations (SROs), 2.10 stock corporation, 2.3
separate account, 6.17, 10.9 stock dividends, 4.10
SEP IRA, 14.13 stockholder, 2.3
service fee, 11.12 stockholder dividend, 2.3
settlement stock insurance companies, 2.3, 2.5, 2.11,
irrevocable mode of, 9.17 2.12, 9.6
revocable mode of, 9.17 stop-loss provision. See maximum out-of-
settlement options, 9.16–9.19 pocket provision
group life insurance, 14.5 straight life annuity. See life only annuity
rights and, 9.2 straight life insurance policy. See continuous-
settlement options provision, 9.16 premium whole life insurance policy
sex, misstatement of, 8.2, 8.9–8.10 subaccounts, 6.17, 6.18, 10.9, 11.10, 11.12
sex-distinct mortality tables, 4.5 subscribers, 12.10
shareholder. See stockholder subsidiaries, 2.6, 2.7
shares, 2.3 substance abuse, 1.12
short-term group disability income substandard premium rate, 1.13
coverage, 12.15 succession beneficiary clause. See preference
short-term individual disability income beneficiary clause
coverage, 12.15 successor beneficiary. See contingent
SIFIs. See systemically important financial beneficiary
institutions successor payee. See contingent payee
sight, loss of, 7.7 suicide exclusion provision, 8.14–8.15
simple interest, 4.8 superintendent of insurance. See insurance
simplified employee pension (SEP), 14.13 commissioner
simultaneous death act, 9.14–9.15, 9.19n2 supplemental benefit riders, 10.13
single-employer group, 13.7 supplemental benefits, 7.2
single life annuity. See life only annuity supplemental disability benefits, 7.2–7.5, 12.19
single-premium annuity, 10.6 supplemental service providers, 12.8

suppliers, 2.6 United Kingdom

surgical expenses, 12.3 group term life premiums in, 14.6
surplus, 2.11, 9.6 medical expense insurance coverage in, 12.2
surrender benefit. See cash surrender value United States, insurance regulation in,
surrender charge, 8.12, 10.13–10.14, 11.12 2.9–2.13
surrender value, 10.14. See also cash surrender universal life (Canada), 6.18
value universal life (UL) insurance, 6.10–6.16, 6.19,
survivor benefit. See death benefit, for 7.3–7.4, 8.13
annuities flexibility features of, 6.12–6.14
survivor income benefit, 5.12. See also family grace period and, 8.7
income coverage lapse and, 6.11
survivorship clause, 9.14–9.15 operation of, 6.11, 6.12
survivorship life insurance. See last survivor periodic statements with, 6.15
life insurance policy loans and, 6.11
systemically important financial institutions policy provisions with, 8.11
(SIFIs), 2.11 premium payments and, 6.11
reserves and, 6.10
T sales of, 6.3
universal life plans, 14.7
taxation, 2.8, 2.13 users, 2.6
cash value life insurance and, 6.2 usual, customary, and reasonable (UCR)
endowment insurance and, 6.19 fee, 12.4
group term life insurance and, 14.6 UTMA. See Uniform Transfers to Minors Act
last survivor life insurance and, 6.9
term to age 65, 5.8
terminal illness (TI) benefit, 7.7, 7.8 V
term life insurance, 1.6, 4.12, 4.13, 5.2, valid contract, 3.7, 3.8, 3.11, 9.15
5.7–5.18, 6.2, 9.8 valued contract, 1.8, 3.3
benefits payable under, 5.8–5.13 variable annuities, 2.10, 10.7, 10.9–10.10, 11.7,
cash value and, 5.8 11.8, 11.10–11.11
family policies and, 6.9 variable deferred annuities, 10.9–10.10, 11.7,
features of, 5.13–5.18 11.12
newborn children and, 6.9 variable deferred annuity riders, 11.6–11.7
plans of, 5.8–5.13 variable life (VL) insurance, 2.10, 6.3,
product characteristics of, 5.7–5.8 6.16–6.17, 6.19
sales of, 5.8, 6.3 variable universal life (VUL) insurance,
temporary coverage and, 6.8 6.3, 6.17, 6.18, 6.19, 7.3–7.4
third-party policies, 1.5, 1.7, 1.14, 9.12–9.13 variable universal life plans, 14.7
TI benefit. See terminal illness benefit vested interest, 9.4–9.5
tobacco use, 1.12, 4.5 vesting requirements, 14.10
total disability, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 12.16–12.17 vision care coverage, 12.7
trade association, 13.8 VL insurance. See variable life insurance
traditional individual retirement arrangement voidable contract, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.12n1
(traditional IRA), 11.14, 11.15 void contract, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 9.15
travel accident benefit, 14.6 VUL insurance. See variable universal
travel insurance, 5.7 life insurance
U W
UCR fee. See usual, customary, and wagering, insurance and, 1.13, 3.9–3.10
reasonable fee waiting period, 7.3. See also elimination period
UL insurance. See universal life insurance for annuities, 11.7
underwriters, 1.10 long-term care insurance benefit and, 7.9
underwriting, 1.10–1.13, 13.6–13.11 waiver of cost of insurance benefit, 7.3–7.4
underwriting guidelines, 1.12 waiver of premium for disability (WP) benefit,
unearned premiums paid in advance, 9.16 7.2–7.4, 7.5
Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA), 9.4 waiver of premium for disability benefit rider,
unilateral contract, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6 10.13
unisex mortality tables, 4.5

waiver of premium for payor benefit,

7.2, 7.4, 7.5
war exclusion clause, 8.15
whole life insurance, 6.3–6.9
covering more than one insured, 6.8–6.9
modified, 6.6–6.8
premium payment periods for, 6.4–6.6
sales of, 6.3
will, 5.3–5.4
withdrawal provision, 10.13
WOP benefit. See waiver of premium for
disability benefit
WP benefit. See waiver of premium for
disability benefit
written contracts, 3.3
Y
yearly renewable term (YRT) insurance, 14.5,
5.15, 5.16

End of Text
280-TXTPDF-17
LOMA 280 Principles of Insurance

Principles of Insurance PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Principles of Insurance PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Principles of Insurance PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Principles of Insurance

Second Edition Online Course

ONLINE COURSE PORTAL

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Statement of Purpose: LOMA Educational Programs Testing and Designations

Examinations described in the LOMA Education and Training Catalog are

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

LOMA Education and Training

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Module 1: Basic Principles of Insurance

Chapter 2: The Life and Health Insurance Industry........... 2.1

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Chapter 3: The Insurance Contract...................................... 3.1

Chapter 4: Life Insurance Premiums................................... 4.1

Module 2: Individual Life Insurance (Chapters 5–7)

Chapter 6: Cash Value Life Insurance and

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Supplemental Benefits....................................... 7.1

Module 3: Individual Life Insurance Policy Provisions

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Chapter 9: Life Insurance Policy Ownership Rights........... 9.1

Module 4: Annuities, Individual Retirement

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 12: Health Insurance Products............................ 12.1

Module 5: Group Life Insurance and

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Chapter 14: Group Life Insurance and

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

LOMA 280 Text Review Panel

The following individuals participated in every aspect of this text development

Carole M. Bellm, BA, HIA, FLMI, GBA

Philip Fernandez, FLMI

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Barbara N. Fields, CLU, ChFC, CFP, CRPC,

Laura Gillenwater, FLMI, ACS

Matthew Hughes, FLMI

Andrew J. Langemeier, FLMI, FALU, PCS, ARA, AIRC

Barbara Quello, PMP, FLMI

Tanya Tranchenko, MD, FALU, FLMI, PCS

Steve Ward, FALU, FLMI, LTCP

The following individuals provided expert guidance or other substantive assis-

Greg Kratz, ASA, CFA, MAAA

Travis Barnes, ChFC, QKA, QPFC, FLMI

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

LOMA 280 Course Project Team

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Using the Test Preparation Guide

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

The Concept of Risk

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved. www.loma.org

Figure 1.1 Risk Management Techniques

If you do not Avoid, Control, or Transfer the risk, then you:

www.loma.org Copyright © 2017 LL Global, Inc. All rights reserved.

In general, individuals and businesses can purchase insurance policies to cover

The loss must be definite.

The loss must be significant.

The loss rate must be predictable.

The loss must not be catastrophic to the insurer.

Proposed insureds who present a significantly lower-than-average likelihood